I O Wf\ frit* 

ISPiTIOlS 

CHA7NDLER 




£/ A. FLANAGAN C» Xt 
PVBLI5HERS 




Class TK6 3&5 

Book L a iiA_ 

Copyright N°__ 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 









« 












f|li|| 






^11 

■ 


r^fMfriin! i'i'i '■' * " 


w 


HI 




^ 




m 

1 

1 




-«^ 






${• \ 



PM 

< 

H 



X 



Iowa and The Nation 



BY 



GEO. CHANDLER, 

Formerly Superintendent of City Schools 

OSAGE, IOWA 

AUTHOR OF "PRACTICAL CIVICS" 

AND 
"CIVICS FOR WASHINGTON" 



Revised 1913 



A. FLANAGAN COMPANY 

CHICAGO 



£5 



COPYRIGHT 1896 BY 
GEO. CHANDLER 



COPYRIGHT 1901 BY 
GEO. CHANDLER 



COPYRIGHT 1912, 1913 BY 
A- FLANAGAN COMPANY 



©C1.A357051 



PREFACE 



This book has been written to answer a demand for a 
single text on state and national government. The increas- 
ing interest shown in the study of civil government is 
proof that the people are thinking and studying about 
governmental affairs as never before. 

The statements of fact in some parts of the book are 
necessarily brief. To supplement the work in the study 
of Iowa government, constant reference should be made 
to the code, and also to the session laws of the general 
assembly. Many valuable public documents, for use in 
supplementary work, may be had, free of charge, by ap- 
plying to the officers who have the care of the work upon 
which the information is desired. 

A knowledge of the facts of civil government will not 
in itself result in good citizenship. If, as. is so often 
stated, the primary object of the public schools is to train 
for citizenship, the work is but poorly done that does not 
have for its foundation the formation of right habits of 
thought and action, the development of noble manhood 
and womanhood. 

That this book may be as kindly received as its 
predecessor is the wish of 

The Author 
Osage, Iowa. 



Contents 



PART I 



Chapter Page 

I. The Township 7 

II. " " Continued 12 

III. Education — School Funds 17 

IV. Township Officers 19 

V. Township Officers — Continued 24 

VI. Town and City Government 32 

VII. Cities.. 36 

VIII. County Government 39 

IX. " " Continued 50 

X. " " " 55 

XI. Constitution of Iowa 61 

XII. State Government 91 

XIII. Right of Suffrage 100 

XIV. Distribution of Powers 106 

XV. Legislative Department 114 

XVI. Executive " 122 

XVII. Other State Officers 127 

XVIII. Commissioners and Societies 138 

XIX. Judicial Department 145 

XX. " " Continued 148 

XXI. Miscellaneous 152 

XXII. Amendments 157 

XXIII. History of Iowa 162 

XXIV. State Institutions 16S 

XXV. District Government 179 



Contents 



PART II 



Chapter Page 

I. Forms of Government 1S3 

II. Origin of U. S. Government 18S 

III. Constitution of the United States 194 

IV. Preamble 212 

V. The Legislative Branch 215 

VI. Houss of Representatives 217 

VII. " " " Continued 223 

VIII. The Senate 226 

IX. " Continued 230 

X. General Provisions 234 

XI. Law Making 241 

XII. Powers of Congress 245 

XIII. " " " Continued 253 

XIV. " " " " 255 

XV. " " " " • • 261 

XVI. " " " " 287 

XVII. Prohibitions 272 

XVIII. The Executive Branch 280 

XIX. " " " Continued 285 

XX. Powers of the President. . . . 295 

XXI. Duties of the President 303 

XXII. Judicial Branch 308 

XXIII. Jurisdiction of Courts 317 

XXIV. The Relations of the States 322 

XXV. Amendments to the Constitution 320 

XXVI. Amendments — Continued 335 

XXVII. Constitution — General Provisions 342 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 



Page 

Iowa State Capitol Frontispiece 

Hall of Liberal Arts, State University of Iowa Facing 60 

State Teachers' College Buildings, Cedar Falls, Iowa. " 90 

Senate Chamber, State Capitol " 112 

Library No 3, State Capitol " 136 

The United States Capitol, Washington, D. C " 211a 

House of Representatives, Washington, D. C " 218 

Senate Chamber, Washington, D. C " 230 



MAPS 



Map of Iowa 178 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT OF IOWA. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE TOWNSHIP. 

In Iowa, the term " township" is an important one, as 
it represents that division of the government which is 
nearest the people. It is in the township that " a govern- 
ment of the people, by the people, and for the people" 
exists in its truest sense. It is here that the people meet 
at stated times to determine how their local government 
shall be carried on. 

Kinds of Townships.— There are three different 
kinds of townships in Iowa — congressional, civil, and 
school. The congressional township was provided for long- 
before Iowa was admitted into the Union, and it has 
served as the basis of nearly all the land surveys made in 
this country since our government was first organized in 
'1789. The congressional township is a tract of land six 
miles square, and it is divided into thirty-six square miles, 
or sections, each section containing about six hundred and 
forty acres. Following is a diagram of a congressional 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



township, with the sections numbered as they occur in all 
such townships: 



6 


5 


4 


3 


2 


1 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


18 


17 


16 


15 


14 


13 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


.24 


30 


29 


28 


27 


26 


25 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 



Each section may be separated into parts, as shown 
in the following diagram, and each part easily described : 



SECTION. 



N. W. 
i 


N. E. 
i 


s. w. 

i 


S. E. 
i 



Each quarter section may also be divided according 
to a regular plan. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 
SOUTH-EAST QUARTER OP SECTION 16. 



1 


2 






4 


3 









Number "1" is the north-west quarter of the south- 
east quarter of section 16, and contains forty acres. 

Number "2" is the west one-half of the north-east 
quarter of the south-east quarter of section 16, and con- 
tains twenty acres. 

Number "3" is the north one-half of the south-east 
quarter of the south-east quarter of section 16, and con- 
tains twenty acres. 

Number "4" is the north-east quarter of the south- 
west quarter of the south-east quarter of section 16, and 
contains ten acres. 

Land Titles. — It is important that our system of 
surveys be thoroughly understood, for all the descriptions 
of land given in deeds, mortgages, leases, tax-receipts, 
etc. , are based upon it. The first deeds to land in Iowa 
were given in the name of the United States, and the chain 
of title to any piece of land in the state can be traced back 
to these deeds, or patents, as they are called, and no 
farther. 



Principal Meridians. — Before commencing the sur 



10 IOWA AND THE NATION 

vey proper, it is necessary to establish two main lines, one 
extending north and south and the other east and west. 
These lines are purely arbitrary and they are located with- 
out special reference to any other lines of the same kind 
that may have been surveyed before. New lines are estab- 
lished whenever they are needed for convenience in making 
a survey. The lines extending north and south are called 
principal meridians, and those extending east and west are 
called base lines. The principal meridians are numbered 
westward and a separate base line is established for each. 

Survey in Iowa. — The fifth principal meridian forms 
the basis of the United States land survey in Iowa. It 
extends due north from the mouth of the Arkansas river, 
crosses Missouri and the eastern part of Iowa, and passes 
out of the state at a point between Clayton and Dubuque 
counties. The base line extends due west from the mouth 
of the St. Francis river in Arkansas, and crosses the 
principal meridian forty-eight miles north of its starting 
point. By surveying lines six miles apart parallel with the 
base line, and others the same distance apart parallel with 
the principal meridian, the land lying north and west of 
the point of intersection of the main lines is divided into 
blocks six miles square. Each of these blocks is called a 
congressional township. 

Townships and Ranges. — To locate land by this 
system of surveys, two sets of numbers are used, one 
designating the townships north of the base line, and the 
other the townships west of the fifth principal meridian. 
Land may also be surveyed south from the base line and 
east from the principal meridian. For convenience the 
tiers of townships east or w T est of the principal meridian 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 11 

are called ranges, and those north or south of the base line 
are called townships. All the land in Iowa is surveyed 
from the fifth principal meridian. 

Land lying in the south-east corner square of this 
survey is in township one north, range one west of the 
fifth principal meridian. Every congressional township 
lying west of the one mentioned is township one north, 
and every township north of it is in range one west. The 
townships are numbered northward or southward from the 
base line, and the ranges eastward or westward from the 
principal meridian. The civil township of Wayne, in the 
north-eastern part of Mitchell county, is township one 
hundred north, range fifteen west of the fifth principal 
meridian. The pupil should become so familiar with this 
system of surveys that he can locate, by numbers, any 
land in the county in which he lives. 

Correction Lines. — Owing to the convergence of 
meridians in passing northward, it has been found neces- 
sary to establish secondary lines parallel with the base 
line. These are called correction lines, and there are four 
of them in Iowa. They are the northern and the southern 
boundaries of the state and the northern boundaries of 
townships seventy-eight and eighty-eight north. 



12 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER II. 
THE TOWNSHIP— CONTINUED. 

Civil Townships. — The civil township is the unit or 
basis in local government. Every county is divided into 
several civil townships, and each township is named. 
Township names were given by the early settlers, and 
often in honor of some prominent member of the first 
company of settlers that entered the township. Many 
counties in Iowa were settled about the time the Rebellion 
began, and in those counties such names as Lincoln, Doug- 
las, Liberty, and Union are common. The boundaries of a 
civil township may be the same as those of a congressional 
township, but very often a civil township is formed from 
parts of two or more congressional townships. The early 
settlers established the civil townships to suit their own 
convenience, and in some counties but few of the civil 
townships have the same boundaries as the congressional 
townships. 

To the people of Iowa, the civil township is a very 
important division. Comparatively few state and county 
officers are needed, but there is hardly a county in the 
state that does not have at least four hundred officers 
whose duties are confined to the civil township. A large 
part of all the money raised by taxation is expended in the 
township under the direction of its civil and school officers. 

School Township.— The school township is a divi- 
sion for school purposes, and its boundaries must always 



IOWA AND THE NATION 13 

be the same as those of some civil township. The public 
schools are free to all residents of the state between the 
ages of five and twenty-one years. Each school township 
is a school district, and the business connected with the 
management of the schools is done by a board of directors. 

Sub-Districts. — Each school township is separated 
into as many sub-districts as may be necessary, and a 
member of the board of directors, called a sub-director, is 
chosen from each sub-district by its qualified voters. The 
sub-directors of a township are chosen on the first Monday 
in March of each year for a term of one year, and all 
the sub-directors of the township constitute the board of 
directors. 

Township Meeting. — On the second Monday in 
March, the qualified voters of the school township meet 
to transact business of a general nature connected with the 
management of the schools of the township. If it is 
necessary to build a new school-house in the township, the 
money must be raised by a tax voted at this meeting. If 
any school property is to be disposed of, the sale must be 
ordered at this meeting. 

Board of Directors. — The language of the law 
passed by the Thirty-first General Assembly relative to 
boards of directors is as follows: "The board of directors 
of all independent city, town, and village corporations 
shall organize on the third Monday in March, and those 
of all other school corporations on the first day of July, 
unless that date falls on Sunday, in which case on the 
day following. Such organization shall be effected by 
the election of a president from the members of the 
board, who shall be entitled to vote as a member. Such 



14 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

special meetings may be held as may be determined by 
the board, or called by the president, or by the secretary 
upon the written request of a majority of the members of 
the board, upon notice specifying the time and place, 
delivered to each member in person, but attendance shall 
be a waiver of notice." 

"On the first day of July, unless that date falls on 
Sunday, in which case on the day following, the board of 
all independent city, town, and village corporations and 
the retiring board in all other school corporations shall 
meet, examine the books of, and settle with the secretary 
and treasurer for the year ending on the thirtieth day of 
June, preceding, and for the transaction of such other 
business as may regularly come before it. On the same 
day the board of each independent city, town, and village 
corporation, and the new board of every other school cor- 
poration shall elect from outside the board a secretary 
and treasurer, but in independent districts no teacher or 
other employe of the board shall be eligible as 
secretary." 

Rural Districts. — By the provisions of a former law, 
rural independent districts were formed in district town- 
ships, each district having a board of three directors, one 
being chosen on the second Monday in March for a term of 
three years. The recent changes in the election of school 
officers will lead to some confusion, at least for a time. 
The principal reason for the change is based on a desire 
to organize the school year at a time when the schools 
of the state are not in session. 

School Funds. — The money for the support of schools 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 15 

is kept in three separate funds in each district. These are 
known as the teachers' fund, which is used for the payment 
of teachers; the schoolhouse fund, used in building and 
repairing schoolhouses and purchasing school grounds; and 
the contingent fund, which is used in the purchase of sup- 
plies and the payment of the incidental expenses of the 
school. Nearly all of the money needed for the support of 
any school is raised by a tax levied on the taxable property 
of the district in which the school is located. 

Teachers' Fund.— The teachers' fund is derived 
from the semi-annual apportionment which includes the 
interest on the permanent school fund of the state, fines 
and forfeitures of various kinds, and a county school tax 
of not less than one mill, nor more than three mills, on a 
dollar, which is levied by the board of supervisors on the 
taxable property of the county. The money paid by non- 
resident pupils as tuition for the privilege of attending 
school in a district in which they do not reside also forms 
a part of this fund. In addition to these sums, the direc- 
tors of each district on the first day of July, or between 
that time and the third Monday in August of each year, 
vote to raise a tax for teachers' fund upon the property of 
their district, not to exceed fifteen dollars for each person 
of school age, except as provided for in the next paragraph. 

Contingent Fund.— The contingent fund is raised by 
taxation on the property of each school district, and is esti- 
mated by the board of directors at the time of estimating 
the teachers' fund. The amount raised for contingent ex- 
penses cannot exceed seven dollars per pupil, except in thinly 
settled districts where that amount and twenty dollars per 
pupil for teachers' fund is not sufficient to maintain the 



16 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

schools for six months of twenty days each as required 
by law. Seventy-five dollars contingent fund and two 
hundred and .seventy dollars teachers' fund, including 
the semi-annual apportionment, may be raised for the 
support of each school in the state every year. 

Schoolhouse Fund.— The schoolhouse fund is de- 
rived from the tax upon the property of any district in 
which a schoolhouse is to be built or repaired. This tax is 
voted by the electors of the sub-district or school township, 
and cannot exceed ten mills on the dollar when levied upon 
the property of the entire township. At the sub-district 
meeting held on the first Monday in March, the electors 
may vote to raise a certain sum of money for the erection 
of a schoolhouse. If the electors at the school township 
meeting, the following Monday, refuse to grant any or all 
of this amount, the tax is levied on the property of the sub- 
district, not to exceed fifteen mills on a dollar of valuation. 
As a rule, the schoolhouse tax is levied upon the whole district 
and expended in the sub-districts as occasion may require. 

School Libraries. — The treasurer of each school town- 
ship and rural independent district is required to withhold 
annually, from the semi-annual apportionment, not less than 
five nor more than fifteen cents for each person of school age 
residing in the district for the purchase of books for a school 
library. This law may be applied to town and city districts 
by vote of the boards of directors thereof. 

Taxes Certified. — The district secretaries certify all 
taxes for school purposes to the county auditor on or before 
the third Monday in August, and the levy of the taxes is 
made by the board of supervisors at the time of levying 
the taxes for county purposes at their regular meeting in 
September. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 17 



CHAPTER III. 

EDUCATION— SCHOOL FUNDS. 

The Public Schools.— The people of Iowa have 
always taken great interest in education and have done 
much for the establishment and support of the public 
schools. Even before the early settlers had erected com- 
fortable homes for themselves, they began to look about 
them for the means with which to build schoolhouses. 
Contributions of logs and other materials were made by 
those who had them to give, and others bore their part of 
the burden by aiding in the construction of the houses. 
In many instances, teachers received a part of their wages 
in " boarding round." From these humble beginnings, the 
educational interests have constantly improved, until now 
her school system is considered one of the best in the 
United States. In 1910, Iowa had nearly fourteen thou- 
sand schoolhouses, employed more than twenty-eight 
thousand teachers, and expended fully ten million 
dollars for the support of her public schools. 

Land Grants. — Upon her admission into the Union, 
Iowa received a grant of five hundred thousand acres of 
land from the United States, which was at once set apart 
for school purposes. In 1845, congress passed a law pro- 
viding that section sixteen of each unorganized congres- 
sional township in all new states should be known as the 
school section of the township, and the money obtained 
from the sale of this land should form a part of the per- 



18 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

manent school fund of the state. By another act of con- 
gress, five per cent, of all the money received from the sale 
of public lands in any state is paid into the state treasury 
for the benefit of the schools of the state. 

Permanent School Fund.— The permanent school 

fund of Iowa is the money obtained from the sale 
of lands granted in these three ways, together with the 
money received from the estates of deceased persons who 
may have died without leaving a will or any lawful heirs. 
This money is distributed among the counties of the state, 
and loaned on real estate security under the direction of 
the boards of supervisors. There never can be any loss of 
money from the fund, for, should any county fail ; to invest 
the money properly, the interest must be paid out of the 
general county fund until such time as the money can be 
returned to the school fund. The permanent school fund 
can never be appropriated to any other use. 

Semi-Annual Apportionment. — The interest upon 

the permanent school fund is distributee! among the differ- 
ent counties of the state twice a year, and on this account 
it is known as the semi-annual apportionment, or public 
money, as it is frequently called. The basis of distribu- 
tion of interest is found by dividing the amount to be dis- 
tributed by the number representing all the persons of 
school age in the state. The treasurer of each school dis- 
trict receives for the benefit of the teachers' fund of that 
district as many times the basis of distribution as there are 
persons of school age in the district. This interest is in- 
creased in each county by the net proceeds of all fines and 
forfeitures paid into the county treasury, and the amount 
r eceived from the county school tax of from one to three 
mills on the dollar, which is levied by the county supervisors. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 19 



CHAPTER IV. 
TOWNSHIP OFFICERS. 

The officers of a civil township are three trustees, a 
clerk, an assessor, two constables, two justices of the peace, 
and a superintendent of roads of the township. 

[[Trustees — The township trustees have many import- 
ant duties to perform. They decide upon the place of 
holding elections, equalize taxes, and have charge of all 
cemeteries not controlled by other trustees, or by religious 
societies. They constitute the board of health of the town- 
ship, act as fence viewers, overseers of the poor, and judges 
of election. One trustee is chosen at the general election 
each year for a term of three years. The superintendent of 
roads is appointed by the township trustees at their April 
meeting for a term of one year. All other township officers 
are elected in the even-numbered years, and they serve 
two years. 

Duties. — The regular meetings of the trustees are 
held on the first Monday in April and November of each 
year. At the April meeting they estimate the amount of 
property tax to be used in improving highways and pur- 
chasing plows, scrapers, and material for building and 
repairing bridges. This road tax cannot be less than one 
mill nor more than four mills on the dollar of assessment 
for that year, payable in cash to the county treasurer. 

JSee biennial election amendment, page 90c. After 190S, three trustees 
will be chosen at each general election for a term of two years. 



20 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Clerk— Duties. — The township clerk is secretary of 
the board of trustees, and it is his duty to keep an accur- 
ate record of the business done at all meetings of the board 
of trustees. He acts as one of the clerks of election, has 
charge of the property of the township and receives the 
resignation of township officers. He is empowered to ad- 
minister the oath of office to township officers. As clerk 
of election, it is his duty to preserve all the ballots cast at 
any election, together with the tally list, until the time for 
contesting the election of any officer voted for has passed. 

Election Boards. — Election boards are composed of 
three judges and two clerks, and the law provides that a 
division of the members shall be so made that at least two 
political parties shall be represented on the board. 

Assessor. — The township assessor is required to 
make a list of all the property of the township, both 
personal and real, and to assess its value for the purpose 
of taxation. 

Valuation of Property.— It is a very difficult mat- 
ter to secure uniformity in the assessment of property. 
For many years, there has been a desire on the part of the 
people to have the assessment laws of the state so amended 
that every dollar of property subject to taxation should 
be listed with the assessor, and made to bear its part of 
the burden for the support of the government. 

Assessment. — The work of the township assessor is 
an important one, and sometimes quite difficult to perform 
to the satisfaction of property holders. Certain property 
is by law exempt from taxation. The assessor must inspect 
every piece of property subject to taxation in the township 
and determine its value for taxable purposes. The new 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 21 

code of Iowa provides that all property subject to taxation 
shall be listed with the proper assessor, at its actual value, 
and shall be assessed at one-fourth of such value. To 
assist the assessor in the discharge of his duties, it is pro- 
vided by law that any person owning property subject to 
taxation who shall refuse to assist the assessor in listing 
his property, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction thereof, he may be fined not more than five 
hundred dollars. 

Listing* Property. — On or before January fifteenth 
cf each year, the assessor receives from the county auditor 
two books to be used by him in assessing the property of 
the township. In each of these books he records all the 
items relating to the property he has assessed. One of 
these books is delivered to the township clerk on or before 
the regular meeting of the board of truestes on the first 
Monday in April, and it is used by them in reviewing 
assessments and levying taxes for township and highway 
purposes. Personal property is assessed every year, but 
real estate only in the odd-numbered years, and the value 
of real estate fixed in any year is also made the basis of 
taxation for the following year. 

Reviewing Values.— It has been stated elsewhere 
that the trustees act as a board of review. When acting 
in this capacity, it is their duty to examine the assessor's 
book carefully to see that no injustice has been done in 
fixing the valuation of property. Any person who thinks 
his property has been improperly assessed may appear 
before the board of trustees at their April meeting and 
petition that body to correct the wrong. 

Exemptions. — In general, the following classes of 



22 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

property are exempt from taxation and are not assessed. 
The property of the United States and of the state of Iowa, 
including school lands and all property leased to the state ; 
the property of school districts, townships, incorporated 
towns, cities and counties, when used exclusively for the 
benefit of the public and not for profit; the property of 
literary, scientific, benevolent, agricultural, and religious 
institutions which is devoted to the appropriate uses of 
these institutions; the estates of persons who, by reason of 
age or infirmity, are unable to contribute to the public 
revenue ; farming utensils and the tools of any mechanic 
actually needed and used by him in earning a livelihood ; 
and government or state lands during the year in which 
they may have been sold to private parties. 

Militia. — At the time of making the annual assess- 
ment, each assessor is required to make and return to the 
county auditor a list of the names of all persons subject 
to military duty, which includes all^ble-bodied male citizens 
between the ages of eighteen and fort} T -five years, except 
such as are exempt by the laws of the United States or of 
this state. 

Census. — Section 113, code of Iowa, provides that, 
at the time of assessing property in 1875, and every ten 
years thereafter, the assessor shall make an enumeration of 
the inhabitants of his township. The result of this count- 
ing of the people is reported to the county auditor by the 
first day in June following. 

An abstract of .the number of people living in all the 
townships of the county, as shown by the report of the 
assessor, is made by the county auditor and forwarded to 
the secretary of state by the first day of the next Septem- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 23 

ber. This counting of the people is called taking the 
census. The census shows not only the number of in- 
habitants, but a collection of many interesting facts per- 
taining to the militia, the foreign population, and the 
condition of all the leading industries of the state. 

Compulsory Education. — The Twenty-nmth General 
Assembly enacted a law providing for the compulsory at- 
tendance of children at school for at least sixteen consecutive 
weeks every year. The law applies to children between the 
ages of seven and fourteen years. By the provisions of the 
law, truant officers are provided for, and a system of reports 
from teachers to those intrusted with the enforcement of 
the law is also required. Violations of the law are to be 
punished by a system of fines, and habitual truants may be 
dealt with according to such reasonable methods of punish- 
ments as the board of directors may provide. The Thirtieth 
General Assembly amended the previous law so as to fix 
the time of attendance, < 'commencing with the first week of 
school after the first day of September, unless the board of 
school directors shall determine upon a later date, which 
date shall not be later than the first Monday in December." 

The Thirty-third General Assembly amended the law 
and provided that the time be lengthened to twenty-four 
weeks. 



24 IOWA AND THE NATION 



CHAPTER V. 
TOWNSHIP OFFICERS— CONTINUED. 

Justices of the Peace. — The jurisdiction of justices 
of the peace, when not specially restricted by law, is co- 
extensive with the county in which they reside. Each 
justice keeps a record book, or docket as it is called, in 
which he records all official acts done by him. The princi- 
pal duty of justices of the peace is to hold court for the 
trial of certain kinds of offenses, and for the settlement of 
disputes or the collection of small sums of money by 
process of law. 

Lawsuits. — Suits at law are "of two kinds, civil and 
criminal. A civil suit is one for the enforcement or protec- 
tion of right or the prevention of wrong doing. A criminal 
suit is brought in the name of the state for the purpose of 
punishing an offender against the criminal laws of the state. 
Crimes are of two classes, felonies and misdemeanors. A 
felony is a crime that may be punished by imprisonment in 
the penitentiary, or by heavy fine. A misdemeanor is a 
minor crime, and is punished by light fine or imprisonment 
in the county jail. Murder, manslaughter, burglary, arson, 
grand larceny, and several other crimes are felonies. Petit 
larceny, assault and battery, drunkenness, the refusal of an 
officer to perform his official duties, and other lighter 
offenses are misdemeanors. The person who begins the suit 
is called the plaintiff, and the person sued, the defendant. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 25 

Notice of Suit. — Some suits in justice courts may be 
commenced by the voluntary appearance in court of both 
parties to the suit. In many cases, a written notice from 
the justice of the peace to the defendant is necessary. Such 
a notice must contain the name of the defendant, or a 
description of him, if his name is unknown, the nature of 
the claim, the amount claimed by the plaintiff, and the time 
set for trial. The notice is then given to the sheriff or any 
constable of the county to be served upon the defendant. 
The notice must be served within ten days of the time it is 
issued, and the trial must be held within fifteen days of the 
date of the notice. The defendant in any civil suit may 
put a stop to the proceedings at any time by paying the 
amount of the claim with the costs that have accrued. 

Change Of Venue.— Before the trial commences, 
either party may have it changed to some other justice 
court by filing an affidavit, or written statement under oath, 
stating : 

1. That the. justice is prejudiced against him. 

2. That the justice is a near relative of the other party 
to the suit. 

3. That the party filing the affidavit considers the 
justice a material witness against him. 

4. That he believes he will not receive justice at the 
hands of the officer before whom the action was commenced. 

This is called a change of venue, and it is designed to 
be a protection to personal rights. After a case has come 
to trial, it may be postponed for not more than sixty days 
to enable either party to secure additional witnesses. In 
many civil cases, a jury of six members is chosen to try the 



26 IOWA A.NB THE NATION, 

case, and any person accused of crime has the right to 
demand a jury trial. 

Collection Of Money, — A suit for the collection of 
a promissory note may be commenced in a justice court, 
provided the amount claimed does not exceed one hundred 
dollars, or by special agreement of both parties, three hun- 
dred dollars. In criminal cases, justices have jurisdiction 
over the trial of misdemeanors, and they may hold pre- 
liminary trials in graver offenses. 

Trial by Higher Court. — If a person charged with 
having committed a felony is examined before a justice of 
the peace and the evidence seems to show the accused to be 
guilty, the justice cannot decide the case and affix the pen- 
alty. It is his duty to bind the prisoner over to appeal 
for trial at the next session of the district court. When a 
prisoner is bound over to appear before a higher court for 
trial, he gives a bond signed by responsible parties, in 
which it is agreed that if the accused does not appear for 
trial at the proper time, the amount of money named in 
the bond will be paid over to the proper officers for the 
benefit of the school fund of the county. Persons who can- 
not furnish bonds in such cases are sent to the county jail 
to await trial. 

Jurisdiction. — In criminal matters, the jurisdiction 
of justices of the peace extends to all cases, less than 
felony, committed in their respective counties, in which the 
punishment prescribed by law does not exceed a fine of 
one hundred dollars or imprisonment in the county jail 
thirty days. The mode of procedure is much the same in 
both civil and criminal cases. In any criminal action the 
defendant may, before any testimony has been taken, 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 27 

demand a trial by jury. If the person is found not guilty, 
he is set at liberty at once. If he is convicted, the justice 
renders the judgment of fine, or imprisonment, or both, as 
the case may require. Criminals sometimes plead guilty 
to the crimes of which they are accused in the hope of re- 
ceiving a light sentence. Besides performing the duties 
above mentioned, a justice of the peace may take acknowl- 
edgments of deeds, mortgages, and other papers, solemnize 
marriage ceremoDies, and bind over disorderly persons to 
keep the peace. 

Constables.— The constable is the police officer of 
the township and the proper executive officer of the justice 
court, but any of the duties required of him may be per- 
formed by the sheriff of the county. 

Duties. — It is the duty of the constable to serve all 
warrants, notices, and other legal papers, when lawfully 
directed to do so by the trustees or clerk of the township, 
or by any court, and to perform certain other duties as 
required by law. He is forbidden to act as atto?^ey for 
any party, or to purchase any property offered for sale 
by him upon execution or other process. Constables, al- 
though elected by the voters of their respective townships, 
may be called upon to perform their official duties in any 
part of the county. Hence they may be considered county 
officers in a special sense. 

Road Superintendent. — The Twenty-ninth General 
Assembly (1902) enacted a new road law which made radical 
changes in the method of making and repairing roads in this 
state. By its provisions, the office of township road super- 
visor is abolished and a road superintendent, or contractor, 
authorized. Each township will hereafter be the unit for 



28 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

the care of roads, road districts also being done away with. 
The road superintendent is chosen by the township trustees 
for a term not to exceed one year and the salary shall not 
exceed three dollars a day. A contract may be made for 
the repair of roads in any township for a stipulated sum for 
a period of one year. 

Taxes.— The township trustees are required to levy a 
road tax of not less than one mill nor more than four mills 
upon all the taxable property of their township. This tax 
is collected in cash, the same as other taxes, instead of 
being payable in labor upon the highway as formerly. All 
able-bodied male residents of the township, between the ages 
of twenty-one and forty-five, are required to perform two 
days' labor of eight hours each upon the highway annually. 

General Provisions. — The township clerk is required 
to furnish the road superintendent, not later than the 
fifteenth day of April, in each year, a list of all persons 
subjecf to a road poll tax for that year. In order that this 
list may be made properly, the township assessor furnishes 
the clerk with a complete copy of the assessment list for 
that year, which must be delivered before April first. The 
township clerk is required to furnish the township trustees, 
at their November meeting, with an itemized statement of 
the receipts and expenditures of the'township for the con- 
struction and repair of roads. The trustees file with thp 
county board of supervisors, on or before the first Monday 
in each year, a detailed statement of the receipts and ex- 
penditures of all road taxes in their township for the pre- 
ceding year, and the supervisors are required to include all 
such reports in their published proceedings at the January 
session following. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



29 



Patent. — The following is an exact copy of a govern- 
ment deed, or patent, as it is called: 



< 

l-H 

w 
< 



CO I 



w * 



W 1 



W 



r ° 

w O 

- 

•a £ 

M © 

© M 



P3 ^ 

© 2 

o3 



o >> 

ft fl 

si 



> :, 



O d 

^ '3 



O » O fl 



^ ^ 



02 d 



<3 •£ 



-u m *j 2 ■" 



H 
«! 
O 
i— i 

I— I i^ 

H 3 
P3 d 

O S5 



o .q 



o a 



$* 



<% 



g8 



»s2 

"Eg 



© > 



° 5 
s © 

1-1 a 



O __ 

b£ H 
O * 
O rt 

IS ft 



«H O fl 



ft " 

<^ .a , 

^ 2. 

o o 



Si <& 
§3 © 

© SP^ 
&£ .2 >> 

M 8g 

go 
oio 

a) bo « 



.3 ?5 
c C5 



© 



T3 fi 

Pi a 

03 ^ "S ft 

« g .2 " ■ 

1 o fl § 
© o - £ 

k 5 I! © 
« $ a5 

fl 13 W .tj 

S ftS & 

s ^ e © 

§ * g3 
°%< © 
• S |3 | 
g©»© 

o.a go 

H o ^ ^ 
H O W 

§ 5 Q § 



X3 O 

CM O S5 

^ ? o 

o ^2 

« - 8 



^ a 

bo 






S 



C od 

§ I a 
° ^ © 

.Sol 



a fe 
a 3 



& a 

w © 



02 © 
« 50 



03 


*a 




© 







>> 


© 

ft 




© 


© 




rd 


•d 




■^ 


CI 




rt 


M 






© 




^ 


A 




1-5 


o 




o 


-d 


w 


>, 


03 


o 


C3 


© 


p 


-o 


c 


cq 



h o 



© CG 



-- s ^ ^ 



CO 






{1} 



30 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Warranty Deed. — The following is an exact copy of 
a warranty deed to the land covered by the patent on the land 
described on the preceding page, and to eighty acres adjoin- 
ing, but not covered by this patent: 

WARRANTY DEED. 

Know all Men by These Presents, That I, Archibald F. Kerr, (un- 
married), of Howard Count y, State of Iowa, in consideration of three hund- 
red and sixty dollars, in hand paid by Leonard Horr, of Dubnque County, 
State of Iowa, do hereby sell and convey unto the said Leonard Horr, his 
heirs and assigns, the following described premises, situated in Howard 
County, State of Iowa, to-wit: 

The north-east quarter of Section twenty-two (22) in Township No. 
ninety-nine north of Range fourteen (14) west of 5 P. M. 

■ And I do hereby covenant with the said Leonard Horr, his heirs and 
assigns, that I am lawfully seized of said premises, that they are Free from 
Incumbrance, and that I have good right and lawful authority to sell and 
convey the same; and I do hereby covenant to Warrant and Defend the said 
premises against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever. 
Signed this 11th day of May A. D. 1859. 
Witness, 

JOHN B. SHIPMAN. ARCHIBALD F. KERR. 

STATE OF IOWA, "1 0n this lltn day of May A> D 1857> before me, 

County of Mitchell, j Depu ty Clerk* of the County Court, in and for 
said County, personally came Archibald F. Kerr, to me known to be the iden- 
tical person whose name is affixed to the above deed as grantor, and acknowl- 
edged the same to be nis voluntary act and deed. 

i — A — v WITNESS my hand and Seal of said Court this 11th. 

<£ seal, y day of May, 1857. 

* — v — ' JOHN B. SHIPMAN, Dp. Clk. 



WARRANTY DEED. 

From ARCHIBALD F. KERR to LEONARD HORR, N.-E. #, 22, 99, 14, 160 

Acres. 
Filed for record Way 15, '57, 5 P. M. Recorded in Vol. B, Page 174, in the 

Recorder's Office of Howard County, Iowa. 

H A COOK, Recorder. 



M 

< 

XJ1 




1 | !| 


! | | 


| 




o 
M 










02 

s 

P 

ft 




















^ o 

^3 










o 










p 

o 

1— 1 

E-i 






I.I 

| ; 
j i 

: ! : 




OQ 

O 


a 

J- 



c 

s 

1 


a 
.5- 

: : : Ph 

: : S 

• • • rC 

• • • -+J 

'. : • *s 
1 : . 3 8 

88 12 © 43 

H O <! £ 


+3 

: ^ 1 

a i 

© 

J8 t ! 

« S i 

6 £ 1 


» 



^ 


o 


a 


o 


en 


X) 


d 


CJ 


£ 


CU 


n 


© 


+j 


^ 


=4-1 


+j 





A 


►> 


a 


'd 


-d 


d 

+3 


£ 






0) 


Pi 


rCj 




■+J 


U 






d 


^3 




r/3 




fl 


d 
n 


& 


co 


£ 


03 






0) 


£ 


a 


0) 


in 


> 


O 


cu 


4h 


fH 


m 










3 


Q< 


d 


ft 


^j 


© 


£ 


^ 


C1J 




■-< 


>> 




,0 


+3 

o 


© 
d 


T3 


ci 


^CJ 


■8 


<d 


bo 


© 


ri 


,£> 






© 


© 


-Q 


rO 


d 


42 


o 


> 
o 


cd 

3 


,a 


* 


CvS 


& 


© 


a 


^5 




+j 


>» 


+--> 


S-. 


cd 


cS 


+3 





© § 




* 2 




$3 




s< 




2 © 


, — | 


^ a 

© 


— 

o 




g>.s 



32 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER VI. 

TOWN AND CITY GOVERNMENT. 

Cities Classed. — The term ' 'town government" is used 
in its broadest sense, so as to include cities as well as incor- 
porated towns. This is often called municipal government. 
In Iowa, cities of the first class contain at least fifteen 
thousand inhabitants, and those of the second class, from 
two thousand to fifteen thousand inhabitants. Municipal 
governments of less than two thousand inhabitants are 
called incorporated towns. Each city or town contains as 
much territory as the inhabitants think necessary, and addi- 
tions are frequently made to the original plats. This terri- 
tory is separated into blocks which are divided into lots 
for convenience of ownership. For governmental pur- 
poses, cities are divided into wards, and each ward chooses 
its own members of the city council. 

* Officers. — Each city of the first class has a mayor, 
two councilmen elected from the city at-large, a council- 
man elected from each ward, an assessor, marshal, 
treasurer, solicitor, civil engineer, police judge, auditor, 
and certain others, when specially required. 

Council. — The members of the city council, in cities 
of the first class, are all chosen, biennially ^ at the same 
election as the mayor and other officers. The election of 
all officers of cities and towns, except those under special 
charter,, occurs on the last Monday in March, and all city 

*See Commission Fo.rr. of Government, page 35. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 33 

officers, except the assessor, begin the discharge of their 
duties on the first Monday in April. The term of the asses- 
sor begins on the first day of January following his election. 

Election.— The mayor and other officers, except as 
above stated, are elected in the odd numbered years, for a 
term of two years. In many of the larger cities, the coun- 
cil elects several additional officers at the April meeting, 
each having some special work to do in the government of 
the city. 

Mayor. — The mayor is the presiding officer of the council 
ex-officio, but he is not a member of that body. He presides 
at the meetings of the council, holds court for the trial of 
offenders against the ordinances of the city, and sees that 
all orders of the council are properly enforced. He has 
the same general powers as a justice of the peace. 

Duties Of Council. — The city council has power to 
adopt ordinances for the government of the city. The gen- 
eral law of the state confers on city councils the right to 
legislate in a prescribed manner, and all such acts, properly 
adopted, have the same force and effect as laws passed by 
the general assembly. The ordinances passed by any city 
council apply only to that city. The city council acts as a 
board of review of the assessment of property, in the 
same manner as does the board of trustees in the civil town- 
ship. 

Marshal. — The duties of the marshal correspond to 
those of constable. He attends the courts of the mayor 
and police judge, and is, in fact, the chief ministerial 
officer of the city. Many important duties devolve upon 
this officer in preserving the peace and maintaining order 



34 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

in the city. He may appoint deputies to aid him in the 
discharge of his duties, and for whose acts he is responsible. 

Treasurer. — The treasurer receives all money belong- 
ing to the city, and pays it out as ordered by the city coun- 
cil. His bond is fixed by the city council. 

Auditor. — The auditor has charge of the financial 
affairs of the city, and issues all warrants upon the city 
treasury when ordered to do so by the city council His. 
duties are numerous and important. 

Attorney. — The city solicitor, or attorney, is a lawyer 
elected to represent the city in all matters of a legal nature. 
He is required to furnish an opinion on any matter of law 
relating to the government of the city, when requested to 
do so by any officer of the city. His relations to the officers 
of the city are the same as those of the attorney-general to 
state officers, or of the county attorney to officers of the 
county. 

Police Court. — The police judge has jurisdiction of 
all offenses against any ordinance of the city in which he 
serves. In criminal matters, his powers are co-ordinate 
with those of justice of the peace, and he is entitled to the 
same fees as that officer. He may also take acknowledg- 
ments of signatures to deeds, mortgages, and other papers. 
His court, which is open at all times for the transaction of 
business, is a court of record. The clerk of this court is 
chosen by the qualified electors of the city or appointed by 
the police judge, as the council may direct. In case of 
vacancy in the office of police judge, the duties of that 
officer devolve upon the mayor. For the prosecution of 
any person for violating an ordinance of the city, the 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 35 

police judge, or mayor, is entitled to such compensation as 
the city council may allow. 

Superintendent of the Market.— The superinten- 
dent of the market acts as overseer of all places provided 
by the city for the sale of fresh meats, vegetables, and 
other articles of a perishable nature usually offered for sale 
in a public market. 

Civil Engineer.— The civil engineer performs such 
duties belonging to his profession as may be required by 
the city council. 

General Provisions.— To the city council belongs 
the power to appoint members of the police force and 
night watch. It may also provide for a fire department 
and make regulations for governing the same. The council 
also acts as the board of health, 

Compensation. — The compensation of city officers is 
fixed by ordinances of the city council, or by fees as pre- 
scribed by law. Each member of the council receives as 
full compensation for his services an amount fixed by the 
council not to exceed two hundred and fifty dollars a year. 

Commission Form. — Cities having more than seven 
thousand inhabitants may now be governed by a com- 
mission of either three or five members , the number of 
members depending upon the population. As this plan 
of government for cities is a very important one, it should 
be studied jn detail by reference to the code of Iowa and 
the session laws of 1909. 



36 IOWA AND THE NATION, 



CHAPTER VII. 
CITIES OF THE SECOND CLASS. 

Council. — In cities of the second class there are 
chosen on the last Monday in March of each odd-numbered 
year, a mayor, one councilman from each ward, a city 
solicitor, an assessor, and a treasurer. In each even-num- 
bered year, there is a councilman chosen from each ward. 
This division of the council prevents a complete change at 
any election. The city clerk and street commissioner are 
appointed annually bj T the council. A marshal is appointed 
by the mayor, to serve for one year. 

Term — Duties. — The term of all elective officers, ex- 
cept assessor, in cities of the second class, begins on the 
first Monday in April. The term of the assessor begins on 
the first day of January following his election. The officers 
appointed by the council serve for one year unless sooner 
removed. The duties of officers in cities of the second class 
are much the same as those of corresponding officers in cities 
of the first class. The council fixes the salary of the mayor 
and other officers of the city. Each councilman may 
receive one dollar for attendance at each meeting of the 
council, provided the total amount received for the year 
does not exceed fifty dollars. 

INCORPORATED TOWNS. 

Officers. — The government of an incorporated town is 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



37 



vested in a mayor, clerk, treasurer, assessor, and six coun- 
cilmen, all of whom are chosen by the qualified voters 
residing within the limits of the corporation. All of 
the councilmen constitute the town council, and any four 
of them are a quorum for the transaction of business. 
The council may, by ordinance, provide for the election of 
such other officers as may be necessary to administer the 
government. A marshal is appointed by the mayor. The 
powers and duties of these officers correspond to those of 
the same officers in cities. 

All the elective officers, except the councilmen, are 
chosen on the last Monday in March of every second year, 
and their term of office begins on the first Monday in April. 
Two councilmen are chosen each year for a term of three 
years, at the time of the regular election of other town 
officers. Every qualified voter who has resided at least ten 
days in the precinct in which he claims his vote, may vote 
at any municipal election. 

CITIES UNDER SPECIAL CHARTER* 

Many of the older cities of the state were organized 
before the present law for the incorporation of cities and 
towns was enacted. The government of these cities differs 
somewhat from that of cities authorized by the general law 
of the state. Such cities are said to be governed by special 
charter. Many laws for the government of other cities 
have been made to apply to cities organized under special 
charter. 

*Cedar Rapids, Dubuque, Glenwood, Keokuk and Winterset have special 
charters. 



38 



g 

w 

W 
*> 

o 
o 



2; g 

K O 



3> 

■73 



& 



s 3 



C 


S3 


«M 


PU 


w 


0) 


O 


O 


"> 




*> 

ft 
J3 


TS 





Oh 


OQ 


W 





pi 
m 

bQ 

•s 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 39 

CHAPTER VIII. 

COUNTY GOVERNMENT. 

Counties.— Iowa, with an area of 56,025 square miles, 
is separated into ninety-nine counties. When the state was 
admitted into the Union, in 1846, there were only twenty- 
seven organized counties, but before many years had 
elapsed, the entire area 'of the state was included in the 
counties as they now exist. In most counties the bound- 
aries conform to the range and township lines, as estab- 
lished by government survey. Owing to the irregular 
course of the rivers, the counties along the eastern and 
western boundaries of the state vary from the prevailing 
rectangular form. 

County Names.— The study of county names is full 
of interest. Eleven of the counties, Washington, Adams, 
Jefferson, Madison, Monroe, Jackson, Van Buren, Harri- 
son, Polk, Taylor, and Buchanan, were named for presi- 
dents, and Johnson county for Richard M. Johnson, vice- 
president of the United States with Van Buren. Audubon, 
Benton, Calhoun, Carroll, Clay, Clinton, Decatur, Fre 
mont, Humboldt, Jasper, Kossuth, Marion, Marshall, 
Scott, Story, Warren, Wayne, and Webster counties com- 
memorate names that are historic. Several county names 
were conferred in honor of noted Indians or Indian tribes. 
Among these may be named Allamakee, for Allan Makee, a 
noted Indian trader, Black Hawk, Cherokee, Chickasaw, 
Iowa, Mahaska, Pocahontas, Pottawattamie, Poweshiek, 
Sac, Sioux, Tama, Winnebago, and Winneshiek as the 



40 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

most noted. Cerro Gordo, Buena Vista, and Palo Alto 
were named to commemorate three famous battles of the 
Mexican War. The origin of all the other county names 
may be easily found by a little research on the part of 
pupils, and many valuable lessons in biography may be 
based on these names. 

County Seat. — County government is, in many re- 
spects, very important. In each county, the people have 
selected a place at which the principal business of the 
county is transacted. This place is known as the county 
seat, and it is generally near the middle of the county. 
The offices of the county are usually kept at this place in 
a building called the court-house. 

Officers. — The officers of a county are a board of 
supervisors, an auditor, treasurer, clerk of the district 
court, sheriff, recorder, superintendent of schools, coroner, 
surveyor, and attorney. The % auditor, treasurer, clerk, 
and sheriff are each allowed a deputy in most counties. 

{Election. — These officers are chosen by the qualified 
voters of the county at the general election, and the term 
of each, except that of supervisor, is two years. The bien- 
nial election law provides that all general elections for 
state, district, county, and township officers shall be held 
throughout the state on Tuesday after the first Monday 
in November of each even numbered year. The 
principal duties of each of these officers will now be dis- 
cussed. For their special powers, reference should be 
made to the code of Iowa, and to the session laws, as the 
acts of the general assembly are called. 

{Board of Supervisors.— The board of supervisors 
consists of three, five, or seven members, as the people de- 



IOWA AND THE NATION 41 

termine. Their term of office is three years, and one-third 
of the number, as nearly as may be, are chosen at each gen- 
eral election. The only qualification required of members 
of this board is that they must be qualified voters of the 
county in which they are chosen, and no two members can 
be elected from the same township. Regular meetings of 
the board are held on the first Monday of January, April, 
June, and September, and the first Monday after each 
general election. At the first meeting in each year,- one 
of the members is chosen chairman of the board, and it is 
his duty to - preside at all the meetings of the board during 
that year. 

Supervisors may be chosen from the county at large, 
or the county may be separated into supervisor districts, 
each district choosing one supervisor. 

Duties. — If any supervisor neglects or refuses to per- 
form any of the duties devolving upon him as a member of 
the board, without just cause, he is liable to a fine of one 
hundred dollars for each offense. This board has control 
of the property of the county, the court house and other 
buildings belonging to the county, and the care of the poor. 
In many counties, a poor house and poor farm are sup- 
ported at public expense. It is the duty of the board to 
examine all bills against the county, and to pay all just 
claims, unless some other method of payment is provided 
by law. 

The board of supervisors have the general control of 
the permanent school fund apportioned to the county, 
power to change the boundaries of civil townships, and 
they act as commissioners of highways. They provide for 
the building of all bridges which cannot be constructed by 
the different road districts on account of lack of funds. 



42 IOWA AND THE NATION 

Levy of Taxes. — At their September meeting, they 
levy the taxes to be used for the support of state, county, 
town, and township government. This levy is made upon 
all the taxable property in the county, and the amount is 
determined in several different ways. The money for the 
support of the state government is obtained from a uniform 
tax levied upon all the taxable property of the state. The 
rate of taxation for this purpose is now fixed at three and 
two-tenths mills on the dollar, and the supervisors of each 
county are required to include this in the levy. For the 
payment of salaries of county officers and the running ex- 
pense of the county government, a levy not to exceed six 
mills on a dollar and a poll tax of fifty cents is made. For 
the support of schools, the levy is not less than one mill 
nor more than three mills, and for building and repairing 
bridges, not more than three mills on a dollar. In addi- 
tion to these taxes, the supervisors levy the amounts 
estimated by the various school, township, town, and city 
officers, having the control of these departments of local 
government, provided the estimates are made as required 
by law. 

In order to show clearly how the different items of 
taxation are determined, the tax for all purposes, as 
levied by the board of supervisors of Mitchell county upon 
the property in the independent district of Osage for the 
year 1904, is here given. 

GENERAL LEVY. 
Funds. Mills. How Estimated. 

State, 3. By General Assembly. 

County, 5.5 By Board of Supervisors. 

County School, 1. 

Bridge, 4. 

University, .2 

Normal, .1 



U u 

(( (I 
<( It 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 43 

Funds. Mills. How Estimated. 

Bond, 1. By Board of Supervisors. 

Insane, 1. " li 

Soldiers' Belief, .2 " " » 

County Boad, .2 " " " 

OSAGE CITY LEVY. 
Incorporation, 9. By City Council. 

Sinking Fund, 2. " " " 

Library, 1.5 " " il 

Waterworks, 10. " " " 

OSAGE IND. DISTRICT. 
Teachers', 11.9 By Board of Directors. 

Contingent, 4.9 " " " 

School-House, 2.1 " Electors. 

The general levy for state and county purposes is the 
same throughout the county. The city levy is for the sup- 
port of the city government and the payment of a bonded 
debt, and the district levy is for the support of schools. 
The total levy in this district for all purposes is forty-seven 
mills on a dollar. 

Uniform Assessment. — In order that the property 
of the county may be assessed uniformly, the board of 
supervisors act as a board of review between townships. 
The assessment is based largely upon the judgment of 
the township assessor. Suppose that in any two town- 
ships of a county, the assessor should in one township fix 
the value of property at as low a rate as possible, and the 
other one as high as possible. This would not affect the 
amount to be raised for local purposes, as the local boards 
estimate the amount of money needed, and not the rate of 
tax to be levied. But the township having the higher 
assessment would be obliged to contribute more than its 



44 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

share for the support of county and state government, as 
the estimates for county and state revenue are based on the 
assessed value of property at a certain number of mills on 
the dollar. 

Review. — The board of supervisors may find 
that the property of one township is listed too high and 
that of the other too low, as compared with the other town- 
ships of the county. Acting as a board of review 
they will direct the county auditor in making out the tax 
list to lower the assessed value of the property in the town- 
ship assessed too high, and raise it in the other, so as to 
make the burden of taxation uniform. 

Pay. — Each member of the board of supervisors re 
ceives four dollars a day for the time actually spent in at- 
tending the meetings of the board, and three dollars a day 
when not in session but employed in committee work.* 
Mileage is allowed for going to and returning from each 
session of the board, and for the distance traveled in 
performing committee work. The rate is five cents for eacu 
mile traveled. Supervisors are not required to give bonds 
to insure the faithful performance of their duties. 

General Provisions. — The board of supervisors is 

often called the legislative body of the county, and there is 
a sense in which this is true, but each board acts only for 
its own county, and in a manner prescribed by law. This 
legislative power consists in the adoption of certain regula 
tions for the management of county matters, and for which 
there is no special provision of law. Nearly all boards of 
commissioners and directors authorized by the laws of the 
state are given large discretionary powers, and it is in the 
exercise of such powers that boards of supervisors are said 

*The amount of paid service is limited by law. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 45 

to have the right to legislate. It is recommended that a 
careful study of county government be made by all pupils 
as a preparation for a clear understanding of state and 
national government. It is also suggested that pupils be 
required to examine and discuss the published proceedings 
of the board of supervisors as they appear in the county 
papers after each regular session of the board. In this way 
an interest in public affairs will be aroused, and the study 
of civil government be made more practical. 

County Auditor. — The county auditor is clerk of the 
board of supervisors, and it is his duty to record the pro- 
ceedings of that body and preserve them in permanent form 
in books provided for that purpose. He signs all orders 
issued by the board for the payment of money from the 
county treasury, and serves as general accountant for the 
county. Before each election, the auditor prepares and 
furnishes two poll-books for each voting precinct in the 
county. Immediately after election, one of these books is 
forwarded to him from each voting precinct with the num- 
ber of votes each candidate received for every office to be 
filled at that election. From the poll-books thus made out, 
he makes an abstract of all the votes cast in the county 
for each candidate, and forwards it to the secretary of state. 

Bond. — The bond of the county auditor is fixed by the 
board of supervisors, and it cannot be less than five thousand 
dollars. It is usual in most counties for the bond to be fixed 
at ten thousand dollars. The loaning and general manage- 
ment of the permanent school fund apportioned to the county, 
as well as the division of the county school fund and interest 
on the permanent school fund, is left to the county auditor. 

Salary. —In counties having less than ten thousand 
population, the salary of the county auditor is twelve 



Sfc IOWA AND THE NATION. 

hundred dollars a year; between ten thousand and 
twenty-five thousand, the salary is fourteen hundred 
dollars a year. In counties having a greater popu- 
lation, the board of supervisors may allow such additional 
compensation as they think necessary. 

County Treasurer. — The county treasurer receives 
all money belonging to the county and pays it out upon the 
order of the board of supervisors. Warrants, or orders, 
for the payment of money by the county treasurer are 
drawn and signed by the county auditor and sealed with 
the county seal. The treasurer keeps a record of all 
moneys received and warrants paid, and holds the same, at 
all times, subject to the inspection of the board of super- 
visors. He keeps a separate account of the taxes levied in 
the county for state, county, school, highway, and other 
purposes. 

Taxes. — Taxes levied in any year become due on the 
first of January and delinquent on the first day of March 
following. If taxes are paid before the first of April 
after they become due, no interest is charged, but if not 
paid then, interest is charged on the amount of the taxes 
at the rate of one per cent, a month from the first of 
March, the time they become delinquent. If, however, a 
person pays one-half of his tax before April first, the other 
half need not be paid till the last day of September, and no 
penalty will be charged. 

Tax Receipts. — The treasurer makes out and delivers 
to each taxpayer a receipt, stating the time of payment, 
the description and assessed value of each parcel of land, 
the assessed value of all property belonging to him, the 
amount of each kind of tax, the interest and costs that 
have accrued, if sltlj, giving a separate receipt for each year. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 47 

Tax Sale — On the first Monday in December of each 
year, the county treasurer is required to offer at public sale 
at his office, all lands, town lots, and other real property on 
which taxes of any description for the preceding year, or 
years, are due and unpaid. This tax sale is made for the 
total amount of such unpaid taxes, together with interest 
and legal costs of advertisement and sale. 

Collection Of Taxes. — To aid the county treasurer in 
the collection of taxes, that officer is empowered to appoint 
collectors to whom powers are assigned by law. Owing to 
the difficulty of collecting taxes on personal property when 
the owner does not also own real estate, tax collectors have 
an important work to do. "Tax ferrets," as they are 
called, have increased the revenues of nearly every county 
in the state during the past few years, by searching the 
county records for moneys and credits not properly listed 
by their owmers. These persons are not public officers. 
They undertake to do this work for a certain percentage 
of the taxes collected through their efforts. 

Bond. — The bond of the county treasurer cannot be 
less than five thousand dollars, but usually it is much more 
than that amount. It is safe to say that the average 
amount of bonds required of county treasurers throughout 
tne state is fifty thousand dollars. 

Salary. — In counties having less than ten thousand 
inhabitants, the compensation cannot exceed thirteen hun- 
dred dollars, with an allowance of three hundred dollars for 
clerk hire. In counties having more than ten thousand and 
less than thirty thousand inhabitants, the compensation 
cannot exceed fifteen hundred dollars, with nine hundred 
dollars for clerk hire. In counties having more than thirty 
thousand inhabitants, the supervisors may allow such addi- 
tional compensation as they consider necessary. 



48 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Clerk of the District Court.— It is the duty of 

this officer to attend all sessions of the district court, and 
to keep its records, papers, and official seals. He keeps a 
book, known as the record book, in which are recorded the 
proceedings of the court; a judgment docket, in which to 
keep an abstract of all judgments rendered by the court 
with all the explanations necessary; a fee book, in which 
to enter in detail the costs and fees in each law suit; an 
incumbrance book, in which the sheriff records a statement 
of each attachment of real estate; an appearance docket, 
in which all suits are entered in the order in which they are 
begun; and a book in which is kept a record of all liens filed 
in the district court. 

Report. — On or before the first Monday in November 
of each year, he is required to make a full report of all 
criminal trials held by the district court for tne preceding 
year. This report shows th*e character of the offense, the 
nature and amount of the penalty inflicted, the nationality, 
occupation, and general habits of the person convicted, 
whether he can read and write, and also the entire expense 
to the county for criminal prosecutions during the year. 

Duties. — It is the duty of this officer to issue mar- 
riage licenses when application is properly made. He 
keeps a register which contains the names and ages of the 
parties, the date of the marriage, and the name and official 
standing of the party by whom it was solemnized. He 
also appoints executors, administrators, guardians, and ap- 
praisers of the property of persons deceased, and approves 
the bonds which they are required by law to file with him 
as security for the faithful discharge of their duties. In 
fact, this officer now has the settlement of all matters of 
probate, subject to the direction and approval of the judge 
of the district court. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 49 

The clerk may appoint a deputy to aid him in trans- 
acting the business of his office, but neither of these 
officers can, during the time of his official incumbrance, 
hold the office of justice of the peace, or act as attorney 
or solicitor in any case in court. 

Bond. — His bond cannot be less than five thousand 
dollars, and his compensation varies according to the popu- 
lation of the county in which he serves. 

Salary. —The following table shows the scale of sal- 
aries for clerks of the district court: 

POPULATION OP COUNTY. SALARY. 

Less than 10,000 $1,100 

From 10,000 to 15,000 1,200 

" 15,00* " 20,000 1,300 

" 20,000 « 25,000 1,400 

" 25,000 « 30,000 1,500 

«• 30,000 << 35,000 1,600 

« 35,000 " 40,000 1,800 

« 40,000 « 45,000 2,000 

Above 45,000 2,200 

Fees. — A full and complete account of all fees re- 
ceived must be reported to the board of supervisors at 
each regular session. The fees, in excess of the salary, 
must be paid into the county treasury, but the board of 
supervisors may allow an amount, not to exceed three hun- 
dred dollars, as additional compensation for performing the 
work connected with matters of probate. 



50 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

CHAPTER IX; 
COUNTY GOVERNMENT.— CONTINUED. 

Sheriff. — The sheriff is the chief police officer of the 
county, and he has many important duties to perform in con- 
nection with the district court. He has charge of the jail of 
the county, and the custody of all prisoners committed to it. 
The sheriff and his deputies are conservators of the peace, 
and, when necessary, they may call upon private citizens to 
aid them in the discharge of their duties. They are forbid- 
den to purchase, directly or indirectly, any property offered 
for sale by them under any process of law. 

It is the duty of the sheriff to give at least ten days' 
notice of each general election by a proclamation published 
in some newspaper printed in the county, or by posting 
notices of it in at least five public places in the county. 
The same rule applies to all special elections ordered by the 
governor. 

Salary.— The Twenty-ninth General Assembly changed 
the compensation of sheriffs from fees to an annual salary, 
which varies according to the population of the counties. 
In counties having a population of over forty-five thousand, 
the salary is thirty -five hundred dollars a year. Where the 
population is more than twenty-eight thousand and less than 
forty-five thousand, the compensation is three thousand 
dollars a year. If the population of the county is more 
than eleven thousand and less than twenty-eight thousand, 
the salary is two thousand dollars a year. In all counties 
the sheriff is allowed actual expenses incurred in the dis 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 51 

charge of his official duties, and mileage. It is intended 
that the fees of the office shall be used in the payment of 
the salary of sheriff and his deputies, but in case the fees 
collected do not amount to the salary fixed by law, the bal- 
ance is paid out of the county treasury, and fees in excess 
of the salary allowed are paid into the treasury for the 
benefit of the county. All fees of the office earned and 
uncollected at the end of the year belong to the county. 

Deputy. — The sheriff of each county is required to 
appoint, in writing, one or more deputies, for whose official 
acts he is responsible, and from whom he requires an official 
bond for the faithful performance of his duties. 

County Recorder. — The county recorder is provided 
with an office in the court-house, and it is his duty to copy 
accurately all deeds, mortgages, and other papers delivered 
to him for record, in the manner prescribed by law. He 
keeps separate books for deeds, mortgages of real 
estate, chattel mortgages and ether papers, and he is re- 
quired to write on each paper delivered to him for record, 
the exact time it was received. The records of his office show 
the names of those persons who received the original deeds 
of land from the government, and also all transfers and 
changes in ownership from the original entry down to the 
present time. 

Records. — Deeds, mortgages, and other valuable pa- 
pers are often lost or destroyed by accident, but if they have 
been properly recorded, an exact copy of the record can be 
made from the books of the recorder at slight cost. Some- 
times the recorder keeps a set of abstracts which show all 
the changes that have been made in the ownership of each 
separate piece of real estate in the county, and also the 
times at which such changes were made. These abstract 
books are very valuable helps in the purchase or sale of 



52 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

real estate, and it requires great care to prepare them and 
keep them up to date. A complete set of abstract books 
in some of the counties is worth several thousand dollars. 

Compensation. — The salary of the county recorder 
is fixed by law. He charges fifty cents for recording each 
paper of not more than four hundred words, and ten cents 
extra for every one hundred additional words, or fraction 
thereof. The fee for recording a deed to real estate, if 
made in the usual form, is seventy-five cents, but twenty- 
five cents of this is paid to the county auditor for entering 
the land for taxation in the name of the purchaser. The 
amount of the bond of this officer is fixed by the board of 
supervisors. In counties having less than twenty-five 
thousand inhabitants, the salary is twelve hundred dollars 
a year, and increases according to the population of the 
counties to a maximum of two thousand dollars. All 
fees of the office are paid into the county treasury. 

County Superintendent. — The county superin- 
tendent, who may be of either sex, must be the holder of 
a first grade certificate, a state certificate, or a life diploma. 
On the last Friday and the Wednesday and Thursday pre- 
ceding, in the months of January, June, July, and October, 
he is required to hold examinations of applicants for 
teachers' certificates. 

Certificates. — A radical change was made by the 
Thirty-first General Assembly in the method of granting 
teachers' certificates. Much of the work heretofore done 
by the county superintendent is now in the hands of the 
state superintendent, and all teachers' certificates will 
hereafter be issued from the office of the latter, and will be 
valid in any county in the state when properly registered. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 53 

The following kinds oi certificates are now authorized by- 
law in this state: Life diplomas, state and special cer- 
tificates, and first, second, and third grade certificates, 
all of which are issued by the educational board 
of examiners of the state. Certificates issued under 
the old law will be valid during the time for which they 
were issued. 

Normal Institute. — The county superintendent 
holds a normal institute every year for the benefit of teach- 
ers and those intending to teach. A normal institute is a 
special training school for teachers, and the county super- 
intendent employs several prominent teachers to carry on 
the work. No person can be employed to teach in an in- 
stitute without the consent of the state superintendent of 
public instruction. 

Appeals. — Any person who is not satisfied with the 
action of any school board may appeal from the board to 
the county superintendent. The appeal must be made 
within thrity days after the decision of the local board, and 
in a manner prescribed by law. The county superintend- 
ent cannot, however, decide cases involving the election of 
school officers or the payment of money. Such cases 
cannot be taken before him on appeal, but must be tried 
in the courts. 

Report.— On the first Tuesday in October of each 
year, the county superintendent is required to report to 
the state superintendent of public instruction a complete 
abstract and summary of the reports made to him by the 
secretary and treasurer of each district in the county, 
together with much other valuable information concerning 
the schools under his charge. This report shows the total 



54 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

value of school property in the county, the number of 
schools, teachers employed, pupils enrolled, persons of 
school age, the amount expended for the support of schools 
during the year, and many other items of interest. 

At the same time, he is required to file with the county 
auditor a statement of the number of persons of school age 
in each school district in the county. He reports to the 
officers of the different state institutions for the unfor- 
tunate, the name, age and residence of each person of 
school age who is blind, deaf and dumb, or feeble minded. 

Salary* — The Twenty-ninth General Assembly 
changed the compensation of the county superintendent 
from four dollars a day for the time employed to an annual 
salary of twelve hundred and fifty dollars. Actual ex- 
penses incurred in visiting schools, not to exceed twenty 
dollars a month, are paid out of the general county fund. 
His bond is fixed by the board of supervisors, and it is 
usually one thousand dollars. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 55 



CHAPTER X. 
COUNTY GOVERNMENT.— Continued. 

County Surveyor. — The duties of county surveyor 
are quite important in locating the boundaries of the differ- 
ent divisions of land as established by government survey. 
About the first thing done in a new county, in its earliest 
history, was the official survey of its land by the authority 
of the United States government. At the time of that sur- 
vey, a careful record was made of all boundary lines estab- 
lished and measurements made. These records are called 
field notes of the survey, and they are now used by the 
county surveyor as the basis of his surveys. 

Surveys. — He makes all surveys of land in his county, 
which may be required of him, and his surveys are con- 
sidered to be correct. He is required to establish the 
corners of sections and other divisions of land by the aid of 
trees, or by fixing stones firmly in the earth, or by 
mounds. 

Plat. — When requested to do so, he must furnish the 
person for whom any survey is made, a copy of the field- 
notes and plat of the survey. The record and plat must 
show distinctly of what piece of land it is a survey, at 
whose request it was made, the names of the chainmen, 
and the date of the survey. The chainmen are the persons 
who make the measurements by the aid of the surveyor's 
chain. They must be disinterested persons, approved by 



56 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

the surveyor, and sworn by him to make just and impar- 
tial measurements to the best of their ability. 

Pay. — The county surveyor is not paid a fixed salary, 
but any person employing him pays him fees as prescribed 
by law. He may charge for his services four dollars for 
each day spent in making the survey and the required rec- 
ords, and for the time spent in going to and returning from 
the place where the survey is made. He may also charge 
fifty cents for a certified copy of the plat of the survey and 
the field-notes belonging thereto 

Coroner. — It is the duty of this officer to perform all 
the duties of the sheriff, when there is no sheriff, or when 
that officer is an interested party in any proceedings in 
any court of record. 

He also acts as sheriff when an affidavit is filed with 
the clerk of the court that the sheriff and his deputies are 
absent from the county, and are not expected to return in 
time to perform the service required. 

Inquest. — It is also his duty to hold an inquest upon 
the dead bodies of those persons who are supposed to have 
died by unlawful means. Upon receiving notice that such 
a body has been found in his county, he issues a warrant to 
any constable of the county, directing him to summon im- 
mediately three electors to serve as a jury in determining 
when, how, and by what means the deceased came to his 
death. The coroner may summon witnesses, and both 
jurors and witnesses are sworn to the faithful performance 
of the duties devolving upon them. 

The testimony given at the inquest is reduced to writing 
and signed by the witnesses. The jurors, having viewed the 
body, heard the testimony, and made all needful inquiries, 



IOWA AND THE NATION 57 

return to the coroner in writing the result of their investi- 
gations. 

Proceeding's. — If it be found at the inquest that a 
crime has been committed on the deceased, and the evidence 
be sufficient to authorize the jury in naming the guilty 
person, fche coroner proceeds to secure his arrest, if possible, 
before the proceedings are made public. The body of the 
deceased is delivered to his friends by the coroner, but 
where there are no friends and no property, the expenses 
of the inquest and burial are paid out of the county 
treasury. 

Fees. — The fees of the coroner are as follows: 

For holding an inquest and making the return, five 
dollars : 

For viewing a body without holding an inquest, three 
dollars ; 

For issuing each subpoena, warrant, or order for a jury, 
twenty-five cents ; and 

For each mile traveled in going to and returning from 
holding an inquest, five cents. 

^or acting as sheriff he receives the usual fees of that 
officer. 

He is obliged to give bonds to the amount required by 
the board of supervisors. 

County Attorney. — By an amendment to the con. 
stitution, adopted at the general election in 1884, the office 
of district attorney was abolished, and that of county 
attorney provided for. The county attorney acts as the 
legal adviser of the officers of the county in which he is 
chosen, and it is also his duty to appear for the state in the 
prosecution of criminals, and to represent the county in 



58 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

the supreme court when the county is a party to any suit 
in that court. A deputy may be appointed by this officer. 

Bond. — Salary. — The bond required of this officer 
to be filed with the county auditor, is not less than five 
thousand dollars. The salary, which is fixed by the board 
of supervisors, ranges from nine hundred to seventeen 
hundred and fifty dollars, according to the population of 
the county. Fees and mileage also are provided for in 
certain cases. The term of office is two years, commenc- 
ing on the first Monday in January of each odd-numbered 
year. 

Notary Public. — A notary public is not properly a 
county officer, although his powers are limited to the 
county in which he resides, and to adjoining counties. 

Appointment. — Any, person wishing to become a 
notary public may make application to the governor for 
an appointment as such. If the application is satisfactory, 
the person receives a commission authorizing him to serve 
as notary public. The term of this officer is three years, 
but for convenience, all commissions expire on the fourth 
day of July of every third year. 

Seal. — Each notary public, or notary, as he is com- 
monly called, has an official seal, upon which is engraved 
the words, " Notarial Seal," and "Iowa," with the initials 
of his given name and his surname in full. The cost 
of a commission is five dollars; and that of a notarial 
seal, three dollars. Each notary is required to give a bond 
in the sum of five hundred dollars, which he files with the 
clerk of the district court, as a surety that he will faith- 
fully perform the duties of his office. The governor may 
revoke the commission of a notary at any time. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 59 

Powers. — A notary public may administer oaths, take 
the acknowledgment of signatures to deeds, mortgages, 
wills, and other legal documents, and perform certain other 
duties of like character. He must stamp with his official 
seal all papers of which he takes acknowledgments. He also 
certifies concerning the signatures in the following manner: 



State op Iowa. 
Mitchell Co. 



} 



Be it remembered that on the day of , 

A. D , before the undersigned, a notary public in and 

for said county, personally appeared A B and 

Co... B , to me personally known to be the iden- 
tical persons whose names are affixed to the foregoing in- 
strument as grantors, and who acknowledged the same to be 
their voluntary act and deed. Witness my hand and notarial 
seal the day and year above written. 

E F 

Notary Public in and for said county, 



60 



i 

< 

< 


. i 


1 1 1 


1 1 

: : 






! 


o 


||M|||||!| 


32 

H 

P 

Q 


I i j ! ■ j | j : 
: I 1 j 1 1 1 • | 


: 


S3 
M 
H 


j j j j 1 j | j 1 
! : : : i : • : i 

j j ! | : j : j : 
: ! • : i ! : ! • 
: : • : i i : : • 

; | { { j | j { j 


] 




1 1 i 1 1 i 1 1 1 

i i i I : : • J 
: s : 1 i ! : : 1 

5 1 1 L 1 ! • • 1 

■ i 1 i ! : • I : 

i s ! ! . ! ! 5 ! ! 






B 


! 1 II 1 t 1 II 1 1 

j : j j • : • : • 

j i j 1 i j j • I 




i 

H 

n 

8 

g 

fa 

02 
fa 

M 

Hi 


| | j | | | 

! 1 II j I 

| 1 1 I 1 1 

| | I 1 • j 


i 1 ! 1 

• i : • 

Mil 


02 

« 

1 
fa 

fa 
O 


S i : 

.2 £ 2 
> o S 

ft g a) 

S P lH 

go ^ H 


tJ : : "o 
3 : : o 

o i : £ 

° : ^ w 

° an ^3 o 

tl *" O +3 

jg J S § 

O CO « 0Q 


> p 
co Q 


a 

S-c 

O 

■+3 

+3 

a 


O 

O 


O 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 61 



CHAPTER XI. 

CONSTITUTION OF IOWA. 

Preamble. — We, the People of the State of Iowa, grateful to 
the Supreme Being for the blessings hitherto enjoyed, and feeling 
our dependence on Him for a continuation of those blessings, do 
ordain and establish a free and independent government, by the 
name of the State of Iowa, the boundaries whereof shall be as 
follows: 

Boundary. — Beginning in the middle of the main channel of 
the Mississippi river, at a point due east of the middle of the 
mouth of the main channel of the Des Moines river, thence up 
the middle of the mam channel of the said Des Moines river, to a 
point on said river where the northern boundary line of the state 
of Missouri — as established by the constitution of that State, 
adopted June 12, 1820 — crosses the said middle of the main chan- 
nel of the said Des Moines river, thence westwardly along the said 
northern boundary line of the state of Missouri, as established at 
the time aforesaid, until an extension of said line intersects the 
middle of the main channel of the Missouri river; thence up the 
middle of the main channel of the said Missouri river to a point 
opposite to the middle of the main channel of the Big Sioux 
river, according to Nicollet's map; thence up the main channel of 
the said Big Sioux river, according to the said map, until it is 
intersected by the parallel of forty-three degrees and thirty 
minutes north latitude; thence east along said parallel of forty- 
three degrees and thirty minutes, until said parallel intersects the 
middle of the main channel of the Mississippi river; thence down 
the middle of the main channel of the said Mississippi river to 
the place of beginning. 

ARTICLE I.— Bill of Rights. 

Section 1.— Rights of Persons. — All men are, by nature, free 
and equal, and have certain inalienable rights, among which are 



62 IOWA AND" THE NATION. 

those of enjoying and defending life and liberty, acquiring, pos- 
sessing, and protecting property, and pursuing and obtaining 
safety and happiness. 

Sec. 2.— Political Power. — All political power is inherent in 
the people. Government is instituted for the protection, security, 
and benefit of the people, and they have the right, at all times, 
to alter or reform the same, whenever the public good may re- 
quire it 

Sec. 3. — Religion. — The general assembly shall make no law 
respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free ex- 
ercise thereof; nor shall any person be compelled to attend any 
place of worship, pay tithes, taxes, or other rates, for building or 
repairing places of worship, or the maintenance of any minister 
or ministry. 

Sec. 4. — Religious Test. — No religious test shall be required as 
a qualification for any office of public trust, and no person shall be 
deprived of any of his rights, privileges or capacities, or disquali- 
fied from the performance of any of his public or private duties, or 
rendered incompetent to give evidence in any court of law or 
equity, in consequence of his opinions on the subject of religion; 
and any party to any judicial proceeding shall have the right to 
use as a witness, or take the testimony of, any other person, not 
disqualified on account of interest, who may be cognizant of any 
fact material to the case; and parties to suits may be witnesses, 
as provided by law. 

Sec. 5. — Dueling. — Any citizen of this state who may here- 
after be engaged, either directly or indirectly, in a duel, either as 
principal or accessory before the fact, shall forever be disqualified 
from holding any office under the constitution and laws of this 
state. 

Sec. 6. — Laws Uniform. — All laws of a general nature shall 
have a uniform operation; the general assembly shall not grant to 
any citizen or class of citizens, privileges or immunities, which 
upon the same terms shall not equally belong to all citizens. 

Sec. 7. — Liberty of Speech and Press.— Every person may 
speak, write and publish his sentiments on all subjects, being re- 
sponsible for the abuse of that right. No law shall be passed to 
restrain or abridge the liberty of speech or of the press. In all 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 63 

prosecutions or indictments for libel, the truth may be given in 
evidence to the jury, and if it appears to the jury that the matter 
charged as libelous was true, and was published with good mo- 
tives and for justifiable ends, the party shall be acquitted. 

Sec. 8.— Personal Security.— The right of people to be secure in 
their persona, houses, papers and effects, against unreasonable 
seizures and searches shall not be violated; and no warrant shall 
issue but on probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, par- 
ticularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons and 
things to be seized. 

Sec. 9.— Trial by Jury.— The right of trial by jury shall re- 
main inviolate , but the general assembly may authorize trial by a 
jury of a less number than twelve men in inferior courts ; but no 
person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due 
process of law. 

Sec 10— Rights of Persons Accused.— In all criminal prose- 
cutions, and in cases involving the life or liberty of an individual, 
the accused shall have a right to a speedy and public trial by an 
impartial jury; to be informed of the accusation against him; to 
have a copy of the same when demanded ; to be confronted with 
the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for his 
witnesses ; and to have the assistance of counsel. 

Sec 11. — Indictment.— All offenses less than felony and in 
which the punishment does not exceed a fine of one hundred dol- 
lars, or imprisonment for thirty days, shall be tried summarily 
before a justice of the peace, or other officer authorized by law, 
on information under oath, without indictment, or the interven- 
tion of a grand jury, saving to the defendant the right of appeal ; 
and no person shall be held to answer for any higher criminal 
offense, unless on presentment or indictment by a grand jury, 
except in cases arising in the army or navy, or in the militia, 
when in actual service, in time of war or public danger. 

Sec. 12. — Twice Tried.— Bail. — No person shall, after acquittal, 
be tried for the same offense. All persons shall, before conviction, 
be bailable by sufficient sureties, except for capital offenses, where 
the proof is evident, or the presumption great. 

Sec. 13. — Habeas Corpus. — The writ of habeas corpus shall 
not be suspended or refused when application is made as required by 



64 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

law, unless in case of rebellion or invasion, the public safety may 
require it. 

Sec. 14.— Military.— The military shall be subordinate to the 
civil power. No standing army shall be kept up by the state in 
time of peace ; and in time of war, no appropriation for a standing 
army shall be for a longer time than two years. 

Sec. 15.— Quartering Troops.— No soldier shall, in time of 
peace, be quartered in any house without the consent of the 
owner, nor in time of war except in the manner prescribed by law. 

Sec. 16. — Treason. — Treason against the state shall consist only 
in levying war against it, adhering to its enemies, or giving them 
aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason, unless 
on the evidence of two witnesses to the same overt act, or confes- 
sion in open court. 

Sec. 17. — Bail Punishment. — Excessive bail shall not be re- 
quired ; excessive fines shall not be imposed, and cruel and unusual 
punishment shall not be inflicted. 

Sec. 18. — Property. — Private property shall not be taken for 
public use without just compensation first being made, or secured * 
to be made, to the owner thereof, as soon as the damages shall be 
assessed by a jury, who shall not take into consideration any ad- 
vantages that may result to said owner on account of the improve- 
ment for which it is taken. 

Sec. 19.— Imprisonment for Debt. — No person shall be im- 
prisoned for debt in any civil action, on mesne or final process, un- 
less in case of fraud; and no person shall be imprisoned for a 
military fine in time of peace. 

Sec. 20. — Petition. — The people have the right freely to as- 
semble together to counsel for the common good ; to make known 
their opinions to their representatives, and to petition for a redress 
of grievances. 

Sec. 21.— Attainder.— No bill of attainder, ex-post-facto law, 
or law impairing the obligation of contracts, shall ever be passed. 

Sec. 22. — Aliens Hold Property. — Foreigners who are, or ma;y 
hereafter become residents of this state, shall enjoy the same 
rights in respect to the possession, enjoyment and descent of prop- 
erty, as native-born citizens. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 05 

Sec. 23.— Slavery. — There shall be no slavery in this state; 
nor shall there be involuntary servitude, unless for the punish- 
ment of crime. 

Sec. 24.— Reservation. — No lease or grant of agricultural lands, 
reserving any rent or service of any kind, shall be valid for a longer 
period than twenty years. 

Sec. 25. — Adjournment. — The enumeration of rights shall not 
be construed to impair or deny others retained by the people. 

ARTICLE II.— Right of Suffrage. 

Section 1.— Electors. — Every male citizen of the United 
States, of the age of twenty-one years, who shall have been a resi- 
dent of this state six months next preceding the election, and of 
the county in which he claims his vote, sixty days, shall be en- 
titled to vote at all elections which are now or hereafter may be 
authorized by law. 

Sec. 2. — Privileges. — Electors shall, in all cases except treason, 
felony or breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest on the days 
of election, during their attendance at such elections, going to and 
returning therefrom. 

Sec. 3. — Same. — No elector shall be obliged to perform military 
duty on the day of election, except in time of war or public danger. 

Sec. 4.— "Resident." — No person in the naval, military or 
marine service of the United States shall be considered a resident 
of this state by being stationed in any garrison, barrack, or mili- 
tary or naval place or station within this state. 

Sec. 5. — Exception. — No idiot or insane person, or person con- 
victed of any infamous crime, shall be entitled to the privilege of 
an elector. 

Sec. 6. — Ballot.— All elections by the people shall be by ballot. 

ARTICLE III. — Of the Distribution of Powers. 

Section 1. — Departments of Government.— The powers of the 
government of Iowa shall be divided into three separate depart- 
ments: The legislative, the executive and the judicial; and no 
person charged with the exercise of powers properly belonging to 
one of these departments shall exercise any function appertaining 
to either of the others, except in cases hereinafter expressly di- 
rected or permitted. 



66 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT. 

Section 1.— Authority.— The legislative authority of this state 
shall be vested in a general assembly, which shall consist of a 
senate and house of representatives ; and the style of every law 
shall be : "Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Iowa." 

Sec. 2.— Sessions.— The sessions of the general assembly shall 
be biennial, and shall commence on the second Monday in January 
next ensuing the election of its members ; unless the governor of 
the state shall, in the meantime, convene the general assembly by 
proclamation. 

Sec. 3.— Members of House of Representatives.— The members 
of the house of representatives shall be chosen every second year, 
by the qualified electors of their respective districts, on the second 
Tuesday in October, except the years of the presidential election, 
when the election shall be on the Tuesday next after the first 
Monday in November; and their term of office shall commence on 
the first day of January next after their election, and continue two 
years, and until their successors are elected and qualified. 

Sec. 4.— Eligibility.— No person shall be a member of the 
house of representatives who shall not have attained the age of 
twenty-one years, be a male citizen of the United States, and shall 
have been an inhabitant of this state one year next preceding his 
election, and at the time of his election shall have had an actual 
residence of sixty days in the county or district he may have been 
chosen to represent. 

Sec. 5. — Senators. — Senators shall be chosen for the term of 
four years, at the same time and place as representatives ; they 
shall be twenty-five years of age, and possess the qualifications of 
representatives as to residence and citizenship. 

Sec. 6.— Same— Classed.— The number of senators shall not be 
less than one-third nor more than one-half the representative 
body ; and shall be so classified by lot, that one class being as 
nearly one-half as possible, shall be elected every two years. 
When the number of senators is increased, they shall be annexed 
by lot to one or the other of the two classes, so as to keep them as 
nearly equal in numbers as practicable. 

Sec. 7.— Elections Determined.— Each house shall choose its 
own officers, and judge of the qualification, election and return of 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 67 

its own members. A contested election shall be determined in 
such manner as shall be directed by law. 

Sec. 8.— Quorum.— A majority of each house shall constitute 
a quorum to transact business ; but a smaller number may adjourn 
from day to day, and may compel the attendance of absent mem- 
bers in such manner and under such penalties as each house may 
provide. 

Sec. 9. — Authority of the House. — Each house shall sit upon 
its own adjournments, keep a journal of its proceedings, and pub- 
lish the same ; determine its rules of proceedings, punish members 
for disorderly behavior, and, with the consent of two-thirds, expel 
a member, but not a second time for the same offense; and shall 
have all other power necessary for a branch of the general assem- 
bly of a free and independent state . 

Sec. 10. — Protest. — Every member of the general assembly 
shall have the liberty of dissent from or protest against any act or 
resolution which he may think injurious to the public or an indi- 
vidual, and have the reasons for his dissent entered on the jour- 
nals; and the yeas and nays of the members of either house, on 
any question, shall at the desire of any two members present, be 
entered on the journals. 

Sec. 11. — Privilege, — Senators and representatives, in all 
cases, except treason, felony, or breach of the peace, shall be privi- 
leged from arrest during the session of the general assembly, and 
in going to and returning from the same. 

Sec. 12. — Vacancies. — When vacancies occur in either house, 
the governor, or the persons exercising the functions of governor 
shall issue writs of election to fill such vacancies. 

Sec. 13.— Doors Opeu.— The doors of each house shall be 
open, except on such occasions as, in the opinion of the house, 
may require secrecy. 

Sec. 14. — Adjournment. — Neither house shall, without the 
consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any 
other place than that in which they may be sitting. 

Sec. 15. — Bills. — Bills may originate in either house, and may 
be amended, altered or rejected by the other ; and every bill hav- 
ing passed both houses, shall be signed by the speaker and presi- 
dent of their respective houses. 



68 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Sec. 16.— To be Approved, etc.— Every bill which shall hare 
passed the general assembly shall, before it becomes a law, be pre- 
sented to the governor. If he approve, he shall sign it ; but if not, 
he shall return it with his objections, to the house in which it 
originated, which shall enter the same upon their journal, and 
proceed to reconsider it ; if, after such reconsideration, it again 
pass both houses, by yeas and nays, by a majority of two-thirds of 
the members of each house, it shall become a law, notwithstanding 
the governor's objections. If any bill shall not be returned within 
three days after it shall have been presented to him (Sunday ex- 
cepted), the same shall be a law in like manner as if he had signed 
it ; unless the general assembly, by adjournment prevent such re- 
turn. Any bill submitted to the governor for his approval during 
the last three days of a, session of the general assembly, shall be 
deposited by him in the office of the secretary of state within 
thirty days after the adjournment, with his approval, if approved 
by him, and with his objections if he disapproves thereof. 

Sec. 17.— Same.— No bill ^shall be passed unless by the assent 
of a majority of all the members elected to each branch of the 
general assembly, and the question upon the final passage shall be 
taken immediately upon its last reading, and the yeas and nays 
entered upon the journal. 

Sec. 18.— Receipts and Expenditures. — An accurate statement 
of the receipts and expenditures of the public money shall be at- 
tached to and published with the laws at every regular session of 
the general assembly. 

Sec. 19. — Impeachment. — The house of representatives shall 
have the sole power of impeachment and all impeachments shall 
be tried by the senate. When sitting for that purpose, the sena- 
tors shall be upon oath or affi rmation ; and no person shall be con- 
victed without the concurrence of two-thirds of the members 
present. 

Sec. 20. — Who Liable to Impeachment. — The governor, judges of 
the supreme and district courts, and other state officers, shall be 
liable to impeachment for any misdemeanor or malfeasance in 
office; but judgment in such cases shall extend only to removal 
from office and disqualification to hold any office of honor, trust, 
or profit under this state; but the party convicted or acquitted 



IOWA AND THE NATION. b9 

shall nevertheless be liable to indictment, trial and punishment 
according to law. All other civil officers shall be tried for misde- 
meanors and malfeasance in office, in such manner as the general 
assembly may provide. 

Sec, 21.— Members Not Appointed to Offices.— No senator or 
representative shall, during the time for which he shall have been 
elected, be appointed to any civil office of profit under this state, 
which shall have been created or the emoluments of which shall 
have been increased during such term, except such offices as may 
be filled by elections by the people. 

Sec. 22.— Disqualification.— No person holding any lucrative 
office under the United States, or this state, or any other power, 
shall be eligible to hold a seat in the general assembly ; but offices 
in the militia, to which there is attached no annual salary, or the 
office of justice of the peace, or postmaster, whose compensation 
does not exceed one hundred dollars per annum, or notary public, 
shall not be deemed lucrative. 

Sec. 23. — Same. — No person who may hereafter be a collector 
or holder of public moneys, shall have a seat in either house ot 
the general assembly, or be eligible to hold any office of trustor 
profit in this state, until he shall have accounted for and paid into 
the treasury all sums for which he may be liable. 

Sec. 24.— Money Drawn. — No money shall be drawn from the 
treasury but in consequence of appropriations made by law. 

Sec. 25— Compensation of Members.— Each member of the 
first general assembly under this constitution shall receive three 
dollars per diem while in session ; and the further sum of three 
dollars for every twenty miles traveled in going to and returning 
from the place where such session is held, by the nearest traveled 
route ; after which they shall receive such compensation as shall 
be fixed by law ; but no general assembly shall have the power to 
increase the compensation of its members. And when convened 
in extra session they shall receive the same mileage and per diem 
compensation as fixed by law for the regular session, and none 
other. 

Sec. 26.— Laws. — Publication.— No law of the general assem- 
bly passed at a regular session, of a public nature, shall take effect 
until the fourth day of July next after the passage thereof. Laws 



70 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

passed at a special session shall take effect ninety days after the 
adjournment of the general assembly by which they were passed. 
If the general assembly shall deem any law of immediate import- 
ance, they may provide that the same shall take effect by pub- 
lication in newspapers in the state. 

Sec. 27.— Divorce.— No divorce shall be granted by the gen- 
eral assembly. 

Sec. 28. — Lotteries. — No lottery shall be authorized by this 
state ; nor shall the sale of lottery tickets be allowed. 

Sec. 29.— Acts. — Every act shall embrace but one subject, and 
matters properly connected therewith, which subject shall be ex- 
pressed in the title ; but if any subject shall be embraced in an 
act which shall not be expressed in the title, such act shall be void 
only as to so much thereof as shall not be expressed in the title. 

Sec, 80. — Local or Special Laws.— The general assembly shall 
not pass local or special laws in the following cases : 

For the assessment and collection of taxes, for state, county, 
or road purposes ; 

For laying out, opening, and working roads or highways ; 

For changing the names of persons; 

For the incorporation of cities and towns ; 

For vacating roads, town plats, streets, alleys, or public squares; 

For locating or changing county seats. 

In all cases above enumerated, and in all other cases where a 
general law can be made applicable, all laws shall be general, and 
of uniform operation throughout the state ; and no law changing 
the boundary lines of any county shall have effect until, upon be- 
ing submitted to the people of the counties affected by the change p 
at a general election, it shall be approved by a majority of the 
votes in each county, cast for and against it. 

Sec 31. — Extra Compensation. — No extra compensation shall 
be made to any officer, public agent, or contractor, after the service 
shall have been rendered, or the contract entered into; nor shall 
any money be paid on any claim, the subject matter of which 
shall not have been provided for by pre-existing laws, and no pub- 
lic money or property shall be appropriated for local or private 
purposes, unless such appropriation, compensation or claim be al- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 71 

lowed by two-thirds of the members elected to each branch of the 
general assembly. 

Sec. 32. — Oath of Members, — Members of the general assem- 
bly shall, before they enter upon the duties of their respective 
offices, take and subscribe the following oath or affirmation: "I 
do solemnly swear (or affirm as the case may be) that I will sup- 
port the constitution of the United States, and the constitution of 
the state of Iowa, and that I will faithfully discharge the duties of 
senator (or representative, as the case may be) according to the 
best of my ability;" and members of the general assembly are 
hereby empowered to administer to each other the said oath or 
affirmation. 

Sec. 33.— Census. — The general assembly shall, in the years 
one thousand eight hundred and fifty-nine, one thousand eight 
hundred and sixty-three, one thousand eight hundred and sixty- 
five, one thousand eight hundred and sixty-seven, one thousand 
eight hundred and sixty-nine, one thousand eight hundred and 
seventy-five, and every ten years thereafter, cause an enumeration 
to be made of all the inhabitants of the state. 

Sec. 34. — Apportionment. — The number of senators shall, at 
the next session following each period of making such enumera- 
tion, and the next session following each United States census, be 
fixed by law, and apportioned among the several counties accord- 
ing to the number of inhabitants in each. 

Sec. 35. — Districts. — The senate shall not consist of more than 
fifty members, nor the house of representatives of more than one 
hundred ; and they shall be apportioned among the several coun- 
ties and representative districts of the state according to the num- 
ber of inhabitants in each, upon ratios to be fixed by law ; but no 
representative district shall contain more than four organized 
counties, and each district shall be entitled to at least one repre- 
sentative. Every county and district which shall have a number 
of inhabitants equal to one-half of the ratio fixed by law, shall be 
entitled to one representative ; and any one county containing, in 
addition to the ratio fixed by law, one-half of that number, or 
more, shall be entitled to one additional representative. No float- 
ing district shall hereafter be formed. 



72 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Sec. 36.— -Ratio of Representation. — At its first session under 
this constitution, and at every subsequent regular session, the gen- 
eral assembly shall fix the ratio of representation, and also form 
into representative districts those counties which will not be en- 
titled singly to a representative. 

Sec. 37.— Districts. — When a congressional, senatorial, or rep- 
resentative district shall be composed of two or more counties, it 
shall not be entirely separated by any county belonging to another 
district ; and no county shall be divided in forming a congres- 
sional, senatorial, or representative district. 

Sec. 38.— Elections by General Assembly.— In all elections by 
the general assembly, the members thereof shall vote Viva Voce; 
and the votes shall be entered on the journal. 

ARTICLE IV.— Executive Department. 

Sectiox 1 — Governor. — The supreme executive power of this 
state shall be vested in a chief magistrate, who shall be styled the 
o vernor of the state of Iowa. 

Sec. 2. — Election and Term. — The governor shall be elected 
by the qualified electors at the time and place of voting for mem- 
bers of the general assembly, and shall hold his office two years 
from the time of his installation, and until his successor is elected 
and qualified. 

Sec. 8.— Lieutenant-Governor.— There shall be a lieutenant- 
governor, who shall hold his office two years, and be elected at the 
same time as the governor. In voting for governor and lieutenant- 
governor, the electors shall designate for whom they vote as gov- 
ernor, and for whom as lieutenant-governor. The returns of 
every election for governor and lieutenant-governor shall be 
sealed up and transmitted to the seat of government of the state, 
directed to the speaker of the house of representatives, who shall 
open and publish them in the presence of both houses of the gen- 
eral assembly. 

Sec. 4.— Returns of Elections.— The persons respectively hav- 
ing the highest number of votes for governor and lieutenant gov- 
ernor shall be declared duly elected ; but in case two or more per- 
sons shall have an equal, and the highest number of votes for 
either office, the general assembly shall, by joint vote, forthwith 



IOWA AND THE NATION, 73 

proceed to elect one of said persons governor, or lieutenant-gov- 
ernor, as the case may be. 

Sec. 5.— Contested Elections.— Contested elections for governor 
or lieutenant-governor shall be determined by the general assem- 
bly in such manner as may be prescribed by law. 

Sec. 6.— Eligibility. — No person shall be eligible to the office 
of governor or lieutenant-governor who shall not have been a citi- 
zen of the United States and a resident of the state two years next 
preceding the election, and attained the age of thirty years at the 
time of said election. 

Sec. 7. — Command. — The governor shall be commander-in- 
chief of the militia, the army and navy of this state. 

Sec. 8.— Duties.— He shall transact all executive business with 
the officers of government, civil and military, and may require in- 
formation in writing from the officers of the executive depart- 
ment upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective 
offices. 

Sec. 9. — Same. — He shall take care that the laws are faithfully 
executed. 

Sec. 10. — "Vacancies. — When any office shall, from any cause, 
become vacant, and no mode is provided by the constitution and 
laws for filling such vacancy, the governor shall have power to fill 
such vacancy by granting a commission, which shall expire at the 
end of the next session of the general assembly, or at the next elec- 
tion by the people. 

Sec. 11. — Convening Assembly. — He may, on extraordinary 
occasions, convene the general assembly by proclamation, and shall 
state to both houses, when assembled, the purpose for which they 
shall have been convened. 

Sec. 12. — Message. — He shall communicate, by message, to 
the general assembly, at every regular session, the condition of 
the state, and recommend such matters as he shall deem ex« 
pedient. 

Sec. 13. — Adjournment. — In case of disagreement between the 
two houses with respect to the time of adjournment, the governor 
shall have power to adjourn the general assembly to such time as 
he may think proper ; but no such adjournment shall be beyond 
the time fixed for the regular meeting of the next general as« 
sembly. 



74 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Sec. 14. — Disqualification — No person shall, while holding 
any office under the authority of the United States, or this state, 
execute the office of governor or lieutenant-governor, except as 
hereinafter expressly provided. 

Sec 15. — Term. — The official term of the governor and lieu- 
tenant-governor shall commence on the second Monday of Janu- 
ary next after their election, and continue for two years, and until 
their successors are elected and qualified. The lieutenant-gov- 
ernor, while acting as governor, shall receive the same pay as pro- 
vided for governor; and while presiding in the senate, shall 
receive as compensation therefor the same mileage and double the 
per diem pay provided for a senator, and none other. 

Sec. 16. — Pardons, Etc. — The governor shall have power to 
grant reprieves, commutations and pardons, after conviction, for 
all offences except treason and cases of impeachment, subject to 
such regulations as may be provided by law. Upon conviction for 
treason, he shall have power to suspend the execution of the sen- 
tence until the case shall be reported to the general assembly at its 
next meeting, when the general assembly shall either grant a 
pardon, commute the sentence, direct the execution of the sen- 
tence, or grant a further reprieve. He shall have power to remit 
fines and forfeitures, under such regulations as may be prescribed 
by law; and shall report to the general assembly, at its next 
meeting, each case or reprieve, commutation, or pardon granted, 
and the reason therefor; and also all persons in whose favor 
remission of fines and forfeitures shall have been made, and the 
several amounts remitted. 

Sec. 17. — Lieutenant Act as Governor. — In case of the death, 
impeachment, resignation, removal from office, or other disability 
of the governor, the powers and duties of the office for the residue 
of the term, or until he shall be acquitted, or the disability re- 
moved, shall devolve upon the lieutenant-governor. 

Sec. 18. — Further Vacancies Provided For. — The lieutenant- 
governor shall be president of the senate, but shall only vote when 
the senate is equally divided; and in case of his absence or im- 
peachment, or when he shall exercise the office of governor, the 
senate shall choose a president pro tempore. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 75 

Sec. 19.— Same. — If the lieutenant-governor, while acting as 
governor, shall be impeached, displaced, resign or die, or otherwise 
become incapable of performing the duties of the office, the presi- 
dent pro tempore of the senate shall act as governor until the va- 
cancy is filled, or the disability is removed ; and if the president 
of the senate, for any of the above causes, shall be rendered incapa- 
ble of performing the duties pertaining to the office of governor, 
the same shall devolve upon the speaker of the house of rep- 
resentatives. 

Sec. 20.— Seal of State.— There shall be a seal of this state, 
which shall be kept by the governor, and used by him officially, 
and shall be called the great seal of the state of Iowa. 

Sec. 21.— Commissions, Etc. — All grants and commissions shall 
be in the name and by the authority of the people of the state of 
Iowa, sealed with the great seal of the state, signed by the gov- 
ernor, and countersigned by the secretary of state. 

Sec. 22.— Secretary, Auditor and Treasurer. — A secretary of 
state, auditor of state, and treasurer of state, shall be elected by 
the qualified electors, who shall continue in office two years, and 
until their successors are elected and qualified, and perform such 
duties as may be required by law. 

ARTICLE V. — Judicial Department. 

Section 1. — Courts. — The judicial power shall be vested in a 
supreme court, district court, and such other courts, inferior to the 
supreme court, as the general assembly may, from time to time, 
establish. 

Sec. 2.— Supreme Court.— The supreme court shall consist of 
three judges, two of whom shall constitute a quorum to hold court. 

Sec. 3. — Judges Elected. — The judges of the supreme court 
shall be elected by the qualified electors of the state, and shall 
hold their court at such time and place as the general assembly may 
prescribe. The judges of the supreme court, so elected, shall 
be classified so that one judge shall go out of office every two 
years; and the judge holding the shortest term of office, under 
such classification, shall be chief justice of the court during his 
term, and so on in rotation. After the expiration of their terms of 
office, under such classification, the term, of each judge of the su- 



76 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

preme court shall be six years, and until his successor shall have 
been elected and qualified. The judges of the supreme court shall 
be ineligible to any other office in the state during the term for 
which they have been elected. 

Sec. 4. — Jurisdiction. — The supreme court shall have appel- 
late jurisdiction only in cases in chancery, and shall constitute a 
court for the correction of errors at law, under such restrictions as 
the general assembly may by law prescribe; and shall have power 
to issue all writs and process necessary to secure justice to parties, 
and exercise a supervisory control over all inferior judicial tribun- 
als throughout the state. 

Sec. 5. — District Judges Elected. — The district court shall con- 
sist of a single judge, who shall be elected by the qualified electors 
of the district in which he resides. The judge of the district court 
shall hold his office for the term of four years, and until his suc- 
cessor shall have been elected and qualified ; and shall be ineligi- 
ble to any other office, except that of judge of the supreme court, 
during the term for which he was elected. 

Sec. 6. — Jurisdiction. —The district court shall be a court of 
law and equity, which shall be distinct and separate jurisdictions, 
and have jurisdiction in civil and criminal matters arising in their 
respective districts in such manner as shall be prescribed by law. 

Sec 7. — Conservators of tlie Peace. — The judges of the supreme 
and district courts shall be conservators of the peace throughout 
the state. 

Sec 8. — Style of Process. — The style of all process shall be, 
"The State of Iowa," and all prosecutions shall be conducted in 
the name and by the authority of the same. 

Sec 9. — Salaries. — The salary of each judge of the supreme 
court shall be two thousand per annum, and that of each district 
judge one thousand six hundred dollars per annum, until the year 
eighteen hundred and sixty ; after which time they shall severally 
receive such compensation as the general assembly may, by law, 
prescribe, which compensation shall not be increased or dimin- 
ished during the term for which they shall have been elected. 

Sec 10.— Judicial Districts. — The state shall be divided into 
eleven judicial districts, and after the year eighteen hundred and 
sixty, the general assembly may reorganize the judicial districts, 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 77 

and increase of diminish the number of districts, or the number 
of judges of the said cou/t, and may increase the number of judges 
of the supreme court; but such increase or diminution shall not 
be more than one district, or one judge of either court, at any one 
session, and no reorganization of the districts, or diminution of the 
number of judges, shall l.ave the effect of removing a judge from 
office. Such reorganization of the districts, or any change in the 
boundaries thereof, or increase or diminution of the number of 
judges, shall take place every four years thereafter, if necessary, 
and at no other time. 

Sec. 11. — When Chosen. — The judges of the supreme and dis- 
trict courts shall be chosen at the general election ; and the term 
of office of each judge shall commence on the first day of Jan- 
uary next after his election. 

Sec. 12. — Attorney-General. — The general assembly shall pro- 
vide by law for the election of an attorney-general by the people, 
whose term of office shall be two years, and until his successor 
shdl have been elected and qualified. 

Sec. 13.— Elected; Disqualification.— The qualified electors 
of oach judicial district shall, at the time of the election of district 
judge, elect a district attorney, who shall be a resident of the dis- 
trict for which he is elected, and who shall hold his office for the 
term of four years; and until his successor shall have been elected 
and qualified. 

Sec 14.— Duty of General Assembly.— It shall be the duty of 
the general assembly to provide for the carrying into effect of this 
article, and to provide for a general system of practice in all the 
courts of this state. 

ARTICLE VI.- Militia. 

Section 1. — Who Constitute. — The militia of this state shall 
be composed of all able-bodied male citizens between the ages of 
eighteen and forty-five years, except such as are, or may hereafter 
be, exempt by the laws of the United States, or of this state, and 
shall be armed, equipped and trained, as the general assembly 
may provide by law. 

Sec 2. — Qualification. — No person or persons conscientiously 
scrupulous of bearing arms shall be compelled to do military duty 
in time of peace; Provided t that such person or persons shall pay 



78 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

an equivalent for such exemption in the same manner as other 
citizens. 

Sec. 3. — Officers. — All commissioned officers of the militia 
(staff officers excepted) shall be elected by persons liable to per- 
form military duty, and shall be commissioned by the governor. 

ARTICLE VII.— State Debts. 

Section 1. — Limitation of State Indebtedness. — The credit of 
the state shall not, in any manner, be given or loaned to, or in aid 
of, any individual, association or corporation ; and the state shall 
never assume, or become responsible for, the debts or liabilities of 
any individual, association or corporation, unless incurred in time 
of war for the benefit of the state. 

Sec. 2. — Same. — The state may contract debts to supply casual 
deficits or failures in revenues, or to meet expenses not otherwise 
provided for ; but the aggregate amount of such debts, direct and 
contingent, whether contracted by virtue of one or more acts of the 
general assembly, or at different periods of time, shall never exceed 
the sum of two hundred and-fifty thousand dollars, and the money 
arising from the creation of such debts shall be applied to the pur 
pose for which it was obtained, or to repay the debts so contracted!, 
and to no other purpose whatever. 

Sec 3. — Losses to School Fund Audited. — All losses to the per- 
manent, school, or university fund of this state, which shall have 
been occasioned by the defalcation, mismanagement or fraud of 
the agents or officers controlling and managing the same, shall be 
audited by the proper authorities of the state. The amount so 
audited shall be a permanent fund debt against the state, in favor 
of the respective fund sustaining the loss, upon which not less 
than six per cent, annual interest shall be paid. The amount of 
liability so created shall not be counted as a part of the indebted- 
ness authorized by the second section of this article. 

Sec. 4.— For what Other Purpose State May Contract Debts. 

—In addition to the above limited power to contract debts, the 
state may contract debts to repel invasion, suppress insurrection, 
or defend the state in war ; but the money arising from the debts 
so contracted shall be applied to the purpose for which it 
was raised, or to repay such debts, and to no other purpose 
whatever. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 79 

Sec. 5.— (a) Other Debts to be Authorized by Special Law* 
—(b) Submitted to the People.— Except the debts hereinbefore 
specified in this article, no debt shall be hereafter contracted by or 
on behalf of this state, unless such debt shall be authorized by 
some law for some single work or object, to be distinctly specified 
therein; and such law shall impose and provide for the collection 
of a direct annual tax, sufficient to pay the interest on such debt, 
as it falls due, and also to pay and discharge the principal of such 
debt, within twenty years from the time of the contracting 
thereof; but no such law shall take effect until, at a general elec- 
tion, it shall have been submitted to the people and have received 
a majority of all the votes cast for and against it at such election; 
and all money raised by authority of such law, shall be applied 
only to the specific object therein stated, or to the payment of the 
debt created thereby ; and such law shall be published in at least 
one newspaper in each county, if one is published therein, 
throughout the state, for three months preceding the election at 
which it is submitted to the people. 

Sec. 6.— Legislature May Repeal.— The legislature may, at any 
time after the approval of such law by the people, if no debt shall 
have been contracted in pursuance thereof, repeal the same, and 
may at any time forbid the contracting of any further debt or 
liability under such law ; but the tax imposed by such law, in pro- 
portion to the debt or liability which may have been contracted in 
pursuance thereof, shall remain in force and be irrepealable, and be 
annually collected, until the principal and interest are fully paid. 

Sec. 7 — Tax Imposed Distinctly Stated. — Every law which 
imposes, continues, or revives a tax, shall distinctly state the tax 
and the object to which it is to be applied, and it shall not be 
sufficient to refer to any other law to fix such tax or object. 

ARTICLE VIII.— Corporations. 

Section 1. — Corporations, How Created. — No corporation 
shall be created by special laws ; but the general assembly shall 
provide, by general laws, for the organization of all corporations 
hereafter to be created, except as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2.— -Property Taxable. — The property of all corporations 
for pecuniary profit shall be subject to taxation, the same as that 
of individuals. 



80 IOWA AND THB NATION. 

Sec. 3.— State Not to be a Stockholder. —The atate shall 
not become a stockholder in any corporation, nor shall it assume 
or pay the debt or liability of any corporation, unless incurred in 
time of war, for the benefit of the state. 

Sec. 4.— Corporation Not to be a Stockholder. — No political 
or municipal corporation shall become a stockholder in any bank- 
ing corporation, directly or indirectly. 

Sec. 5. — Act Creating Corporation Submitted to the People. 
—No act of the general assembly, authorizing or creating corpora- 
tions or associations with banking powers, nor amendments 
thereto, shall take effect or in any manner be in force, until the 
same shall have been submitted, separately, to the people, at a 
general or special election, as provided by law, to be held not less 
than three months after the passage of the act, and shall have been 
approved by a majority of all the electors voting for and against 
it at such election. 

Sec. 6.— State Banks.— Subject to the provisions of the fore- 
going section, the general assembly may also provide for the es- 
tablishment of a state bank, with branches. 

Sec. 7.— Founded on Specie Basis.— If a state bank be estab- 
lished, it shall be founded on actual specie basis, and the branches 
shall be mutally responsible for each other's liabilities upon all 
notes, bills, and other issues intended for circulation as money. 

Sec. 8.— General Banking Law to be Proivded For.— If a 

general banking law shall be enacted, it shall provide for the 
registry and countersigning, by an officer of state, of all bills 
or paper credit designed to circulate as money, and require secu- 
rity to the full amount thereof, to be deposited with the state 
treasurer, in United States stocks, or in interest-paying stocks of 
states in good credit and standing, to be rated at ten per cent 
below their average value in the city of New York, for the thirty 
days next preceding their deposit ; and in case of a depreciation of 
any portion of such stocks, to the amount of ten per cent on the 
dollar, the bank or banks owning said stocks shall be required to 
make up said deficiency by depositing additional stocks ; and said 
law shall also provide for the recording of the names of all stock- 
holders in such corporations, the amount of stock held by each, 
the time of any transfer and to whom. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 81 

Sec. 9. — Stockholders Responsible. — Every stockholder in a 
banking corporation or institution shall be individually responsi- 
ble and liable to its creditors, over and above the amount of stock 
by him or her held, to an amount equal to his or her respective 
shares so held, for all of its liabilities, accruing while he or she 
remains such stockholder, 

Sec. 10.— Bill Holders to Have Preference. — In case of the 
insolvency of any banking institution, the bill holders shall have 
a preference over its other creditors. 

Sec. 11.-7 Suspension of Specie Payments. — The suspension 
of specie payments by banking institutions shall never be per- 
mitted or sanctioned. 

Sec. 12.— General Assembly May Amend or Repeal by Two- 
Thirds Yote. — Subject to the provisions of this article, the general 
assembly shall have power to amend or repeal all laws for the 
organization or creation of corporations, or granting of special or 
exclusive privileges or immunities, by a vote of two-thirds of each 
branch of the general assembly ; and no exclusive privileges, ex- 
cept as in this article provided, shall ever be granted. 

ARTICLE IX. — Education and School Lands. 

FIRST — EDUCATION. 

Section 1.— Board of Education. — The educational interest of 
the state, including common schools and other educational insti- 
tutions, shall be under the management of a Board of Education, 
which shall consist of the lieutenant-governor, who shall be the pre- 
siding officer of the board, and have the casting vote in case of a 
tie, and one member to be elected from each judicial district in 
the state. 

Sec 2. — Who Eligible. — No person shall be eligible as a mem- 
ber of said board who shall not have attained the age of twenty- 
five years, and shall have been one year a citizen of the state. 

Sec. 3. —How Elected; How Divided.— One member of said 
board shall be chosen by the qualified electors of each district, 
and shall hold the office for the term of four years, and until his 
successor is elected and qualified. After the first election under 
this constitution, the board shall be divided, as nearly as practica- 
ble, into two equal classes, and the seats of the first class shall be 
vacated after the expiration of two years, and one-half of the 
board shall be chosen every two years thereafter. 



82 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Sec. 4. — First Session Held.— The first session of the board 
of education shall be held at the seat of government, on the first 
Monday of December after their election, after which the general 
assembly may fix the time and place of meeting. 

Sec 5. — Limited to Twenty Days. — The session of the board 
shall be limited to twenty days, and but one session shall be held 
in any one year, except upon extraordinary occasions, when, upon 
the recommendation of two-thirds of the board, the governor may 
order a special session. 

Sec. 6. — Secretary. — The board of education shall appoint a 
secretary who shall be the executive officer of the board, and per- 
form such duties as may be imposed upon him by the board, and 
the laws of the state. They shall keep a journal of their proceed- 
ings, which shall be published and distributed in the same man- 
ner as the journals of the general assembly. 

Sec. 7. — Rules and Regulations of Board. — All rules and reg- 
ulations made by the board shall be published and distributed to 
the several counties, townships, and school districts, as may be 
provided for by the board, and when so made, published, and dis- 
tributed, they shall have the force and effect of law. 

Sec. 8. — Powers: Rules, How Repealed. — The board of educa- 
tion shall have full power and authority to legislate and make all 
needful rules and regulations in relation to common schools and 
other educational institutions that are instituted, to receive aid 
from the school or university fund of this state ; but all acts, rules 
and regulations of said board may be altered, amended, or 
repealed by the general assembly, and when so altered, 
amended, or repealed, they shall not be re-enacted by the 
board of education. 

Sec. 9.— Governor, Ex-Offlcio, a Member. — The governor of 
the state shall be, ex-officio, a member of said board. 

Sec. 10. — Contingent.— The board shall have no power to levy 
taxes, or make appropriations of money. Their contingent ex- 
penses shall be provided for by the general assembly. 

Sec. 11.— State University.— The state university shall be 
established at one place without branches at any other place, and 
the university fund shall be applied to that institution and no 
other. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 88 

Sec. 12.— Board of Education to Provide for Education of 
Youths of the State. — The board of education shall provide for 
the education of all the youths of the state, through a system of 
common schools, and such schools shall be organized and kept in 
each school district at least three months in each year. Any dis- 
trict failing, for two consecutive years, to organize and keep up a 
school, as aforesaid, may be deprived of their portion of the school 
fund. 

Sec. 13. — Compensation. — The members of the board of edu- 
cation shall each receive the same per diem during the time of 
their session, and mileage going to and returning therefrom, as 
members of the general assembly. 

Sec. 14.— Quorum ; Style of Acts.— A majority of the board 
shnll constitute a quorum for the transaction of business , but no 
rule, regulation, or law for the government of common schools or 
other educational institutions shall pass without the concurrence 
of a majority of all the members of the board, which shall be ex- 
pressed by the yeas and nays on the final passage. The style of 
all acts of the board shall be : "Be it enacted by the Board of Edu- 
cation of the State of Iowa." 

Sec. 15. — When Board May be Abolished. — At any time after 
the year one thousand eight hundred and sixty-three, the general 
assembly shall have power to abolish or reorganize said board of 
education, and provide for the educational interests of the state in 
any other manner that to them shall seem best and proper. 

SECOND — SCHOOL FUNDS AND SCHOOL LANDS. 

Section 1.— Under Control of General Assembly. — The edu- 
cational and school funds and lands shall be under the control and 
management of the general assembly of this state. 

Sec. 2. — Permanent Fund. — The university lands, and the pro- 
ceeds thereof, and all moneys belonging to said fund shall be a per- 
manent fund for the sole use of the state university. The interest 
arising from the same shall be annually appropriated for the sup- 
port and benefit of said university. 

Sec. 3.— Lands Appropriated to Educational Porposes.— The 
general assembly shall encourage, by all suitable means, the pro- 
motion of intellectual, scientific, moral, and agricultural improve- 
ment. The proceeds of all lands that have been, or hereafter may 



84 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

be, granted by the United States to this state, for the support of 
schools, which may have been or shall hereafter be sold or disposed 
of, and the five hundred thousand acres of land granted to the new 
states, under an act of congress, distributing the proceeds of the 
public lands among the several states of the Union, approved in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and forty-one, 
and all estates of deceased persons who may have died without 
leaving a will or heir, and also such per cent, as has been or may 
hereafter be presented by congress, on the sale of lands in this 
state, shall be and remain a perpetual fund, the interest of which, 
together with all rents of the unsold lands, and such other means 
as the general assembly may provide, shall be inviolably appro- 
priated to the support of common schools throughout the state. 

Sec. 4. — Fines and Forfeitures, How Appropriated. — The 
money which may have been or shall be paid by persons as an 
equivalent from exemption from military duty, and the clear pro- 
ceeds of all fines collected in the several counties for any breach 
of the penal laws, shall be exclusively applied, in the several 
counties in which such money is paid, or fine collected, among 
the several school districts of said counties, in proportion to the 
number of youths subject to enumeration in such districts, to the 
support of common schools, or the establishment of libraries, as 
the board of education shall from time to time provide. 

Sec. 5.— Lands Reserved or Granted, or Funds Accruing 
from Sale Thereof, to be a Permanent Fund. —Interest Ap- 
plied. — The general assembly shall take measures for the protec- 
tion, improvement, or other disposition of such lands as have 
been, or may hereafter be, reserved, or granted by the United 
States, or any person or persons, to this state, for the use of the 
university, and the funds accruing from the rents or sale of such 
lands, or from any other source for the purpose aforesaid, shall 
be and remain a permanent fund, the interest of which shall be 
applied to the support of said university, for the promotion of 
literature, the arts and sciences, as may be authorized by the terms 
of such grant; and it shall be the duty of the general assembly, as 
soon as may be, to provide effectual means for the improvement 
and permanent security of the funds of said university. 

Sec. 6.— Who Agents of School Funds.— The financial agents 
of the school funds shall be the same that by law receive and con- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 85 

trol the state and county revenue, for other civil purposes, under 
such regulations as may be provided by law. 

Sec. 7.— Money to be Distributed.— The money subject to the 
support and maintenance of common schools shall be distributed 
to the districts in proportion to the number of youths between the 
ages of five and twenty-one years, in such manner as may be pro- 
vided by the general assembly. 

ARTICLE X. — Amendments to the Constitution. 

Section. 1.— Constitution. — Any amendment or amendments 
to this constitution may be proposed in either house of the gen- 
eral assembly ; and if the same shall be agreed to by a majority of 
the members elected to each of the two houses, such proposed 
amendment shall be entered on their journals, with the yeas and 
nays taken thereon, and referred to the legislature to be chosen at 
the next general election, and shall be published, as provided by 
law, for three months previous to the time of making such choice ; 
and if, in the general assembly so next chosen as aforesaid, such 
proposed amendment or amendments shall be agreed to, by a ma- 
jority of all the members elected to each house, then it shall be 
the duty of the general assembly to submit such proposed amend- 
ment or amendments to the people in such manner and at such 
time as the general assembly shall provide ; and if the people shall 
approve and ratify such amendment or amendments by a majority 
of the electors qualified to vote for members of the general assem- 
bly, voting thereon, such amendment or amendments shall 
become a part of the constitution of this state. 

Sec. 2.— More than One.— If two or more amendments shall 
be submitted at the same time, they shall be submitted in such 
manner that the electors shall vote for or against each of such 
amendments separately. 

Sec. 3.— Convention.— At the general election to be held in the 
year one thousand eight hundred and seventy, and in each tenth 
year thereafter, and also at such times as the general assembly may 
bylaw provide, the question, "Shall there be a Convention to 
revise the Constitution and amend the same?" shall be decided by 
the electors qualified to vote for members of the general assembly; 
and in case a majority of the electors so qualified, voting at such 
election for and against such proposition, shall decide in favor 
of a convention for such purpose ? the general assembly at its next 



86 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

session, shall provide by law for the election of delegates to such 
invention. 

ARTICLE XI.— Miscellaneous. 

Section 1.— Jurisdiction of Justice of the Peace. — The juris- 
liction of justices of the peace shall extend to all civil cases (except 
cases in chancery, and cases where the question of title to real 
estate may arise) where the amount in controversy does not exceed 
one hundred dollars, and by the consent of parties may be ex- 
tended to any amount not exceeding three hundred dollars. 

Sec. 2. — Counties. — No new county shall be hereafter created 
containing less than four hundred and thirty-two square miles, 
nor shall the territory of any organized county be reduced below 
that area, except the county of Worth, and the counties west of 
it, along the northern boundary of this state, may be organized 
without additional territory. 

Sec 3.— To What Amount Counties May Become Indebted.— 

No county, or other political or municipal corporation, shall be 
allowed to become indebted, in any manner or for any purpose, to 
an amount, in the aggregate, exceeding five per centum of the value 
of the taxable property within such county or corporation — to be 
ascertained by the last state and county tax lists, previous to the 
incurring of such indebtedness. 

Sec 4. — Boundaries. — The boundaries of this state may be en- 
larged, with the consent of congress and the general assembly. 

Sec 5. — Oath of Office. — Every person elected or appointed to 
any office, shall, before entering upon the duties thereof, take an 
oath or affirmation to support the constitution of the United 
States, and of this state, and also an oath of office. 

Sec 6.— How Vacancies Filled. — In all cases of elections to fill 
vacancies in office occurring before the expiration of a full term, 
the person so elected shall hold for the residue of the unexpired 
term ; and all persons appointed to fill vacancies in office shall hold 
until the next general election, and until their successors are 
elected and qualified. 

Sec 7.— How Lands Granted May be Located. — The general 
assembly shall not locate any of the public lands which have been 
or may be granted by congress to this state, and the loca 
tion of which may be given to the general assembly, upon lands 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 87 

actually settled, without the consent of the occupant. The extent 
of the claim of such occupant so exempted shall not exceed three 
hundred and twenty acres. 

Sec. 8. —Seat of Government. —The seat of government is 
hereby permanently established, as now fixed by law, at the city 
of Des Moines, in the county of Polk ; and the stale university at 
Iowa City ? in the county of Johnson. 

ARTICLE XII —Schedule. 

Section 1.— Supreme Court of the State.— The constitution 
shall be the supreme law of the state, and any law inconsistent 
therewith shall be void. The general assembly shall pass all laws 
necessary to carry this constitution into effect. 

Sec. 2.— Laws in Force. — All laws now in force and not incon- 
sistent with this constitution, shall remain in force until they shall 
expire or be repealed. 

Sec 3.— Legal Precess Not Affected.— All indictments, prose- 
cutions, suits, pleas, plaints, process, and other proceedings pend- 
ing in any of the courts, shall be prosecuted to final judgment and 
execution ; and all appeals, writs of error, certiorari and injunc- 
tions, shall be carried on in the several courts, in the same manner 
as now provided by law, and all offenses, misdemeanors and 
crimes that may have been committed before the taking effect of 
this constitution, shall be subject to indictment, trial and punish- 
ment, in the same manner as they would have been had not this 
constitution been made. 

Sec 4.— Fines, Etc., Inure to the State.— All fines, penalties, 
or forfeitures due, or to become due, or accruing to the state, or to 
any county therein, or to the school fund, shall inure to the state f 
county, or school fund in the manner prescribed by law. 

Sec 5.— Bonds in Force.— All bonds executed to the state, or 
to any officer in his official capacity, shall remain in force and 
inure to the use of those concerned. 

Sec 6. —First Election. — Governor and Lieutenant-Gov- 
ernor.— The election under this constitution shall be held on the 

second Tuesday in October, in the year one thousand eight hun- 
dred and fifty-seven, at which time the electors of the state shall 
elect the governor and lieutenant-governor. There shall also be 
elected at such election the successors of such state senators as 



88 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

were elected at the August election, in the year one thousand 
eight hundred and fifty-four, and members of the house of repre- 
sentatives, who shall be elected in accordance with the act of ap- 
portionment, enacted at the session of the general assembly which 
commenced on the first Monday of December, one thousand eight 
hundred and fifty-six. 

Sec. 7.— Same: Secretary, Auditor, Etc.— The first election 
for secretary, auditor, and treasurer of state, attorney-general, dis- 
trict judges, members of the board of education, district attorneys, 
members of congress, and such state officers as shall be elected at 
the April election in the year one thousand eight hundred and 
fifty-seven (except the superintendent of public instruction), and 
such county officers as were elected at the August election in th€ 
year one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six, except prosecuting 
attorneys, shall be held on the second Tuesday of October, one 
thousand eight hundred and fifty-eight : Provided, that the time 
for which any district judge or other state or county officer elected at 
the April election in the year one thousand eight hundred and 
fifty-eight, shall not extend beyond the time fixed for filling like 
offices at the October election, in the year one thousand eight 
hundred and fifty-eight. 

Sec. 8.— Same: Judges of Supreme Court.— The first election 
forjudges of the supreme court, and such county officers as shall 
be elected at the August election, in the year one thousand eight 
hundred and fifty-seven, shall be held on the second Tuesday of 
October, in the year one thousand eight hundred and fifty-nine. 

Sec. 9.— First Session, General Assembly.— The first regular 
session of the general assembly shall be held in the year one 
thousand eight hundred and fifty-eight, commencing on the sec- 
ond Monduy of January of said year. 

Sec. 10. — Senators. — Senators elected at the August election, 
in the year one thousand eight hundred and fifty-six, shall con- 
tinue in office until the second Tuesday of October, in the year 
one thousand eight hundred and fifty-nine, at which time their 
successor shall be elected as may be prescribed by law. 

Sec. 11. — Offices Not Vacated by New Constitution. — Every 

person elected by popular vote, by a vote of the general assembly, 
or who may hold office by executive appointment, which office ig 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 89 

continued by this constitution, and every person who shall be so 
elected or appointed to any such office, before the taking effect of 
this constitution (except as in this constitution otherwise pro- 
vided), shall continue in office until the term for which such per- 
son has been or may be elected or appointed shall expire; but no 
such person shall continue in office after the taking effect of this 
constitution, for a longer period than the term of such office in 
this constitution prescribed. 

Sec. 12. — State to be Districted. — The general assembly, at 
the first session under this constitution, shall district the state 
into eleven judicial districts, for district court purposes; and 
shall also provide for the apportionment of the members of 
the general assembly in accordance with the provisions of this 
constitution. 

Sec. 13. — Constitution to be Voted for August, 1857. — This 
constitution shall be submitted to the electors of the state at the 
August election, in the year one thousand eight hundred and fifty- 
seven, in the several election districts in this state. The ballots at 
such election shall be written or printed, as follows: Those in 
favor of the constitution, " New Constitution — -Yes." Those against 
the constitution, "New Constitution — No." The election shall be 
conducted in the same manner as the general elections of the 
state, and the poll-books shall be returned and canvassed as pro- 
vided in the twenty-fifth chapter of the code, and abstracts shall 
be forwarded to the secretary of state, which abstracts shall be 
canvassed in the manner provided for the canvass of state officers; 
and if it shall appear that a majority of all the votes cast at such 
election for and against this constitution are in favor of the same, 
the governor shall immediately issue his proclamation stating that 
fact, and such constitution shall be the constitution of the state of 
Iowa, and shall take effect from and after the publication of said 
proclamation. 

Sec. 14.— Proposition to Strike Out the Word "White."— At 
the same election at which this constitution is submitted to the 
people for its adoption or rejection, a proposition to amend the 
same by striking out the word "white" from the article on the 
"Right of Suffrage," shall be separately submitted to the electors 
of this state for adoption or rejection, in the manner following, 
viz.: A separate ballot may be given by every person having a 



90 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



right to vote at said election, to be deposited in a separate box. 
And those given for the adoption of such proposition shall have 
the words, " Shall the word 'white' be stricken out of the article on 
the 'Right of Suffrage?' Yes." And those given against the 
proposition shall have the words, "Shall the word 'white' be 
stricken out of the article on the 'Right of Suffrage?' No." And 
if at said election the number of ballots cast in favor of said propo- 
sition shall be equal to a majority of those cast for and against this 
constitution, then said word "white" shall be stricken from said 
article and be no part thereof. 

Sec. 15. — Mills County. — Until otherwise directed bylaw, the 
county of Mills shall be in and a part of the sixth judicial district 
of this state. 
Done in convention at Iowa City, this fifth day of March, in the 

year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty-seven, 

and of the Independence of the United States of America the 

eighty-first. 

SIGNERS: 



Timothy Day, 
S. G. Winchester, 
David Bunker, 
D. P. Palmer, 
Geo. W. Ells, 
J. C. Hall, 
John H. Peters, 
Wm. H. Warren, 
H. W. Gray, 

RoBT. GOWER, 

H. D. Gibson, 

Thomas Seeley, 
A. H. Marvin, 
J. H. Emerson, 
R. L. B. Clarke, 
James A. Young, 
D. H. Solomon, 
Attest: 



W. W. Robinson, 
Lewis Todhunter, 
John Edwards, 
J. C. Traer, 
James F. Wilson, 
Amos Harris, 
Jno. T. Clarke, 
S. Ayres, 
Harvey J. Skiff, 
J. A. Parvin, 
W. Penn Clark, 
Jere Hollingsworth, 
Wm. Patterson, 
D. W. Price, 
Alpheas Scott, 
Geo. Gillaspy, 
Edward Johnston, 
Francis Springer, Pres 



Th. J. Saunders, Sec'y. 

E. N. Bates, Assistant Sec' v. 



iowa and the nation. 90« 

Summary of Amendments to the Constitution. 

By vote of the people, November 3d, 1868, and proclamation 
»f the Governor, December 8th, 1868: 

1st. Strike the word " white " from section one of article two 
thereof. 

2d. Strike the word "white" from section thirty-three of 
article three thereof. 

3d. Strike the word "white" from section thirty-four of 
article three thereof. 

4th. Strike the word "white" from section thirty-five of 
article three thereof. 

5th. Strike the word "white" from section one of article 
six thereof. 

By vote of the people, November 2d, 1880, and certificate of 
the Board of State Canvassers, December 3d, 1880: 

Strike out the words "free white" from the third line of 
section four [4] of article three [3] of said Constitution, relating 
to the legislative department. 

By vote of the people, June 27th, 1882, and certificate of the 
Board of State Canvassers, July 28th, 1882-: 

Section 26. No person shall manufacture, for sale or sell, or 
keep for sale, as a berevage, any intoxicating liquors whatever, 
including ale, wine and beer. The General Assembly shall by 
law prescribe regulations for the enforcement of the prohibition 
herein contained, and shall thereby provide suitable penalties for 
the violation of the provisions hereof. 

[The supreme court, April 21st, 1883, held that the amend- 
ment, Section 26, as submitted to the electors did not become a 
part of the Constitution.] 

By vote of the people, November 4th, 1884, and certificate of 
the Board of State Canvassers, December 10th, 1884: 

Amendment 1. The general election for state, district, 
county and township officers, shall be held on the Tuesday next 
after the first Monday in November. 

Amendment 2. At any regular session of the General Assem- 
bly the State may be divided into the necessary judicial districts 
for district court purposes, or the said districts may be reorganized 
and the number of the districts and the judges of said courts 
increased or diminished: but no reorganization of the districts or 



90b IOWA AND THE NATION. 

diminution of the judges shall have the effect of removing a 
judge from office. 

Amendment 3. The grand jury may consist of any num- 
ber of members, not less than five, nor more than fifteen, as 
the General Assembly may by law provide, or the General As- 
sembly may provide for holding persons to answer for any 
criminal offense without the intervention of a grand jury. 

Amendment 4. That section 13 of article 5 of the Consti- 
tution be stricken therefrom, and the following adopted as 
such section: 

Section 13. The qualified electors of each county shall, at 
the general election in the year 1886, and every two years 
thereafter, elect a county attorney, who shall be a resident of 
the county for which he is elected, and shall hold his office for 
two years, and until the successor shall have been elected and 
qualified. 

APPORTIONMENT OF SENATORS AND REPRESENTA- 
TIVES. 

f Amendments ratified by the people of the state of Iowa, 
November 9, 1904. 

(Amending sections thirty-four, thirty-five and thirty-six 
of article three of the state constitution.) 

Section 34. The senate shall be composed of fifty mem- 
bers to be elected from the several senatorial districts, estab- 
lished by law and at the next session of the General Assembly 
held following the taking of the state and national census, 
they shall be apportioned among the several counties or dis- 
tricts, according to the population as shown by the last pre- 
ceding census. 

Section 35. The House of Representatives shall consist of 
not more than one hundred and eight members. The ratio of 
representation shall be determined by dividing the whole num- 
ber of the population of the state as shown by the last pre- 
ceding state or national census by the whole number of coun- 
ties then existing or organized, but each county shall consti- 
tute one representative district and be entitled to one repre- 
sentative, but each county having a population in excess of 
the ratio number, as herein provided, of three-fifths or more 



tReference to this amendment will be indicated by the f . 



IOWA AND THE NATION. - 900 

of such ratio number shall be entitled to one additional repre- 
sentative, but said addition shall extend only to the nine coun- 
ties having the greatest population. 

Section 36. The General Assembly shall at the first regu- 
lar session following the adoption of this amendment, and at 
each succeeding regular session held next after the taking of 
such census, fix the ratio of representation, and apportion the 
additional representatives, as hereinbefore required. 

*BIENNIAL ELECTION AMENDMENT. 

t(Add as section sixteen to article twelve or the consti- 
tution, the following: — ) 

Section 16. The first general election after the adoption 
of this amendment shall be held on the Tuesday next after the 
first Monday in November in the year one thousand nine hun- 
dred and six, and general elections shall be held biennially 
thereafter. In the year one thousand nine hundred and six 
there shall be elected a governor, lieutenant-governor, secre- 
tary of state, auditor of state, treasurer of state, attorney gen- 
eral, two judges of the supreme court, the successors of the 
judges of the district court whose terms of office expire on 
December 31st, one thousand nine hundred and six 3 state sen- 
ators who would otherwise be chosen in the year one thou- 
sand nine hundred and five, and members of the House of 
Representatives. The terms of office of the judges of the 
supreme court which would otherwise expire December 31st, 
in odd numbered years, and all other elective state, county and 
township officers, whose terms of office would otherwise expire 
in January in the year one thousand nine hundred and six, 
and members of the General Assembly whose successors would 
otherwise be chosen in the year one thousand nine hundred 
and five, are hereby extended one year and until their succes- 
sors are elected and qualified. The terms of office of senators 
whose successors would otherwise be chosen in the year one 
thousand nine hundred and seven are hereby extended one 
year and until their successors are elected and qualified. The 
General Assembly shall make such changes in the law govern- 
ing the time of election and terms of office of all other elective 
^Reference to this amendment will be Indicated by the $. 



90d IOWA AND THE NATION. 

officers as shall be necessary to make the time of their elec- 
tion and terms of office conform to this amendment, and shall 
provide which of the judges of the supreme court shall serve 
as chief justice. The General Assembly shall meet in regular 
session on the second Monday in January, in the year one 
thousand nine hundred and six, and also on the second Mon- 
day in January in the year one thousand nine hundred and 
seven, and biennially thereafter. 



IOWA AND THE NATION., 91 



CHAPTER XII. 
STATE GOVERNMENT. 

Nature of Constitution.— Before discussing the 
departments of government, it will be well to learn some- 
thing of the nature of a constitiuton, as well as of the 
history of the constitution of our own state. The con- 
stitution of a state is often called its fundamental law, 
because all laws passed by the general assembly must be 
based upon it, and no valid law can be passed in violation 
of its provisions. It is in the nature of a contract between 
the state and the people, whereby the powers of the former 
are defined, and the rights of the latter maintained. 

Old Constitution.— The constitution, adopted by 
the people of Iowa just before the state was admitted into 
the Union, is known as the old constitution. Some of its 
provisions proved to be unsatisfactory, and, in the early 
part of 1857, a convention met at Iowa City, and drafted 
the present constitution of the state. The work of this 
convention was completed in March of that year. Several 
of its members have since held important positions in state 
and nation. 

New Constitution. — By its own terms, this draft of 
a constitution was submitted to the electors of the state at 
an election held in August, 1857. A majority of the votes 
cast at that time were in favor of its adoption, and the 



92 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

governor immediately issued a proclamation declaring 
this new constitution to be the supreme law of Iowa. 

Preamble. — The preamble, or introduction to the 
constitution, is as follows: "We, the People of the State of 
Iowa, grateful to the Supreme Being for the blessings 
hitherto enjoyed, and feeling our dependence on Him for 
a continuation of those blessings, do ordain and establish 
a free and independent government, by the name of The 
State of Iowa, the boundaries whereof shall be as folllows: " 
(For boundaries, see Constitution.) The preamble is not 
a part of the constitution, but is designed to show the 
reason for its establishment. 

ARTICLE I.— Bill op Rights. 

Rights of Persons. — Section one of the first article 
of the constitution defines the civil rights of the inhabi- 
tants of the state. It declares that all men are, by nature, 
free and equah and that they are endowed with certain 
inalienable rights. The rights enumerated are those of 
enjoying and defending life and liberty, of acquiring, 
possessing, and protecting property, and of pursuing and 
obtaining safety and happiness. These rights of the 
people are recognized by all free governments, and must 
be, in the very nature of things. They are called inalien- 
able rights, because they cannot be taken away so long as 
the government exists. 

Political Power. — The second section declares all 
political power to be vested in the people of the state. 
Government is instituted for the good of the people, and 
they have the right to alter or reform the same, whenever 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 93 

the public good ma}' require, it. The essence of all free 
government is contained in the immortal words of Abra- 
ham Lincoln, "A government of the people, by the 
people, and for the people." 

Religion. — Section three prohibits the legislature 
from passing any law to establish uniformity of religion, 
or to restrict the religious liberty of the people. It for- 
bids the laying of tithes, taxes, or other rates for building 
places of worship, or maintaining the ministry. The relig- 
ious freedom, sought by so many of the early settlers of 
our country, is guaranteed to all persons within the 
borders of Iowa. 

Religious Test. — Section four forbids the require- 
ment of any religious test as a qualification for any office 
of public trust, and declares that no person shall be 
deprived of any rights, privileges, or capacities on account 
of his opinions on religious matters. This is in accordance 
with the spirit of the constitution of the United States, 
upon which the state constitution is based. This section 
also provides that parties to any suits at law are compe- 
tent to serve as witnesses in such suits. 

Dueling'.— Section five declares any citizen of the 
state who shall engage in a duel, either as principal or 
accessory, to be forever disqualified from holding any 
office under the constitution and laws of the state. This 
shows the growth in sentiment with regard to the prac- 
tice of duelling. Hamilton, Burr, Jackson, Clay, and 
many other prominent men in the early history of our 
government, resorted to this barbarous w T ay of settling 
their " affairs of honor." 



94 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Laws Uniform. — By section six, the general assem- 
bly is forbidden to grant any citizen, or class of citizens, 
privileges or immunities, which shall not apply to all other 
persons, under the same circumstances. All laws of a 
general nature must be uniform in their operation. It is 
a fundamental principle of all free government that there 
shall be no privileged classes. 

Liberty of Speech. — The next section gives every 
person the right to speak, write, and publish his senti- 
ments on any and all subjects. By its provisions, no law 
can be passed to restrict liberty of speech or of the press, 
but any person is liable to prosecution for the abuse of 
this right. In all prosecutions for libel, if it can be proved 
that the matter charged as libelous is true, the person 
accused shall be acquitted. Article one of the amend- 
ments to the constitution of the United States insures the 
same freedom to all the people of the United States. 

Section eight of this article is a verbatim reprint of the 
fourth article of amendment to the constitution of the 
United States. 

Jury. — Section nine provides for maintaining invio- 
late the right of trial by jury, but authorizes the general 
assembly to establish a jury of a less number than twelve 
men in inferior courts. Another provision is, that no per- 
son shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without 
due process of law. In accordance with the latter part of 
the first clause, the jury in a justice court is composed of 
six men. 

Criminal Cases. — Section ten refers to the method 
of procedure in criminal cases, and is, in substance, the 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 95 

same as article six of the amendments to the constitution 
of the United States. 

Same. — Section eleven establishes the mode of pro- 
cedure in all criminal cases less than felony, in which the 
punishment does not exceed a fine of one hundred dollars,, 
or imprisonment for more than thirty days. All such 
cases are to be tried without indictment, before a justice 
of the peace, or other officer authorized by law. The 
accused has the right to appeal from the decision of the 
justice to the district court. 

Indictment. — In all other criminal offenses, an indict- 
ment must be brought against the person suspected of hav- 
ing committed the crime, before he can be held to answer 
for the crime of which he is accused. There is an exception 
to this in cases arising in the army or navy, or in the 
militia, when in actual service, in time of war or public 
danger. Violators of military law are tried by a court mar- 
tial, consisting of from three to thirteen members, accord- 
ing to the nature of the crime and the rank of the offender. 

Twice Tried. — Section twelve provides that after a 
person has been acquitted by a court of competent juris- 
diction, he cannot be tried again for the same offense. A 
person charged with the perpetration of a minor crime, is 
entitled to his liberty before conviction, upon giving bonds 
signed by responsible parties that he will present himself, 
at the appointed time, for trial. Such bonds are called 
bail, and are usually of twice the amount of the highest 
money penalty, or fine, that can be attached to the crime. 

If the person, thus set at liberty, fails to appear for 
trial, the amount of the bond, or so much thereof as may 
be demanded by the court, is forfeited to the school-fund 
7 



96 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

of the county, and becomes a part of the semi-annual 
apportionment for the support of schools. Bail is not 
usually accepted from persons charged with having com- 
mitted capital crimes, when the proof is evident or the 
presumption great. A capital offense is one to which the 
death penalty may be attached. 

Habeas Corpus. — Section thirteen secures to all the 
right to a writ of habeas corpus, when application is made 
according to law. This right can be suspended and the 
writ refused only in case of rebellion or invasion, or when 
the public safety may require it. The writ of habeas cor- 
pus has been called "The great writ of personal liberty." 

It is issued by the judge of the court having jurisdic- 
tion of the crime, and cannot be refused when proper appii- 
cation is made by the accused under oath, unless, in case 
of rebellion or invasion, the public safety may require it. 
This writ had its origin in England in the " Magna Chart a " 
of King John, granted in the year 1215. Our forefathers 
esteemed this to be one of thier grandest privileges, and 
it has always been recognized as an inherent right of all 
citizens of the United States. 

Military. — The fourteenth section places the military 
subordinate to the civil power. It declares that no stand- 
ing army shall be kept up in the state, in time of peace, 
and, in time of war, that no appropriation for a standing 
army shall be for a longer period than two years. The next 
section forbids the quartering of troops in any house, in 
time of peace, without the consent of its owner, and, in 
time of war, except in the manner prescribed by law. 

Treason. — Section sixteen defines treason against the 
state to consist in levying war against it, adhering to its 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 97 

enemies, or giving them aid and comfort. This is virtu- 
ally the definition given of treason in the constitution of 
the United States. It is also provided, that no person 
shall be convicted of treason except upon the evidence of 
two witnesses to the same act, or upon confession in open 
court. 

Excessive Bail. — Section seventeen provides that 
any bail required shall not be excessive; that is, beyond 
the nature of the crime for which it is taken. The 
imposing of excessive fines, and the infliction of cruel and 
unusual punishments are expressly forbidden. 

Property Condemned. — The next section declares 
that private property shall not be taken for the use of the 
public without just compensation to the owner. The 
damages resulting from the appropriation of private prop- 
erty for public purposes, shall be assessed by a jury, but 
no benefit that the owner of the property would receive 
from the improvements for which it is taken, can be con- 
sidered in rendering the decision for damages. Every one 
is entitled to the use of his property to the exclusion of all 
other private citizens, but sometimes it becomes necessary 
to sacrifice private rights for the public weal. 

Imprisonment for Debt. — Imprisonment for debt, 
in any civil process, except in case of fraud, is forbidden 
by the nineteenth section, and no person can be imprisoned 
for a military fine, in time of peace. So long as the Eng- 
lish common law was in operation in this country, inv 
prisonment for debt was common, but now it is usually 
forbidden by constitution or statute in all the states. If 
the action of the debtor is such that it is reasonable to 
suppose that he intends to avoid the payment of his 



98 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

debts by concealing his propetry, or removing it from the 
state, the provisions of this section will not apply. In 
Scotland, at the present time, a person may be imprisoned 
for a debt of forty dollars or more. Whittier's poem, 
"The Prisoner for Debt," graphically portrays the con- 
dition of persons confined for debt. 

Right to Assemble. — Section twenty insures to the 
people some of their dearest rights, among which is that of 
assembling to counsel for the common good. The rope 
makers of Boston held such meetings to devise means for 
resisting the British soldiery. The modern word caucus is 
said to be a corruption of caulkers, a term often applied to 
rope-makers. The right of making known their opinions 
to their representatives, and that of petitioning for a 
redress of grievances, are also guaranteed. 

Bill of Attainder. — The language of the twenty-first 
section is as follows: "No bill of attainder, ex-post-facto 
law, or law impairing the obligation of contracts, shall 
ever be passed.'' A bill of attainder is a legislative act 
inflicting the penalty of death, without trial, upon persons 
supposed to be guilty of high crimes. In former times, 
the parliament of Great Britain passed laws of this kind, 
often for the purpose of reaching persons in high places 
who could not be gotten rid of by ordinary process of law. 

Ex-Post-Facto Law. — An ex-post-facto law is one 
that is passed after the commission of an act by which the 
act may be punished as a crime. It would seem that the 
prohibition of ex-post-facto laws would make the latter 
part of this section unnecessary. Ex-post-facto laws apply 
to criminal and penal statutes, but not to those that affect 
property only. Hence, we may say that this part of the 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 99 

section prohibits ex-post-facto laws in the interests of 
contracts. 

Rights Of Aliens. — Section twenty -two grants to all 
foreigners residing in the state, the same rights in respect 
to the possession, enjoyment, and descent of property, as 
native-born citizens. 

Slavery. — The twenty -third section prohibits slavery, 
and declares that there shall be no involuntary servitude in 
Iowa, except for the punishment of crime. 

Lease Of Farm Lands. — The twenty-fourth section 
limits leases of agricultural lands from which rent or 
service of any kind is reserved, to a period not exceed- 
ing twenty years. 

Rights Reserved.— The twenty-fifth section is a fit- 
ting one with which to close this Bill of Rights. Its 
laDguage is, l 'The enumeration of rights shall not be con- 
strued to impair or deny others, retained by the people." 
Liberty, civil and religious, is insured to all within the 
borders of the state, and, as if this were not enough, any 
other privileges that may be enjoyed, are reserved to the 
people. Surely our government rests on a foundation 
broad and deep. 



100 IOWA AND THE NATION 



CHAPTER XIII. 

ARTICLE II.— Right of Suffrage. 

Right to Vote. — The constitution of every free gov- 
ernment designates those persons who have the right to 
vote. With us, all political power is inherent in the people. 
This power is sometimes called the elective franchise, and 
it consists in the right to vote for public officers and meas- 
ures proposed for the common good. It is customary in 
the United States to restrict this right to male citizens, at 
least twenty-one years of age. Persons under that age are 
thought to be too young to know how to vote properly 
upon questions of public importance, but, at best, the rule 
is an arbitrary one. Some standard must be adopted, and 
perhaps the one in use is as good as any that could be 
devised. 

Qualifications of Voters. — The lowest, or mini- 
mum, age at which persons may vote is the same in all the 
states, but aside from that there is no uniformity. Few of 
the states agree in all points relating to the qualifications 
of A T oters. Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, and Idaho allow 
women to vote at all elections, and several other states give 
them the right to vote on school and municipal matters. 
All of the states bordering on Iowa, except Minnesota and 
Illinois, allow aliens who have declared their intention to 
become citizens of the United States, to vote at all elec- 
tions, provided they have the qualifications as to age, sex, 
residence, etc., as provided by the state constitution. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 101 

Residence.— Some of the states require two years' 
residence within the state as a qualification for voting, and 
at least two states lower this qualification to three months' 
residence. The residence in the county required of voters 
varies from no time specified to a residence of one year, 
and the same variation occurs with reference to residence 
in the voting precinct. In several of the states, voters ar^ 
required to register their names and places of residence at 
a specified time before the election, and failing in this, they 
are deprived of the right to vote at that election. 

Other Qualifications. —Some of the states require a 
property qualification of electors — that is, before a person, 
otherwise legally qualified, can vote, he must prove that he 
owns a certain amount of property, or pays taxes or rent 
of a specified sum. Several state constitutions provide that 
"Indians, who have renounced their tribal relations and 
who have donned the habiliments of civilization, may vote 
at any election now or hereafter authorized by law." Sev- 
eral of the states require educational qualifications of elect- 
ors, while others have no such restriction, and some do not 
even require citizenship of the United States as a qualifica- 
tion for voting. 

Privileges. — All electors who are not accused of 
treason, felony, or breach of the peace, are privileged from 
arrest on election day, while attending the election, or 
going to or returning from the same. No elector is obliged 
to perform military duty on the day of election, except in 
time of war or public danger. Persons engaged in the mil- 
itary, naval, or marine service of the United States do not 
gain a residence in the state by being stationed here in the 
discharge of their duties. 



102 IOWA AND THE RATION. 

Exceptions. — Idiots and insane persons are prohibited 
from exercising the right of suffrage because they cannot 
do so understanding^. The only qualified electors who 
are denied this privilege, are those who have been convicted 
of some infamous crime. It would not be wise to allow 
criminals a voice in making the laws. 

Ballot Reform. — The right of electors to vote as they 
choose is established by the last clause, which declares that 
all elections by the people shall be by ballot. To correct 
certain abuses in the method of voting by ballot, the gen- 
eral assembly, in 1892, passed a law providing for a secret 
ballot, known as the "Australian Ballot." Although not a 
part of the conslitution, this law is a very valuable one, 
and a brief history of the plan, as well as the prominent 
features of the Iowa law relating to this manner of voting, 
will now be given. 

Belgian Ballot. — This method of voting had its ori- 
gin in New South Wales, Australia, in 1857. Fifteen years 
later, it was adopted in England, and afterwards by 
Canada. Within the past twelve years, nearly every 
state in the Union has adopted a secret ballot based upon 
the Australian plan. The Iowa law is based upon a plan 
used in Belgium, and should properly be called the 
" Belgian Ballot." By the former plan, the candidates 
are classified by offices, while by the latter, they are 
grouped according to political parties. 

Old Plan. — Up to the time that this law went into ef- 
fect, election ballots were printed by political parties or by 
the candidates for office. This plan was an expensive one, 
and there were many abuses connected with it. The secret 
ballot now in use makes it impossible for a corrupt politi- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 103 

cian who wishes to buy votes- to be sure that the voter has 
cast the ballot as agreed upon. 

* Nomination of Candidates. —Candidates for the 
various offices to be filled are put in nomination by conven- 
tions of delegates. Candidates for state officers are nomi- 
nated in a state convention composed of delegates from 
each of the counties. Candidates for district offices are 
named by delegates from the counties in the district, and 
for county officers by a county convention composed of del= 
egates chosen from each of the townships of the county. 
Candidates for township offices are nominated by each polit- 
ical party in a township meeting called a caucus. 

Ballots. — There are as many state, district, and 
county conventions held as there are political parties. The 
names of all the candidates for all the offices to be filled 
are printed together on sheets called « 'blanket" ballots. 
The names of the candidates are arranged in columns with 
the name of each political party at the head of the proper 
column. 

Ballots Furnished. — The ballots are prepared and 
printed under the direction of the county auditor, and every 
ballot printed must be accounted for. The ballots are 
printed at the expense of the county, and as many as are 
likely to be needed are furnished the judges of election at 
each voting precinct. 

Marking" Ballots. — On the day of election, the voters 
assemble to cast their ballots. A voter approaches the 
table about which the judges of election are seated, an- 
nounces his name and asks for a ballot. In cities of thirty- 
five hundred inhabitants and upwards, voters are required to 

*A new primary election law will go into effect in 190S. Candidates for 
office will be nominated by primary election instead of by conventions. 



104 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



. it H I ! r !l ! 
is m : f : i: is i- 

3 5g .|! i I 82 50 6S o? 

. -=Z io SO 'X. > 

s 5§ gas a « « 
t IS I" 1^ I 






if l a IS 
S In §* g a 



o 



DDDD DTJGC 





ffl 


4 lis =1 I I 1 . • 

i° B . 1 1 1 § r . § ii 1 1 1 1 

c^2 | B sj ? 1 3 I 1 I i 1 6 *. | I 1 ! 

gg ! ^5 ~ £ = 3 E i g~° C . la- ? I 1 = 
' 1 1 „< ° o S - c r C~ >.0O cifj £=5. 

P-» I Sg£. Iz rSf-T £.=§ |^ Iffl a £ ^w 

P u n m ip s 8 s ii s U it= 

^ & i? ^ e i i g a> i| m 

(JOnnQ flddnn 


8 

CO 


£3 il/il|!f ifSilillt 

gg iu: <1 ^E #1 *"3 <| |g |< Is 

U P (J - > <-<-> 5 S *"llI g5 t^ SO 

^-^ £ s * £ ^ I « - fi fc ^ ^ 

Udddd nnnnn_ 






I .il 1 



£ II ji II i§ I 

P=3 tttjr *< :-E #5 c 
t - &i fa S ~i t S -g I 



_- § 5 5 
Slog 



Is 2^f 



^ § „• § 
- = I « 

Hi 1 



o 



« a: 



DDDn nDDDD 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 105 

register their names and residences a certain number of 
days preceding the election, or forfeit the right to vote. 

In case registration is required, the voter's name must be 
checked on the registration book before he will be given a 
ballot- One of the judges takes a folded ballot and writes 
his initials upon the back. The voter then takes the ballot, 
passes into a booth, and prepares his ballot secretly. 

Ballots. — At the head of each column is a circle, and 
there is a square place in front of the name of each candi- 
date. If the voter wishes to vote a straight ticket, he 
makes a cross (X) in the circle at the head of the column 
which contains the names of the candidates of his political 
party. If he wishes to scratch the ticket — that is, vote for 
candidates belonging to different parties — he puts the 
cross in the squares in front of the names of the candidates 
for whom he wishes to vote. The marking must be done 
so as to show his preference for one candidate for each 
office. 

Voting* —Having marked his ballot, he folds it so as 
to show the initials of the judge of election who marked 
it, passes out of the booth, and hands the ballot to one of 
the judges of election, at the same time announcing his 
name, so that it may be recorded by the clerks of election. 
If a ballot is soiled or found to be defective, the voter 
must return it to the judges of election and get another. 
He will not be permitted to take a ballot away with him. 
Blind voters and those who cannot read, may have assist- 
ance in marking their ballots. 



*In 1906 a law was passed removing the circle from the ballot. Hereafter 
the voter must place a cross in the square in front of the name of eacix 
candidate for whom he votes. 



106 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XIV 
ARTICLE III. — Distribution op Powers. 

Branches of Government. — Government, botn state 
and national, is divided into three branches: — legislative, 
executive, and judicial. It is intended that each branch 
shall be independent of the others, but this is not always 
possible. Each state in the Union has a constitution which 
provides for these three branches and defines the powers of 
each. The legislative branch is also called the law-making 
power; the executive branch, the law-enforcing power, and 
the judicial branch, the law-interpreting power. 

Legislative Branch. — The legislative branch of gov- 
ernment in Iowa is called the general assembly, or state 
legislature, which consists of a senate and a house of rep- 
resentatives. The style, or heading, of every law passed by 
the general assembly is: "Be it enacted by the General As- 
sembly of the State of Iowa." The sessions are biennial 
and are designated by number. The session to be held in 
1904 will be the meeting of the Thirtieth General 
Assembly. 

House of Representatives. 

Qualifications. — The house of representatives, or 
lower house, as it is sometimes called, is composed of mem- 
bers chosen every second year by the qualified voters of their 
respective districts. A representative must be a male citizen 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 107 

of the United States, at least twenty-one years of age. He 
must have been an inhabitant of the state of Iowa one year 
next preceding his election, and, at the time of his election, 
must have had an actual residence of sixty days in the 
county or district he is chosen to represent. 

Number of Members. — The house of representa- 
tives now consists of one hundred and eight members, the 
largest number possible under the constitution. The 
number of representative districts is ninety-nine, and the 
ratio of representation is practically one representative 
for every twenty-seven thousand nine hundred inhabi- 
tants or fraction thereof more than one-half in the dis- 
trict. As the population of the state increases, it be- 
comes necessary to increase the ratio of representation. 
This may be done at any regular session of the general 
assembly. No representative district can contain 
more than four counties, and each district is entitled 
to at least one representative. 

Additional Representation. — Every county or dis- 
trict having a number of inhabitants equal to one-half of 
the ratio of representation is entitled to one representa- 
tive, and a county or district having a population equal 
to one and one-half times the ratio of representation is 
entitled to one additional representative. By this pro- 
vision, there is a gain of nine members in the ninety-nine 
districts of the state. 

Census. — Section 33, of Article III, of the constitu- 
tion, says : ' ' The general assembly shall , in the years 1859 , 
1863, 1865, 1867, 1869, 1875, and every ten years there- 
after, cause an enumeration to be made of all the inhabi- 
tants of the state." These enumerations, together with the 
United States census, taken in the last year of each reg- 



108 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

ular decade, enable the general assembly to apportion the 
senators and representatives among the several districts. 

Election. — The members of the house of representa- 
tives are chosen at the general election, held on the Tues- 
day next after the first Monday in November of each odd- 
numbered year. In some of the states, the meetings of the 
legislature are held every year, and the members in such 
instances are elected annually. 

Qualification Of Voters. — It will be seen by section 
one of the second article of the constitution, that every male 
citizen of the United States, twenty-one years of age, or over, 
who has been a resident of the state six months, and of the 
county in which he claims his vote, sixty days next preced- 
ing the election, is duly qualified to vote at any election 
held in this state. These are the only qualifications required 
of voters for members of the general assembly. Sections 
four and five of the same article contain the only exceptions 
to the above qualifications. 

Citizenship. — The term citizen is often improperly 
restricted to those persons who have the right of suffrage. 
Many voters in the United States are not citizens, and, in all 
the states, many citizens are not voters. The fourteenth 
amendment to the United States constitution says: "All 
persons born or naturalized in the United States, and sub- 
ject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United 
States and of the state wherein they reside. " In some states, 
foreigners acquire the right to vote at all state elections up- 
on taking out the first naturalization papers. That is not 
the case in Iowa, however. Here a foreigner must have 
completed the process of naturalization before voting at any 
election. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 109 

Vacancies. — When vacancies occur in either house, 
it is the duty of the governor, or acting executive officer, 
to issue writs of election to fill such vacancies. 

Powers. — The house of representatives has the same 
power as the senate in general law-making. Bills may 
originate in either house, and may be amended, altered, 
or rejected by the other. The power to impeach state 
officers is vested in the house of representatives, but 
the trial of all persons impeached rests with the senate. 
With this exception, the powers of both houses are the 
same. 

The Senate. — The senate is composed of members 
chosen by the qualified voters of the several senatorial dis- 
tricts. The constitution provides that the number of sena- 
tors shall not be less than one-third, nor more than one- 
half the number of representatives. The senate is now 
composed of fifty members, the largest number possible 
under the constitution. 

How Composed. — The state is separated into fifty 
senatorial districts, and each district is entitled to one sena- 
tor. In some of the other states, the senate is a much 
smaller body than in Iowa. In all of the states, the senate 
has fewer members than the house. In Iowa, the senator- 
ial term is four years. 

Qualifications. — Senators must be at least twenty- 
five years of age. The qualifications as to citizenship, in- 
habitancy, and residence are the same as for representatives. 
It was intended by the founders of the constitution that the 
senate should be composed of men of wide experience, and 
hence the distinction in age was made. In this respect, the 



110 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

state constitution is modeled after the constitution of the 
United States, although the minimum age required is not 
the same. 

Senators Glassed. — At the first session of the legis- 
lature, the senators were divided into two classes as nearly 
equal as possible. The term of those belonging to the first 
class expired in two years, and that of the others in four 
years. The successors of the members of each class were 
chosen for four years. As the number of senators in- 
creased, they were annexed, by lot, to one or the other of 
the two classes, so as to keep them as nearly equal in num- 
bers as practicable. At present, there are two classes of 
twenty- five members each. 

Powers. — The senate is co-ordinate with the house in 
all general legislation. The impeachment of all state offi- 
cers rests with the house of representatives, but the trial of 
those impeached is conducted by the senate. When acting 
as a court in such cases, the senators are placed under oath 
or affirmation to decide the case upon its merits. No per- 
son can be convicted without the concurrence of two-thirds 
of the members present. 

Impeachment. — The governor, judges of the supreme 
and district courts, and other state officers, are liable to 
impeachment for any misdemeanor or malfeasance in 
office. Judgments in such cases extend only to removal 
from office, and disqualification to hold any office of honor, 
trust, or profit under the state. The decision of the senate 
does not prevent the offender from being indicted, tried, 
and punished, according to the laws which govern the 
■ Hme of which he is accused. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. Ill 

Sessions. — The sessions of the general assembly are 
held once in two years, at the seat of government, and 
commence on the second Monday of January of each odd- 
numbered year. The governor may, in cases of necessity, 
convene the general assembly by proclamation, before the 
regular time of meeting. At two o'clock in the after- 
noon of the day on which the legislature meets, each house 
is called to order by some person present who claims to be 
a member. A temporary secretary of the senate and clerk 
of the house are then chosen, and they proceed to prepare 
lists of those claiming membership, each for his own house. 

Credentials. — The persons whose names appear on 
these lists appoint a committee of five members of each 
house on credentials. The chairman of these committees 
report the names of those who hold certificates of election 
to membership, and each house then proceeds to form a 
permanent organization, by the election of officers. 

Officers. — The lieutenant-governor is ex-offlcio presi- 
ding officer of the senate and acts in this capacity during 
the term for which he is elected. He is not a member of 
the senate, however. The presiding officer of the house 
of representatives, called the speaker, is chosen from 
among its own members. The other officers of the senate 
arc the secretary and two assistants, an enrolling clerk, an 
engrossing clerk, sergeant-at-arms, postmaster, janitor, 
and doorkeeper. The house officers are a chief clerk and 
two assistants, clerks for enrolling and engrossing, a ser- 
geant-at-arms, two postmasters, doorkeeper, janitor and 
assistant, and mail carrier. 

Oath. — Members of the general assembly must take an 
oath, or affirmation, before entering upon the discharge of 



112 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

their duties. The form of the oath is as follows: "I do 
solemnly swear (or affirm, as the case may be), that I will 
support the constitution of the United States, and the con- 
stitution of the state of Iowa, and that I will discharge the 
duties of senator (or representative), to the best of my 
ability." This is, substantially, the oath taken by all 
officers in the state, from the lowest to the highest. Mem- 
bers of either house are authorized to administer the oath 
to each other, or to any other persons doing business with 
them when in session, or when acting as members of 
committees. 

Pay. — The members of the general assembly are 
allowed a compensation for their services, the amount of 
which is determined by law. At the first meeting under 
the new constitution, the members of each house received 
three dollars per day for their services while in session, and 
three dollars for every twenty miles traveled in going to 
and returning from the seat of government by the nearest 
traveled route. The law now is that every member shall 
receive one thousand dollars for each regular session, and 
live cents for each mile traveled in going to and returning 
from the capital. 

Special Session. — For each special session, each 
member receives the same compensation per day that was 
received by members at the preceding regular session. For 
example, if the legislature remained in session one hundred 
days at the last regular meeting, the rate per day would be 
five dollars and a half. This, then, w r ould be the rate of 
compensation for each day of the special session. In no 
case, however, can the pay of members for any special 
session be more than six dollars per day, exclusive of 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 113 

mileage. Members and clerks are supplied with all neces- 
sary stationery at the expense of the state. 

When Paid. — At the expiration of thirty days from 
the convening of the general assembly, the members are 
entitled to draw the mileage due them, and also one-half 
of the compensation for the entire session. The minor 
officers and employees receive their pay from time to time 
upon the certificates of the presiding officers of the re- 
spective houses in which they are employed. The re- 
mainder of the salary of members is paid at the close of 
the session. The salary of the speaker of the house of 
representatives is two thousand dollars for each regular 
session and twice the per diem of each member for a 
special session of the legislature. 



il4 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XV. 

LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT. 

Special Provisions. —Each house chooses its own 
officers, and judges of the qualification, election, and re- 
turns of its own members. A person who has not all the 
necessary qualifications for membership may be elected, 
and his certificate of election properly returned. It is left 
with each house to decide all questions of this kind. A 
contested election is settled in a manner prescribed by law. 
The speaker of the house holds his office the full term for 
which he was elected, but all other officers serve only dur- 
ing the session at which they were chosen. 

Quorum. — A majority of the members of each house 
constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business. But 
a smaller number may adjourn from day to day and may 
compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner, 
and under such penalties, as each house may provide. This 
rule applies in all legislative bodies, and its necessity is 
often shown. 

Adjournment. — Each house determines the time of 
its own adjournment with the restriction that neither 
house shall, without the consent of the other, adjourn for 
more than three days, nor to any other place than that in 
which they may be sitting. The reason for this exception 
is, that one house might retard the business of the other 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 115 

or prevent legislation altogether, by adjourning from place 
to place, or for an indefinite period, of time. 

Rules of Order. — In addition to keeping and pub- 
lishing a journal of its own proceedings, each house deter- 
mines the rules by which it is governed. In the absence of 
other rules, those contained in Cushing's Manual of Par- 
liamentary Practice are used. One of the rules established 
by the constitution is, that each house shall sit with open 
doors, except on such occasions as require secrecy. This is 
not properly a rule of order, however. 

Members may be punished or expelled for disorderly 
conduct. It requires a two-thirds vote to expel, and no 
person can be so punished a second time for the same 
offense. 

Freedom Of Speech — No member can be called in 
question in any other place for anything he may say in any 
speech or debate upon any question in either house. The 
rules of order determine the mode of procedure in debate, 
and a member may be denied the right to participate in dis- 
cussion for violating those rules. 

Privilege. — Senators and representatives, in all cases 
except treason, felony, and breach of the peace, are privi- 
leged from arrest while attending a session of the legisla- 
ture, and in going to and returning from the same. Were ' 
it not for this provision, members of the legislature might 
be arrested on false charges and thus be prevented from 
taking part in the work of law-making. 

Right to Object. — Any member has the right to dis- 
sent from, or protest against, any act or resolution which he 
may consider injurious to the public, or to private citizens. 



116 TOW A AND THE NATION. 

He may also have his objections to the measure entered 
upon the journal of the house of which he is a mem- 
ber. At the call of an}^ two members present, a vote 
by yeas and nays must be taken and recorded in the 
journal. 

Yeas and Nays. — The process of voting in this way 
is longer than the ordinary one, but it serves to put each 
member upon record as to how he votes. The names of 
members and the manner of voting are made a part of the 
record, and the people, in this way, are enabled to learn 
just what their representatives are doing. 

Privilege. — Any person who knowingly arrests a 
member in violation of his privilege, is guilty of contempt, 
and may be punished by fine or imprisonment, or both. 
The same penalty may be inflicted upon any one for as- 
saulting or threatening to assault a member, or injure his 
person or property, on account of anything said or done by 
him in the discharge of his duties. Any attempt to con- 
trol or influence the action of a member, by menace or 
other improper means, is considered a contempt, and may 
be punished as prescribed above. Several minor offenses 
may be treated in the same way. 

Punishments. — Fines and imprisonments for con- 
tempt are made upon an order from the proper house. The 
order, with the reasons for which it was issued, must be 
entered upon the journal. A warrant for imprisonment is 
signed by the presiding officer, and countersigned by the 
secretary or clerk. The sheriff, or jailor, of the proper 
county receives the warrant, and serves it in the same man- 
ner as any other writ. Such imprisonment cannot extend 
beyond the session at which it is ordered, but the guilty 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 117 

party may be tried and punished for the same offense, in 
the courts of the state. 

Witnesses. — Any person may be summoned by sub- 
poena, to appear before any committee of either or both 
houses to testify upon any subject which the committee 
may be considering. The person so summoned is entitled 
to the same compensation as witnesses before the district 
court, but he cannot demand the payment of his fees in 
advance. 

Other Offices. — As a means of preventing fraud, 
the following section was adopted: "No senator or repre- 
sentative shall, during the time for which he shall have 
been elected, be appointed to any civil office of profit under 
this state, which shall have been created, or the emolu- 
ments of which shall have been increased during such term 
except such offices as may be filled by elections by the 
people." A similar provision is contained in the consti- 
tution of the United States. 

Ineligibility. — Persons holding lucrative offices 
under the United States, the state of Iowa, or any other 
power, are declared by the constitution of the state to be 
ineligible to a seat in the general assembly. Officers of 
the militia who draw no annual salary, justices of the 
peace, postmasters, whose compensation is not more than 
one hundred dollars per year, and notaries public, are not 
included in the provisions of this section. 

Same. — Before any person who has been a holder 
or collector of public money, can take his seat as a member 
of the general assembly, or be eligible to hold any office of 
trust or profit in this state, he must have accounted for and 



118 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

paid into the treasury all funds belonging to his office. 
This is to prevent persons, guilty of appropriating public 
money to improper uses, from becoming legislators in their 
own behalf. 

Prohibitions. — After any officer, public agent, or 
contractor, has eatered upon the discharge of his duties, or 
completed the services agreed upon, he cannot receive any 
extra compensation for such services. No money can be 
drawn from the public treasury except in accordance with 
appropriations made by law. Money cannot be paid on any 
claim that was not provided for by pre-existing laws, and 
the appropriation of public money or property, for private 
purposes, cannot be made except with the concurrence of 
two-thirds of all the members elected to each house. 

Laws General. — The general assembly is forbidden 
to pass any local or special laws for levying taxes for 
state, county, or road purposes; for laying out and 
improving roads; for changing the names of persons; for 
the incorporation of cities and towns; for vacating roads, 
town plats, streets, alleys, or public squares ; and for locat- 
ing or changing county seats. In these and all other cases 
of a general nature, all laws must be of uniform operation 
throughout the state. The legislature can pass no law for 
changing the boundaries of counties, that may not, at a 
general election, be ratified or rejected by the people of the 
counties affected. 

Prohibitions. — The general assembly is prohibited 
from granting divorces, or authorizing lotteries and the sale 
of lottery tickets within the state. Only one subject, with 
the matters pertaining to it, can be included in any one bill, 
and the subject treated of must be stated in the title of the 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 119 

bill. If the subject matter of any bill is not expressed in 
the title, that part of the act referring to such subject mat- 
ter is void. 

Laws take Effect. — Laws of a public nature, passed 
at a regular session of the legislature, do not take effect 
until the Fourth of July after they are passed. The laws 
enacted at a special session take effect in ninety days after 
adjournment. Any law that is deemed to be of special 
importance may be put into effect immediately by publica- 
tion in certain designated newspapers published in the state. 

Committees. — The draft of a proposed law is called 
a bill. As it would be impossible, in open session, to trans- 
act all business connected with law-making, it is customary 
to refer certain parts of the work to committees. These 
committees are of two kinds, standing and special. The 
nature of the measure determines the committee to which 
it is referred. Committee meetings are held between the 
daily sessions of the legislature, and the result of their de- 
liberations is reported to the proper house for final action. 

Approval of Governor. — Bills may be introduced in 
either house, but the other house may alter, amend, or re- 
ject them altogether. Before a bill can become a law, it 
must pass both houses and be signed by the speaker of the 
house and the president of the senate. It is then presented 
to the governor for approval. If he is satisfied with its 
provisions, he affixes his signature, and the bill becomes a 
law. If he objects to the bill, it is his duty to return it to 
the house in which it originated, with his objections. 

Veto. — These objections being entered upon the jour- 
nal , this h ^use then proceeds to reconsider the bill. If, 



120 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

after such reconsideration, the bill is again passed by a two- 
thirds majority of each house, it becomes a law, notwith- 
standing the governor's objections. The refusal of the gov- 
ernor to sign a bill is called his veto. Veto is a Latin ex- 
pression, signifying, "I forbid it." The veto power is sel- 
dom exercised in this state. 

Governor's Neglect. — The failure of the governor 

to return a bill within three days from the time it is pre- 
sented to him (Sunday excepted), is equivalent to his signa- 
ture, unless the general assembly, by adjournment, prevent 
its return. A bill presented to the governor during the last 
three days of the session must be deposited by him with 
the secretary of state within thirty days from the time the 
legislature adjourned. He must also signify his approval 
by signing the bill, or if he vetoes it, his objections must 
be filed with the secretary of state, along with the bill itself. 

Reading's of Bill. — Every act or resolution receives 
three separate readings, but its second and third readings 
can not occur upon the same day. A bill cannot be passed 
without the assent of a majority of all the members elected 
to each branch of the legislature. The question upon its 
final passage must be taken immediately after its last read- 
ing, the vote being by yeas and nays. 

Joint Convention, — Certain business of the general 
assembly is transacted in joint convention of both houses. 
Such meetings are held in the hall of the house of repre- 
sentatives, and in the absence of the president of the sen- 
ate and speaker of the house, a temporary president is cho- 
sen on joint ballot. A record of the proceedings is kept by 
the clerk of the house and the secretary of the senate, and 
recorded by them upon the journals of their respective 
houses. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 121 

United States Senators. — United States senators 
are elected by the legislature in joint convention in the fol- 
lowing manner: The names of the members are arranged 
in alphabetical order, and each one votes in the order in 
which his name stands on the list. The name of the per- 
son voted for, and of the one voting, are recorded in writ- 
ing by the judges of election, and, after the names are read 
a second time, to correct any errors of record that may have 
been made, the judges report to the presiding officer the 
number of votes each candidate has received. If no one 
has received a majority of all the votes cast, a second vote 
is taken, and so on from time to time until some one re- 
ceives a majority. 

Election. — The person receiving such a majority is 
declared to be duly elected, and the president of the con- 
vention signs duplicate certificates of election, one of which 
is transmitted to the governor, the other being preserved 
as a part of the records of the convention. This is substan- 
tially the plan pursued in the election of all officers chosen 
by the general assembly in joint convention. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XVI. 
EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT. 

Constitution. — Article IV. 

Governor — To the executive department belongs the 
duty of enforcing the laws of the state. The chief officer 
of this department is the governor, who is elected every 
second year by the qualified voters of the state. The elec- 
tion occurs on the Tuesday next after the first Monday in 
November of each even-numbered year, and the term of 
office begins on the second Monday in January following 
the election. The duties of the governor are very impor- 
tant, for to him is entrusted the enforcement of the laws 
of the state. 

Qualifications. — The qualifications of the governor 
are not the same in all the states. In Iowa, no person is 
eligible to that position who is not a male citizen of the 
United States, at least thirty years of age, and who has not 
been a resident of the state for two years immediately pre- 
ceding the election. A lieutenant-governor is chosen at the 
time the governor is elected. He must have the necessary 
qualifications for governor, and his term of office is the 
same as that of the governor. 

Returns of Election. — The returns of the election 
for governor and lieutenant-governor are sealed and trans- 
mitted to the seat of government. They are directed to 
the speaker of the house of representatives, and it is his 



IOWA AND THB NATION. 123 

duty to open and publish them in the presence of both 
houses of the general assembly. In some states these off 
cers are elected every year. 

The persons who have received the highest num- 
ber of votes for governor and lieutenant-governor res- 
pectively, are declared elected. In case of a tie vote for 
two or more persons for either office, it is the duty of the 
general assembly in joint meeting to proceed to the election 
of governor or lieutenant-governor, as the case may be. 

Duties. — The governor is commander-in-chief of the 
militia, and of the army and navy of the state. He trans- 
acts business with all civil and military officers of the gov- 
ernment, and receives information from the other officers 
of the executive department upon any subject pertaining to 
their duties. 

When any office becomes vacant from any cause, it is 
the duty of the governor to fill the vacancy by appointment, 
unless the constitution or laws of the state provide some 
other way. The appointment lasts only until the end of 
the next meeting of the legislature or the next general elec- 
tion by the people. 

Call Special Session. — He may, on extraordinary 
occasions, call a special session of the general assembly by 
proclamation, and when both houses have assembled, it is 
his duty to state to them the reasons for which they have 
been convened. This action is rarely taken except in cases 
of public danger, as the expense of holding a session for a 
few days only amounts to a large sum of money. The 
mileage is the same for a special as for a regular session. 

Messag'e. — After the organization of the general as- 
sembly is completed, the governor's message is read to 
each house by its clerk. This message contains a state- 



124 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

ment of the 1 condition of the state, together with such 
recommendations as the governor may see fit to make con- 
cerning matters of importance. This document corres- 
ponds to the president's annual message to congress, and is 
always written or printed. The first two presidents made 
their recommendations in person, but since their time, the 
present custom has prevailed. 

Powers. — In case both houses fail to agree upon the 
time of adjournment, the governor fixes the time at which 
that body shall stand adjourned. The power to prorogue, 
or forbid the assembling of the legislature, is expressly de- 
nied by the last clause of section thirteen of this article. 

Same. — The governor has power to grant commuta- 
tions and pardons in all cases except treason and impeach- 
ment, subject to regulations provided by law. A reprieve 
is a temporary suspension of the death penalty that has 
been passed upon a person convicted of a capital crime. 
For a number of years, the death penalty was forbidden by 
the laws of the state, but it was revived in 1878, and 
may be applied upon conviction of murder in the first de- 
gree. A commutation of a sentence shortens the time or 
lessens the severity of the punishment. A pardon forgives 
the criminal and orders his release. 

Suspension Of Sentence. — After a person has been 
convicted of treason, the governor may suspend the execu- 
tion of the sentence until the legislature can act upon the 
matter. That body may either grant a pardon, commute 
the sentence or direct its execution, or extend the time of 
the reprieve. The governor has the power to remit fines 
and forfeitures also, but under certain restrictions made by 
iaw. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. $25 

Report. — Each case of reprieve, commutation, par- 
don, or remission of fine or forfeiture must be reported to 
the general assembly at its next meeting. The name of the 
person relieved from any of the above penalties, with the 
reasons for the executive action, must form a part of the 
report. 

Lieutenant-Governor. — The lieutenant-governor is 
ex- officio president of the senate, but he has no vote except 
when that body is equally divided. In case of the absence 
or disability of this officer, or when he is discharging the 
duties of governor, it becomes necessary for the senate to 
choose a president pro-tem. The salary of the lieutenant- 
governor is fixed at double that of members of the senate. 
This, according to the present law, amounts to two thous- 
and dollars for the term of two years. In case of the 
death, impeachment, resignation, or removal of the gov- 
ernor, the duties of that officer devolve upon the lieutenant- 
governor, and during the time he is acting in such capacity ; 
he receives the same compensation as the governor. 

President pro tem. — If the lieutenant-governor, 
while acting as governor, is impeached or displaced, or for 
any other reason becomes unable to perform the duties de- 
volving upon him, the president pro-tem of the senate acts 
as governor until the vacancy is filled, or the disability re- 
moved. And in case this officer becomes disqualified from 
any cause, the speaker of the house of representatives acts 
in his stead. 

Great Seal. — Motto. — The governor is the custodian 
of the great seal of the state, which is used by him officially 
in sealing all grants and commissions. All commissions 
granted by the governor must be signed by him and coun- 
tersigned by the secretary of state. The motto of the state 



126 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



is a grand one : " Our liberties we prize, and our rights we 
will maintain." 




Salary. — The salary of the governor is fixed at five 
thousand dollars a year. He is also allowed his actual 
expenses for visiting the different state institutions. His 
house rent ; not to exceed six hundred dollars annually, is 
also paid out of the state treasury. 



IOWA AND ^E NATION. 127 



CHAPTER XVII. 

Other State Officers. 

Other Officers. — The Constitution also provides for 
the election of a secretary of state, an auditor of state, 
and a treasurer of state, to be elected by the qualified 
voters for a term of two years. Several other officers 
properly belonging to this branch of the government have 
been authorized by law, and the duties of all of these will 
now be discussed in a general way. 

Secretary of State. — The secretary of state has 
charge of all the records of the territorial government of 
Iowa, the enrolled copies of the constitutions of the state — 
the old one of 1846 and the new one of 1857 — and all other 
records of the state not kept by the other executive officers. 
All commissions signed by the governor are countersigned 
by him, and a record of them is kept by him in a register 
provided for that purpose. 

Report. — Salary. — He is also required to make a 
biennial report to the governor of all criminal cases as re- 
ported to him by the clerk of the district court of each 
county. He also acts as register of the land office, and 
there are many valuable papers and records relating to the 
sale of public lands on file in his office. His bond is fixed 
at not less than five thousand dollars, but it is usually much 
more than that. His salary is twenty-two hundred dollars 
a year, and that of his deputy, eighteen hundred dollars. 



128 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Auditor Of State.— The auditor is the general 

accountant of the state, and to him is entrusted the duty 
of keeping a correct account of all moneys belonging to the 
state as well as of all moneys expended. He superintends 
the fiscal affairs of the state, and furnishes information 
and blanks in the proper form to enable county auditors 
and treasurers to report to him the items they are required 
to furnish by law. 

Duties. — He draws warrants on the state treasury for 
all appropriations authorized by law, and reports to the 
governor before each regular session of the general assem- 
bly, the amount of all revenue, funds, income and taxable 
property of the state, together with the expenditures for all 
purposes since his last report. 

Report.— Salary.— On the first Monday of March 
and September of each year, he apportions the interest on 
the permanent school fund among the counties in propor- 
tion to the number of persons of school age in each. The 
office of the auditor is at the seat of government, and 
everything that is necessary to enable him to discharge 
the duties involving upon him is furnished at the expense 
of the state. His bond is fixed at not less than ten thous- 
and dollars. His salary is twenty-two hundred dollars per 
year, and that of his deputy, eighteen hundred dollars. 

Treasurer of State. — The treasurer receives all 
moneys belonging to the state and pays all warrants drawn 
upon the treasury by the auditor. He keeps a record of all 
warrants paid by him, and reports to the auditor once a 
week the number and amount of each paid since his last 
report, and also the name of payee in each case. A report 
of the affairs of his office must be made to the governor as 
soon as practicable after the first Monday of November in 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 129 

each even-numbered year. His bond is fixed at not less 
than three hundred thousand dollars. His salary is twenty- 
two hundred, and that of his deputy, eighteen hundred 
dollars per year. 

Executive Council. — The governor, auditor, secre- 
tar} T , and treasurer of state, compose the executive council. 
Any three of these officers constitute a quorum for the 
transaction of business. The duties of this body are num- 
erous and important, for to it is given the general manage- 
ment of the property of the state. 

The duties of township trustees, town councils, and 
boards of supervisors as boards of equalization have been 
explained elsewhere. In the same manner the execu- 
tive council of the state serves as a board of equalization 
between counties. A board of this kind is necessary 
in order that taxation for the support of the state govern- 
ment may be uniform. 

Review. — For several years the rate of taxation for 
the support of the state government was three and two-tenths 
mills on every dollar of the assessed value of the taxable 
property of the state. It is only three and four-tenths 
mills on the dollar. By accident or design the property 
of a county might be assessed very low. This would lessen 
the amount of money raised for state purposes, but it 
would not affect local taxation. 

Taxes. — To raise a specified sum of money for school 
purposes, for example, by lowering the assessment, it 
would be necessary simply to raise the rate of taxation. 
Local boards, generally, are required to estimate the amount 
of money to be raised instead of fixing the rate of assess- 
ment. The rate is computed by the county auditor by divid- 
ing the amount of money to be raised for any purpose by 
the assessed value of the property in the district to be taxed.. 



130 IOWA AND THE NATION 

Duties of Council. — The executive council acts as a 
board to audit accounts of supplies furnished the different 
state officers, and provides paper for the public printing, 
as well as stationery for the general assembly, the public 
offices, and the supreme court. All warrants drawn by 
this board are paid out of the public treasury, but all 
moneys so drawn must be reported to the next general 
assembly. Each member of the council is allowed twelve 
hundred dollars a year as additional compensation. 

Superintendent of Public Instruction. — The state 
superintendent of public instruction has general super- 
vision of public schools of the state. He holds conventions 
of county superintendents, from time to time, for the pur- 
pose of giving explanations and instructions that will lead 
to uniformity in the school work of the different counties. 

Duties. — By virtue of his office, he is a member of 
the board of regents of the state university, president of 
the board of directors of the state normal school, and of 
the educational board of examiners. He renders a written 
opinion to any school officer who may desire it, and also 
decides all appeals from the county superintendent, when 
properly made. 

School Laws. — At the end of every fourth year, he 
has a sufficient number of the school laws and decisions 
printed to supply each district in the state with at least 
one copy, bound in cloth, and enough paper covered 
copies of the school laws to furnish one to each school 
officer in the state. 

Report. — On or before November first of each even- 
numbered year, he reports to the governor the number of 
teachers, schools, and school-houses, the condition of the 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 131 

public schools, and such other information as has been re- 
ported to him by the county superintendents. The proceed- 
ings of the state teachers' association are also published un- 
der his direction for distribution according to law. It is 
also his duty to appoint a normal institute in each county, 
anually, upon the request of the county superintendent. 

Salary, Etc. — He is provided with an office at the 
seat of government, in which he keeps all the records, 
reports, and other public documents belonging to his office. 
His bond is not less than two thousand dollars. His com- 
pensation is twenty- two hundred dollars a year, and that of 
his deputy, eighteen hundred dollars. 

Mine Inspectors. — There are three mine inspectors 
appointed by the governor, to serve for three years. Their 
term of office commences on the first day of July of every 
third year 1911-1914, etc. For convenience, the state 
is divided into three districts, one inspector being assigned 
to each district. These officers are required to give all 
their time to the discharge of their duties, and a careful 
examination of all the mines of the state is made at fre- 
quent intervals. 

Duties.— It is their special duty to see that the mines 
operated in the state are properly ventilated, and that suit- 
able outlets from the mines are provided. They must also 
see that the best appliances for the preservation of the life 
and health of miners are used in the mines. No person can be 
appointed mine inspector unless he is a citizen of the United 
States and of Iowa, of good moral character, and at least 
twenty-five years of age. Each mine inspector must have 
been a practical miner for at least five years. The salary of 
each inspector is eighteen hundred dollars a year. 



132 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Superintendent of Weights and Measures.— This 

officer is appointed by the governor from among the pro- 
fessors of the state university, being subject to removal at 
the pleasure of' the governor. The standard weights and 
measures are provided at the expense of the state and kept 
in a building erected for that purpose by the state. Copies 
of these weights and measures are furnished the boards of 
supervisors at their request, and to be paid for out of the 
general fund of the county procuring them. The salary of 
the superintendent of weights and measures is fifty dollars 
a year. 

Veterinary Surgeon.— The state veterinary surgeon 
is appointed by the governor for a term of three years, un- 
less sooner removed. He must be a graduate of some vet- 
erinary college, and a person skilled in veterinary science. 
He has general supervision of all contagious and infectious 
diseases of animals within the state, and he is empowered 
to quarantine any animals so diseased, whether they are 
owned in the state, or are in transit through the state. The 
person holding this office becomes a member of the state 
board of health by virtue of his appointment. His compen- 
sation is eighteen hundred dollars a year, and actual ex- 
penses during the time he is occupied in the discharge of 
his duties. 

Attorney-General. — The attorney-general is a law- 
yer who acts as counsel for the general assembly and state 
officers, and appears for the state in all cases, civil or crimi- 
nal, in which the state is a party, when requested to do so 
by the governor, executive council, or general assembly. 
He appears as prosecuting attorney for the state in all 
criminal cases tried by the supreme court upon appeal from 
the district court. At the request of the legislature or any 
state officer, it is his duty to give, free of charge, his 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 133 

opinion in writing upon any question of law that may be 
submitted to him. 

The attorney-general is provided with an office in the 
capitol building at Des Moines. His salary is fixed at four 
thousand dollars a year, and that of his assistant, at eigh- 
teen hundred dollars. He is also allowed his necessary 
traveling expenses when attending to any of the duties of 
his office elsewhere than at the seat of government. He is 
required to make a complete report of the business of his 
office to the governor, biennially. 

Adjutant- General. — The adjutant-general is an offi- 
cer appointed by the governor to act as inspector and pay- 
master-general of the militia, ranking as brigadier-general. 
On or before the first Monday of January of the year fol- 
lowing the one in which the census of the state is taken, he 
reports to the adjutant-general of the United States the 
whole number of persons in the state subject to military 
duty. He issues all orders of the governor relating to 
military law, and causes them to be published, from time 
to time, as it becomes necessary. He keeps a roll of all 
commissioned officers of the militia, with their residence 
and rank, and such other information as may be necessary 
concerning them. His salary is twenty-two hundred 
dollars a year. 

State Printer. — The state printer is elected by the 
general assembly in joint convention for a term of two years. 
His office is at the seat of government, and it is his duty to 
print the journals of both houses of the general assembly, 
and the laws enacted by that bod}^, as well as all forms, 
blanks, and other incidental matter required by the different 
state officers. His work must be promptly done in a work- 
manlike manner, and for it, he receives compensation fixed 



134 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

by law, the amount of which depends upon the work done. 
His bond is not less than five thousand dollars, and must 
be signed by at least three sureties. His term of office 
begins on the first day of January of the year next follow- 
ing his election. 

State Binder. — This officer is elected in the same 
manner as the state printer, and enters upon the discharge 
of his duties at the same time. His duty is to bind the 
laws, journals, and such incidental printed matter as may 
be required for the use of the state. The work must be 
done in a neat and workmanlike manner, and to secure 
this, he is required to furnish a bond of not less than two 
thousand dollars. His salary depends upon the amount 
of work done, the prices of the different kinds of work 
being fixed by law. 

Railroad Commissioners. — For many years, the 
railroad commissioners of the state were appointed by the 
governor, subject to approval by the executive council, 
but the office is now an elective one. One member will be 
chosen at the general election in 1912, and two members 
in 1914. The term of office is four years. No person 
who is engaged in serving the public as a public carrier, 
and no one having a pecuniary interest in any railroad is 
eligible to the office of railroad commissioner. 

Powers. — These commissioners have the general 
supervision of all railroads operated by steam in the state, 
and it is their duty to see that the laws governing railroad 
companies and employes are strictly complied with. The 
books of any railroad company, at any station or office, 
are open to inspection by this board, and any officer or 
agent may be examined under oath. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 135 

/ 

On or before the first Monday of December of each 
year, they report to the governor the work done by them 
during the past year, and make such recommendations in 
relation to their duties as they may think necessary. 

Salary. — The salary of each commissioner is twenty- 
two hundred dollars a year; that of the secretary, eighteen 
hundred dollars. To secure the faithful performance of 
his duties, each commissioner is required to give bonds to 
the amount of ten thousand dollars. Members of the board 
and the secretary are sworn to perform the duties devolv- 
ing upon them to the best of their ability. 

State Librarian. — The state librarian is appointed 
by the governor, and he is required to give his personal 
attention to the care of the state library during the time it 
is kept open. He is also required to keep a complete alpha- 
betical catalogue of all books belonging to the library. He 
reports to the trustees, at stated, times, the number and 
title of all books in the library, the amount of all fines and 
forfeitures received, and such other information as may be 
required by law. 

Bond, Etc — His bond is fixed at five thousand dol- 
lars, and his salary at twenty-four hundred dollars a year. 
He appoints three assistant librarians at salaries ranging 
from eleven hundred to eighteen hundred dollars a 
year. 

Qualification of Officers. — No civil officer can enter 
upon the discharge of his duties until he has qualified by 
taking an oath of office according to law. The governor 
and lieutenant-governor are required to take the official 
oath in the presence of the general assembly in joint con- 
vention. The oath is administered to them by a judge of 



1*6 IOWA ANT) THE NATION. 

the supreme court. Members cf the general assembly qual- 
ify by taking the oath prescribed for them in the third arti- 
cle of the constitution. 

Oath. — In addition to the obligation to support the 
constitution of the United States and that of the state of 
Iowa, judges of the supreme and district courts must sub- 
scribe to an oath in writing, that they will administer jus- 
tice to rich and poor alike, without fear, favor, affection, or 
hope of reward. The officers above mentioned, together 
with county supervisors and township trustees, are not re- 
quired to give bonds. 

■ 

Sureties. — All other civil officers are required to give 
sureties in double the amount to be secured. For example, 
if the bond is fixed at one thousand dollars, the signers 
must have property valued at two thousand dollars above 
all indebtedness. The amount of the bond required differs 
according to the responsibility of the office and the amount 
of money to be handled. The bond of the state treasurer 
cannot be less than three hundred thousand dollars, and is 
the heaviest one required. 

Bonds Approved. — Bonds of state officers are fixed 
by law and approved by the governor, those of the county 
officers by the county supervisors. The township clerk 
approves the bonds of all township officers except his own 
and those of justices of the peace and constables. All 
officers are required to qualify before a stated time, 
usually the first Monday in January following their elec- 
tion, and a refusal to qualify within the time prescribed is 
considered a refusal to serve. 

Reports. — The new code of Iowa provides that the 
different state officers, and inspectors, commissioners, and 




Library No. 3, State Capitol. 



IOWA AND THE NATION 137 

board of trustees of the various state institutions, except 
the Agricultural College, shall report to the governor, 
before December first, in each odd-numbered year, the 
condition of their respective offices and of the institutions 
under their control. 

Vacancies. — How Filled. — Vacancies in office are 
filled by appointment as follows: 

In the office of clerk and reporter of the supreme 
court, by the supreme court. In all other state offices, 
and in the membership of any board or commission created 
by the state, where no other method is especially pro- 
vided, by the governor. 

In county offices, vacancies are filled by the board of 
supervisors, and in the membership of that board, by the 
county auditor, county recorder, and clerk of the district 
court. 

Vacancies in township offices are filled by the trustees, 
but when the offices of the three trustees are all vacant, 
the clerk appoints the necessary officer, and if there is no 
clerk, the appointment is made by the county auditor. 

The constitution of Iowa provides that an officer 
appointed to fill a vacancy in an elective office holds until 
the next regular election, and until his successor is elected 
and qualified. But a person elected to fill such vacancy 
holds for the remainder of the unexpired term. 



138 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XVIII. 

Commissioners and Societies. 

In addition to the officers whose duties have already 
been discussed, there are several important commissions, 
societies, and boards authorized by law. The most import- 
ant of these will now be considered briefly. 

State Agricultural Society.— The state agricul- 
tural society was organized for the purpose of stimulating 
an interest in improved methods of farming and stock rais- 
ing. There are one hundred and four local societies in Iowa, 
and delegates from these local organizations are chosen an- 
nually to attend a meeting of the state society for the purpose 
of choosing a president, vice-president, secretary, and treas- 
urer, for one year, and a board of five directors to serve for 
two years, and for the transaction of other business in which 
the society may be interested. A state fair is held an- 
nual ly at DesMoines under the direction of this society, and 
the best products of the farm are there exhibited. Premi- 
ums for the best exhibits of all kinds are paid, aggregating 
twenty-five thousand dollars a year. 

Dental Examiners. — The members of this board are 
five in number, one being appointed each year by the gov- 
ernor of the state, for a term of five years. All dentists 
doing business in the state are required to register with the 
board, and all persons commencing the practice of dentistry 
must possess a diploma from some repu table college of den- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 139 

tistry, or pass a satisfactory examination before the board 
and receive a license to practice in the state. Each member 
is allowed five dollars a day and actual expenses for the 
time employed. 

Board of Health.— The establishment of the board of 
health was for the purpose of making such regulations and 
investigations as it may from time to time deem neces- 
sary for the improvement or preservation of the public 
health. Valuable information designed to aid in preventing 
the spread of contagious diseases has been furnished in 
times past in the circulars and pamphlets sent out by this 
board, and as its work becomes better known, much good 
wiil result to the people. 

HOW Composed. — The board is composed of the at- 
torney-general and the state veterinary surgeon who are 
members ex-officio, a civil engineer, and seven physicians 
who are appointed by the governor. The term of office is 
seven years, and it is so arranged that the term of one of 
the physicians expires on the thirty-first day of January 
of each year. The board elects a president from its own 
membership. A secretary is also chosen at a salary of 
twenty-four hundred dollars a year. The regular mem- 
bers of the board are paid their actual expenses while 
serving in their official capacity, but they receive no salary. 

Commissioners of Pharmacy.— The three members of 
this commission are appointed by the governor for a term 
of three years. The members of the board are selected 
from the most competent pharmacists in the state, and 
no person is eligible to membership unless he has been a 
resident of the state for five years, and been a practicing 
pharmacist for the same length of time. 



140 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Duties. — The special work of this board is to see that 
none but thoroughly competent persons are permitted to 
sell drugs and fill prescriptions of medicine. To accom- 
plish this, all persons who desire to engage in the business 
of selling drugs or dispensing medicines within the state. 
must first obtain a certificate from the commissioners of 
pharmacy authorizing them as qualified persons to con- 
duct such business. The examinations conducted by this 
board are very strict. The compensation of each mem- 
ber is five dollars for each day actually employed in the 
discharge of his duties. 

Educational Board of Examiners. — The educa- 
tional board of examiners is composed of the state superin- 
tendent of public instruction, the president of the state 
university, the president of the state normal school, and 
two other persons, appointed by the governor for the 
period of four years. One of the persons appointed must 
be a woman, and no person is eligible to re-appointment. 
The superintendent of public instruction is, ex-officio, 
president of the board. A secretary is also employed at 
a salary of seventy-five dollars a month. 

Examinations. — All licenses to teach are now issued 
by the state educational board of examiners. At stated 
times, examinations are conducted in each county by the 
county superintendent, but the manuscripts are examined 
and certificates granted to applicants found qualified by 
the state board. A life diploma is valid during the life of 
the holder. State certificates are issued for five years and 
also for two years and county certificates for terms vary- 
ing from six months to three years according to qualifica- 
tions of the holders. The fee charged for examination for 
a life diploma is five dollars; that for a two year certifi- 
cate, two dollars, and for uniform county certificates, one 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 141 

dollar. All grades of certificates are valid in any county 
in the state when registered with the county superinten- 
dent. 

Historical Society. — This society was organized for 
the purpose of collecting and preserving everything of a 
historical nature , in connection with the state of Iowa. 
Books, pamphlets, maps, charts, manuscripts, and other 
material of a like character bearing upon the history, 
progress, and present condition of the state, are obtained 
from all sources possible, and arranged in suitable form 
for preservation. The collection made by the society is 
kept in the state historical building at Des Moines. The 
officers of the society consist of eighteen curators, nine 
being appointed by the governor in June of each even- 
numbered year, and nine chosen by the society from its 
own membership in June of each odd-numbered year. 
No officer or member of the society receives any com- 
pensation from the state for his services. 

Horticultural Society.— The object of this society 
is to promote an interest in horticulture. It works in con- 
nection with the state agricultural society, and, owing to 
its efforts, an increased interest is shown in the raising of 
the various products of the garden. The sum of twenty- 
five hundred dollars a year is appropriated out of the state 
treasury for the benefit of this society. 

Bureau of Labor Statistics.— The principal work 
of this bureau is performed by an officer called the commis- 
sioner of labor statistics. It is his duty to collect and ar- 
range statistics designed to show the exact commercial, 
social, educational, and sanitary condition of the laboring 
classes of the state, and the changes that are being made in 
the condition of these classes, for better or worse. He is 
charged with the collection of information concerning the 
agricultural, manufacturing, and mining interests of the 



142 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

state. It is also his duty to correspond with persons likely 
to be interested in the development of any of Iowa's resources, 
and to furnish such persons with any information they 
may desire concerning the products of the state. A biennial 
report of the work done by this bureau is required by law. 

The commissioner is appointed by the governor for a 
term of two years, commencing on the first day of April 
in each even-numbered year. The salary is fifteen hundred 
dollars a year, with an allowance for the necessary postage, 
stationery, and expenses of the office. 

Custodian of Public Building's.— To this officer ie 

entrusted the care of the capitol building and grounds. He 
is appointed by the governor, with the consent of the senate. 
His salary is fifteen hundred dollars a year. 

Food and Dairy Commissioner. — The food and 
dairy commissioner is appointed by the governor for the 
term of two years, commencing on the first day of May of 
each even-numbered year. His salary is fixed at twenty- 
seven hundred dollars a year and actual expenses, and his 
bond at ten thousand dollars. The office was established 
to aid in abolishing the manufacture and sale of imita- 
tions of dairy products, or at least to compel manufac- 
turers and dealers in the spurious articles to label them 
properly, and sell them as imitations under the names by 
which they are commonly known. The commissioner 
must be a person who has had practical experience in the 
manufacture of dairy products. He is furnished an office 
at Des Moines, and to enable him to perform all the duties 
required of him an appropriation of fifty thousand dollars, 
or so much thereof as may be necessary, is made annually. 

Inspector of Illuminating Oils. — The governor, 
under the direction of the state board of health appoints 



IOWA AND THE NATION, 143 

not to exceed fourteen inspectors of illuminating oils, bien- 
nially. The term of office begins on the first day of July 
of each even-numbered year. It is the duty of these officers 
to test all the illuminating oils made from petroleum, and 
designed to be sold for use in this state. All oils that are 
not properly refined, and those that for any cause will emit 
a combustible vapor at a lower temperature than one hun- 
dred and five degrees Fahrenheit are rejected by the inspec- 
tors, and severe penalties are provided for the punishment 
of any person who may be guilty of selling, or offering for 
sale, any oil so rejected. 

Duties, Etc. — Every barrel or cask inspected is prop- 
erly labeled or branded and the inspector's name signed. 
The number of degrees at which combustible vapor is gen- 
erated is also recorded on the barrel or cask, and a careful 
record is kept of all inspections made. The chief inspector 
is allowed fees not to exceed one hundred and fifty dollars 
a month; other inspectors, fees not to exceed one hun- 
dred dollars a month. The inspector may appoint as 
many deputies as may be necessary to enable him to per- 
form the duties of his office. The bond of each inspector 
is fixed at five thousand dollars. 

Fish and Game Warden.— For the purpose of keep- 
ing the rivers and lakes of Iowa stocked with fish, pro- 
vision has been made for a fish hatching house, at Spirit 
Lake, owned by the state, and from which small fish in 
vast numbers are distributed annually. This officer has 
charge of this hatching house, and also of the erection of 
fish- ways, by means of which fish may pass up, down, or 
through the water courses of any of the rivers and lakes of 
Iowa. It is also his duty to see that the law to prevent the 
catching of fish at certain seasons of the year is complied 
with. His salary is sixteen hundred dollars a vear. 



144 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



OUTLINE FOR REVIEW OF STATE OFFICERS. 



OFFICERS. 


OQ 3 


p5 

a> 

03 

O 

6 

o 

w 




s 

O 

H 


03 

P 


a 

o 


OQ 


Governor 
















Lieut. -Governor 
















Secretary 
















Auditor 
















Treasurer 
















Executive Council .... 
















Supt. Pub. Instruction 
Atty -General 






























Adjutant-General .... 
















It. It. Commissioners . 
















State Printer 
















State Binder 
















Librarian 
















Mine Inspectors 
















Dairy Commissioner 
















Com. of Immigration . 
Cust'n of Pub. Bldgs. 
Inspector of Oils . . 


































i 








Fish and Game Warden 


























^_ 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 145 

CHAPTER XIX. 
JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT. 

Article V. 

Courts. — The judicial department consists of the 
supreme and district courts, both of which are author- 
ized by the constitution. Several inferior courts have 
been established by law, and a discussion of these will be 
found elsewhere. The supreme court at first consisted of 
three members, but the number has since been increased 
to six, four of whom constitute a quorum to hold court. 

Supreme Court. — The term of office of judges of the 
supreme court is six years, and two judges are now 
chosen at each general election. The six judges join 
in the open session of the court, and in all other court 
duties, but in the preliminary examination of cases sub- 
mitted to them, they are separated into two sections ot 
three each. No case is decided by this court until it has 
been considered by the entire court and a decision agreed 
upon by at least four members. The salary of each judge 
of the supreme court is six thousand dollars a year. 

Meetings. — The meetings of the supreme court are 
held at the capitol in a room known as the sureme court 
room. Three sessions of the court are held each year, 
the first commencing on the second Tuesday in January, 
the second, on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in 
May, and the third, on the first Tuesday after the third 
Monday in September. During the time the court is not 
in session, the members are engaged in examining the evi- 
dence in cases that have been appealed from lower courts. 



146 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Powers. — The supreme court has the sole power of 
determining whether any law passed by the general assem- 
bly is constitutional or not. If any provision of the con- 
stitution of the state is violated by the terms of a law, that 
law is unconstitutional, and when so declared by the su- 
preme court, it is no longer considered a law of the state. 

This court also decides whether, or not, certain cases 
appealed to it have been properly tried in the lower court. 
If a majority of the members of the supreme court vote in 
favor of sustaining the decision made by the district court, 
the decision is said to be affirmed. If, however, the ma- 
jority vote against the decision of the lower court, the 
decision is reversed. 

Chief Justice.— The judge having the shortest term 
to serve acts as chief justice, and when it occurs that two 
judges shall be equally entitled to serve, they shall each 
serve one year, the senior in age serving the first year. 
Judges of this court are ineligible to any other office in 
the state during the term for which they have been elected. 

The supreme court is a tribunal for the interpretation 
of law and the correction of errors made by judges of the 
lower courts. It has appellate jurisdiction in cases of 
chancery only. In addition to the above-mentioned 
powers, this court has the general supervision of all the 
lower courts, 

Clerk and Reporter.— The clerk of the supreme 
court has charge of all decisions made by the court. His 
duties are such as are indicated by his title. He is placed 
under bonds to the amount of not less than ten thousand 
dollars, and for his services he receives twenty-two hun- 
dred dollars per year. He is allowed to appoint a deputy, 
who is paid fifteen hundred dollars per year. The next 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 147 

election of clerk and reporter of the supreme court occurs 
in the year 1914. Their term of office is four years. 

The supreme court reporter has charge of publishing 
the decisions of the court in reports of from seven hundred 
fifty to eight hundred pages each. These reports are copy- 
righted in the name of the state, and the reporter is for- 
bidden to have any pecuniary interest in them. Salary 
six hundred dollars for each volume of reports published. 

District Court. — The district court now has general 
original jurisdiction in all suits at law, both civil and crim- 
inal, except those in which exclusive or concurrent juris- 
diction is given to some other court specially authorized 
by the constitution and laws of the state/ It is also a 
court of equity. As a court of probate, it has exclusive 
original jurisdiction in the proving of wills, and in the 
appointments of administrators, guardians, and trustees 
to settle the estates of persons deceased. This court also 
serves as a court of appeals in certain proceedings from 
justice and police courts. 

District Judges. — Iowa is separated into twenty 
judicial districts, and there are in all fifty-six judges. 
Each district has from one to five judges, according to the 
amount of business to be transacted. The salary of dis- 
trict judges is thirty-five hundred dollars a year. The 
term of office is four years, beginning on the first of Janu- 
ary following the election. Judges are chosen at the gen- 
eral election by the qualified voters of the district in which 
they reside. A list of the judicial districts will be found 
at the close of Part I. of this volume. 



148 IOWA AND THE If ATKJW. 



CHAPTER XX. 

JUDICIAL DEPARTMENT. —Continued. 

District Court Powers. — In addition to the regular 
judicial business of this court, it has the general supervi* 
sion of all inferior courts, and provides for the correction of 
abuses, in case no special remedy is fixed by law. It also 
has exclusive jurisdiction over all indictments presented by 
the grand jury. 

Indictment. — An indictment is a written accusation 
presented to the court in which the grand jury is impaneled, 
charging the person named therein with the violation of the 
criminal law, or with the commission of some act which is 
punishable on indictment. Such an accusation can be made 
only upon the sworn statement of witnesses examined by 
the grand jury, or by evidence furnished by certain legal 
documents, as provided by law. 

Jurors. — All qualified electors of the state, of good 
moral character, sound judgment, and in full possession of 
the senses of hearing and seeing, and who can speak, read, 
and write the English language, are competent jurors in 
their respective counties. There are certain exceptions, 
however. All persons holding office under the laws of the 
United States, or of this state, all practicing attorneys, 
physicians, and clergymen, all practicing professors or 
teachers in any institution of learning, registered pharma- 
cists, and all persos disabled by bodily infirmity, or over 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 149 

sixty-five years of age, are exempt from liability to act as 
jurors. Any person summoned as a juror may be excused 
from serving for good cause shown. 

Grand Jury. — The grand jury of any county serves 
as an investigator of crimes committed in that county. It 
has no power to try criminals and fix the punishment for 
crimes committed. Real or alleged violations of the crimi- 
nal laws of the state are reported to the grand jury, and if 
the evidence against any person is such as to indicate that 
he has committed a crime, the grand jury prefers an indict- 
ment against him. He is then arrested, if possible, and 
held for trial before the petit jury. 

Number Of Jurors.— By an act of the Twenty-sixth 
General Assembly the grand jury consists of seven mem- 
bers. A list of the names of seventy-five persons qualified 
to serve as jurors is made in each county biennially, and 
from this number twelve names are chosen. From these 
twelve names, the seven persons who are to serve as grand 
jurors for each term are selected. The county auditor and 
clerk of the district court have charge of preparing the 
iists of grand and petit jurors. 

Petit Jury,— In counties having a population of fif- 
teen thousand, or less, the number of petit jurors drawn is 
fifteen, unless the judge otherwise directs. In counties 
having a greater population, the number of petit jurors is 
twenty-four. Twelve of these are selected as a trial jury, 
unless objections are raised against them by one or both 
parties to the suit. A trial jury always consists of twelve 
members in the district court, and provision is made for in- 
creasing the number of persons from whom the jurors maj 
be selected, if necessary. 



150 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Selection of Jurors.— The method of selecting grand 
and petit jurors is practically the same. The county 
auditor is required to furnish the judges of election in each 
precinct, at the time of furnishing the poll books in 
each even-numbered year, a statement of the number of 
persons appointed to their respective precincts to be selec- 
ted by them for jury service for the ensuing two years. 

The county auditor, recorder and clerk of the 
district court are entrusted with the care of selecting 
jurors. They are authorized to strike from the list of 
juror3 returned the names of any who are by law exempt. 
A complete list of the names of all persons subject to 
jury service is made by these officers, and the names and 
addresses of all persons on the list are written on separate 
ballots. These ballots are all put into a box, sealed, and 
delivered to the clerk of the district court, except that in 
arranging the list of jurors from the city or town in which 
the court is held, the list of talesmen is put into a differ- 
ent box from the one containing the regular list. 

Talesmen. —This second box is called the talesman 
box, and in case it becomes necessary to go outside the 
regular list of jurors chosen for any term of court, selec- 
tions are made from this box. The drawing of jurors is in- 
tended to be entirely impartial, and as names are drawn 
from either of the boxes referred to, they are put away for 
safe keeping, and not returned to the original boxes until all 
the other ballots have been drawn out. This prevents a 
person from being chosen for jury service too frequently. 
The sheriff summons the persons whose names have been 
drawn, and they must appear for duty at the next term of 
court unless excused by the judge. 

Compensation. — At the close of each term of court, 
the clerk of the court issues a certificate to each juror, 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 151 

showing the amount to which he is entitled for his services, 
and the auditor, upon the receipt of this certificate, is 
authorized to issue a warrant upon the county treasurer, 
without waiting for the board of supervisors to audit the 
claim. The compensation of grand and petit jurors is two 
dollars and a half a day, for the time actually employed, 
and ten cents a mile for the necessary distance traveled 
in going to the place of meeting. Witnesses are paid one 
dollar and twenty-five cents a day, and the same mileage 
as jurors, for attendance upon sessions of the district court. 

Testimony. — The testimony given by witnesses in 
district courts is usually taken in short-hand by reporters 
appointed for that purpose. Each reporter is allowed 
compensation not to exceed six dollars a day for the time 
actually spent in attendance upon court. He is also al- 
lowed six cents for every one hundred words used in 
making transcripts of the testimony taken in court. 

Superior Courts. — Cities having a population of 
four thousand and upwards may establish courts known 
as superior courts. These courts have in general the same 
jurisdiction as the district courts of the state, but they are 
limited to the cities in which they are established. Supe- 
rior courts have not been popular, and Cedar Rapids, Keo- 
kuk, Council Bluffs, Grinnell, Shenandoah, Perry, and 
Oelwein are the only cities that now maintain them. 
Each superior court has one judge who is chosen by the 
qualified voters of the city in which the court is estab- 
lished. The election occurs at the time of choosing the 
other officers of the city, and the term of office is four 
years. The salary of a judge of the superior court is 
two thousand dollars a year, payable quarterly. One- 
half of the salary is paid from the city treasury and the 
other half by the county in which the court is held. 



152 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XXI. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Article VI. — Militia. 

Iowa National Guards.— All able-bodied male cit- 
izens of the state, between the ages of eighteen and forty- 
five years, except such as have served in the United States 
service and been honorably discharged, compose the militia. 
The general assembly has at different times passed such 
laws for arming, equipping, and training the militia, as 
have been necessary to comply with the regulations adopted 
by congress. At present, an annual appropriation of fifty 
thousand, two hundred dollars is made to cover these expen- 
ses. All commissioned officers are elected by those subject 
to military duty, and commissioned by the governor. 

Organization. — The governor is commander-in-chief 
of the militia, and may call it out at any time when the 
public safety requires it His powers are limited to this 
state only, and he cannot send a member out of the state 
against his will. Practically, the militia is unorganized, 
only a small portion being trained and equipped for duty. 
There are but two brigades of volunteers, numbering in 
all about twenty-three hundred men, known as the "Iowa 
National Guards. " 

Article VII. — State Debts. 

Prohibition.— This article provides that the credit of 
the state cannot, in any manner, be given, or loaned, to any 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 153 

individual, association, or corporation, and the debts of 
individuals, associations, or corporations, cannot be as- 
sumed by the state, unless they were incurred for the 
benefit of the state in time of war. 

Limit of Dept. — The state may contract debts not to 
exceed two hundred and fifty thousand dollars to supply 
deficits in revenue, or to meet expenses not otherwise pro- 
vided for. Money borrowed on the credit of the state 
must be used for no other purpose than that for which it 
was obtained. 

Losses. — All losses to the permanent school or 
university fund which have been caused by defalcation 
or mismanagement, are audited by the proper authorities 
and form a permanent funded debt against the state 
for the benefit of the fund that has sustained the loss. 
Indebtedness created in this way does not form a part 
of that to which reference is made in the preceding 
paragraph. 

War. — The state may also contract debts for its 
defence in time of war, insurrection, or invasion. During 
the late civil war, debts to the amount of three hundred 
and fifty thousand dollars were contracted in accordance 
with section four of this article, but they have all been 
paid, and the state is now practically out of debt. 

Special Debts. — Certain other debts may be author- 
ized by special act of the general assembly, but no law of 
this kind can take effect until it has been ratified by a 
majority vote of the people at a general election. After such 
a law has been approved by the people, the general assem- 
bly may repeal it, provided no debt has been created in 
the meantime, for the purpose for which the law was passed. 



154 IOWA AND THE NATION 

Every law that imposes, continues, or revives a tax must 
state the object to which the tax is to be applied 

Article VIII. — Corporations. 

Restrictions. — A corporation is an association of per- 
sons for the transaction of business under one firm name, 
or as a single person. Such associations are usually gov- 
erned by a charter, the provisions of which define their 
powers and limit their responsibilities. This section pro- 
vides that no corporation can be formed by special law, 
but the general assembly may by general enactment, 
provide for the organization of various corporations.' 
The state cannot become a stockholder of ^any organiza- 
tion of this character, and no liabilities can be assumed by 
the state, unless they were contracted in time of war. 
The property of all corporations for pecuniary use is sub- 
ject to taxation the same as that of private citizens. 

Banking. — It is expressly provided that no political 
or municipal corporation can in any way become a stock- 
holder in any banking corporation, and no association of 
persons with banking powers can be formed until the law 
authorizing its establishment has been ratified by a ma- 
jority vote of the people at an election held at least three 
months after its enactment. The remainder of the section 
is. devoted to the discussion of certain provisions relating 
to banks and banking corporations. 

Article IX. — Education. 
Article Partly Abolished — This article of the con- 
stitution provided that the board of education established 
by it might be abolished by act of the general assembly at 
any time after the year 1863. Such an act was passed the 
very next year, and the first part of this article has been of 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 155 

no effect since that time. The state department of edu- 
cation, under the direction of the superintendent of public 
instruction, has taken the place of the board of education. 
Several attempts have been made to revive this article of 
the constitution, but without success. 

School Funds and School Lands. — The second 
division of this article places the school funds and school 
lands under the control of the general assembly. The pro- 
ceeds arising from the rent or sale of the university lands 
constitute a fund for the use of the state university, and 
the interest arising from this fund is annually appropri- 
ated for the support and benefit of the institution. A 
history of the university will be found in the chapter 
entitled ."State Institutions." 

School Fund. — By section three, very liberal appro- 
priations are made for the benefit of the common schools. 
The general assembly is instructed to encourage, by all suit- 
able means, the promotion of intellectual, scientific, moral, 
and agricultural improvements. The different sources from 
which the permanent school fund is derived, have been 
mentioned in another part of this volume. The money paid 
by persons for exemption from military duty, and the net 
proceeds of all fines collected in the several counties for 
any violation of the penal laws of the state, are applied for 
the benefit of the common schools in the counties in which 
the money is collected. All fines and forfeitures of this 
kind are distributed among the different school districts 
according to the number of persons of school age, to be used 
for the support of the schools, or the establishment of 
libraries. 

The financial agents of all school funds are the same as 
those authorized by law to receive and control the revenue 



156 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

of the state and of the different counties. The distribu- 
tion of all money, except what is raised by direct tax, for 
the support of the common schools is made in proportion 
to the number of persons between the ages of five and 
twenty-one years. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 157 



CHAPTER XXII. 
ARTICLE X. — Amendments. 

Manner of Amending*.— It is evident that no consti- 
tution can be prepared to meet the wants of all future times 
and generations. The best governments on earth are im- 
perfect, and require alterations from time to time. All 
constitutions provide for their own amendment, but the 
process differs in different states. The process of amend- 
ing the constitution in this state is quite lengthy, but it 
insures the people against hasty action. An amendment 
may be proposed in either house of the general assembly, 
and, if a majority of all the members of each house favor 
it, it is entered upon both journals with the yeas and nays, 
and referred to the next general assembly at its regular 
session. The amendment, as adopted by the first general 
assembly to which it was submitted, is published in the 
papers designated by law, for three months previous to 
the election of members of the next general asse nbly. If 
ratified by a majority of the second general assembly, the 
proposition is then referred to the electors of the sta» e, and 
if a majority of the votes cast are in favor of it, it bee mes 
a part of the supreme law of the "state. 

Amendments Adopted.— The first amendment ex- 
tended the right of suffrage by striking the word "white" 
from articles two, three and six of the constitution. The 
second, or prohibitory amendment, was ratified by the peo- 
ple at a special election on the 27th of June, 1S82, but it 



158 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

was declared unconstitutional by the supreme court. In 
November, 1884, four amendments were ratified by the 
people. The first changed the time of holding all general 
elections to the Tuesday next after the first Monday in 
November. The second gave the general assembly power to 
change the organization of the state for district court pur- 
poses. The third provided for abolishing the grand jury, 
or changing the number of members of that body to not less 
than five, nor more than fifteen, according to the decision 
of the general assembly. The fourth amended section 
thirteen of article five of the constitution, so as to abolish 
the office of district attorney and provide for the election of 
a county attorney in each county. * 

ARTICLE XI. — Miscellaneous. 

Justices of the Peace. — Section one provides that 
the jurisdiction of justices of the peace shall extend to all 
civil cases (except chancery cases and real estate titles), 
where the amount does not exceed one hundred dollars. By 
the consent of both parties, the jurisdiction may be extended 
to any amount not exceeding three hundred dollars. 

New Counties. — The second section declares that no 
new county, containing less than four hundred and thirty- 
two square miles, can be created. The territory of any 
organized county cannot be reduced below that size. Pro- 
vision is made for the organization of Worth and other 
counties lying to the west of it along the northern boundary 
of the state, without additional territory. An act of the 
general assembly passed in January, 1870, erected the 
county of Crocker from the northern three tiers of town- 
ships in Kossuth county, but the supreme court declared 
the aeLunconstitutional in December of the following year. 

*For amendment providing for biennial elections, see page 90c. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 159 

Limit of Indebtedness. — Section three provides 
that no county, or other political or municipal corporation, 
can become indebted in any manner, or for any purpose, 
to exceed the amount of five per cent, of the value of its 
taxable property. The value of the property of the county 
or other corporation is determined by the last state and 
county tax-lists previous to the time the debt was incurred 

Area. — The next section provides that the boundaries 
of the state may be enlarged, with the consent of congress 
and the general assembly. According to the latest surveys, 
the area of the state comprises fifty-six thousand and 
twenty-five square miles. There are ninety-nine counties, 
and all but twenty-seven of them have been organized 
since the state was admitted into the Union, as stated 
elsewhere. 

Oath of Office — Section five is as follows: "Every 
person, elected or appointed to any office, shall, before 
entering upon the discharge of the duties thereof, take an 
oath or affirmation to support the constitution of the 
United States, and of this state, and also an oath of office.'' 
The form of the oath is given elsewhere. The sixth sec- 
tion provides that persons elected to fill vacancies in office 
shall serve for the remainder of the unexpired term only, 
and all persons appointed to fill vacancies in office shall 
hold until the next general election, and until their suc- 
cessors are elected and qualified. 

Capital, etc. — The seventh section prohibits the gen- 
eral assembly from locating any of the public lands which 
have been, or may be granted by congress to this state, 
upon lands actually settled, without the consent of the 
occupant. The last section establishes the seat of gov- 
ernment permanently at Des Moines, in the county of 
Polk, and the State University at Iowa City, in Johnson 
county. 



160 IOWA AND THE NATION 

ARTICLE XII.— Schedule. 

Supreme Law. — The constitution is declared to be 
the supreme law of the state, and any law inconsistent with 
it shall be void. The general assembly was authorized to 
pass all laws necessary to carry the constitution into effect. 
All laws that were in force at the time the constitution was 
adopted, and not inconsistent with it, were to remain ia 
force until they expired or were repealed. 

All proceedings of any character pending in the courts 
at the time the constitution was adopted, were to be 
prosecuted to final judgment and execution, and all offenses, 
misdemeanors, and crimes that were committed before 
the adoption of the constitution were to be subject to 
indictment, trial, and punishment in the same manner as 
they would have been, if the constitution had not been 
adopted 

Fines and Forfeitures. — All fines, penalties, or for- 
feitures due, or to become due, to the state, or to any 
county, or to the school fund, were reserved to the fund for 
which they were intended, in the manner prescribed by law. 
All bonds executed to the state, or to any officer in his offi- 
cial capacity, were to inure to the use of those to whom 
they were given. 

General Provisions.— Sections six to eleven inclu- 
sive, contain provisions for the election of officers under 
the new constitution, and for the continuance in office of those 
chosen prior to its adoption. Section twelve authorized 
the general assembly to divide the state into eleven judicial 
districts, for district court purposes, and also to provide 
for the apportionment of members of the general assembly 
in accordance with the provisions of the new constitution. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 161 

Adoption of Constitution. —Section thirteen pre- 
scribes the plan to be pursued by the people in voting for 
or against the adoption of the new constitution. The last 
clause of the section is, "And if it shall appear that a ma- 
jority of all the votes cast at such election for and against 
this constitution are in favor of the same, the governor 
shall immediately issue his proclamation stating that fact, 
and such constitution shall be the constitution of the state 
of Iowa, and shall take effect from and after the publica- 
tion of said proclamation." 

The fourteenth section provides for submitting to the 
people at the same election that the constitution is submit- 
ed, a proposition to amend the same by striking out the 
word "white" from the article on the right of suffrage. 

The election was held August 3, 1857, and a majority 
of the votes cast was found to be in favor of the adoption 
of the constitution. The proposed amendment was de- 
feated at this time, but, as stated in another place, it was 
adopted in 1868. The last section made the county of 
Mills a part of the sixth judicial district, until otherwise 
directed by law. 



162 IOWA AXD THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XXIII. 

HISTORY OF IOWA. 

Discovery. — The discovery of Iowa was made by two 
Frenchmen, James Marquette and Louis Joliette, in 1673. 
Iowa is an Indian name which means "The Beautiful 
Land," and the state seems to have been properly named. 
France laid claim to the territory along the Mississippi riv- 
er on account of the so-called right of discovery, and, for 
ninety years, Iowa belonged to France. In 1763 the French 
king ceded his possessions in the Mississippi valley to 
Spain, but Xapoleon compelled that nation to make a secret 
cession of this territory to him, in 1801. In 1803, the Uni- 
ud States bought from Napoleon the tract of land known as 
the Louisiana Purchase, for fifteen million dollars. The 
tract contained about a million square miles, and the pur- 
chase price amounted to less than two and one-half cents 
per acre. 

Settlement.— In 1788, Julien Dubuque obtained per- 
mission from three chiefs of the Sacs and Foxes to dig for 
lead ore on the west bank of the Mississippi. The same 
year, he staked out a claim containing nearly two hundred 
square miles, and opened several mines which he continued 
to work for more than twenty years. Dubuque, with his 
ten associates, formed the first settlement made by the 
whites in Iowa, and the city and county of Dubuque were 
named in his honor. Other Frenchmen settled along the 
Mississippi north of Dubuque, about the beginning of 
the present century, but the settlements were very feeble. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 163 

History Of Territory.— In 1804, the Louisiana Pur- 
chase was divided by the thirty- third parallel of north lati- 
tude, the southern part to be known as the territory of Orleans 
the northern part, as the district of Louisiana. The dis- 
trict of Louisiana, embracing the present states of Arkansas, 
Missouri, Iowa, and Minnesota, and the unexplored regions 
westward to the Rocky Mountains, was attached to Indiana, 
with William Henry Harrison for first governor. Eight 
years later, Iowa was organized as a part of the territory of 
Missouri. In 1821, when Missouri was admitted into the 
Union as a state, Iowa was left out in the cold, politically, 
and no provision was made for the remainder of the Louisi- 
ana Purchase until 1834, when it became a part of the ter- 
ritory of Michigan. This connection lasted but a short 
time, however, for two years later, Iowa became a part of 
the territory of Wisconsin, then formed. 

Iowa Territory. — In 1838, that part of the terri- 
tory of Wisconsin lying west of the Mississippi was organ- 
ized as the territory of Iowa, and Robert Lucas, of Ohio, 
was appointed first governor. Under his direction, the first 
census w^as taken, members of the legislature were chosen, 
and civil government in Iowa w r as begun. The act of con- 
gress that provided for the organization of this territory 
gave the governor full power to veto any and all acts of 
the legislature. 

Constitutional Convention. — In 1840, and again 
in 1842, attempts were made to call a convention to draft a 
state constitution, but without success. In 1844, however, 
a convention called for this purpose, met in Iowa City, and 
drafted a constitution,which prescribed boundaries differing 
very much from the present boundaries of Iowa. Within 
these limits was included a large part of what is now Minne- 



164 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

sota, as well as all of Iowa, except a small portion of the 
northwestern part of the state, embracing the counties of 
Lyon, Osceola, and Sioux, and parts of three or four ad- 
joining counties. 

Admission Into the Union. — These boundaries 
proved to be unsatisfactory to congress, and new ones were 
proposed by that body. The meridian of 17° 30' west from 
Washington was to be the western boundary, and the 
northern boundary was changed so as to limit the state in 
that direction also. In April, 1845, this constitution, 
owing to the dissatisfaction with regard to the boundaries, 
was rejected by the people. After another unsuccessful 
attempt in the following year, a constitution with the pres- 
ent boundaries, which had been proposed by congress, was 
adopted August 3, 1846, and December 28, of the same 
year, Iowa, the twenty-ninth state, was admitted into the 
Union. \ 

Early Settlers. — Reference has already been made 
to the early settlements in Iowa. The permanent settle- 
ment of the state did not begin until after the close of the 
Black Hawk war, in 1832. In June of the next year, peo- 
ple from Illinois, Wisconsin, and Michigan pushed across 
the Mississippi, and staked out claims at Fort Madison, 
Burlington, Davenport, and several other places along the 
river. 

A noted author, in speaking of these settlers, says: 
"The pioneers of Iowa, as a class, were a brave, hardy, in- 
telligent and enterprising people. Among those who have 
pioneered the civilization of the West, and been founders of 
great states, none have ranked higher in the scale of intelli- 
gence and moral worth than the pioneers of Iowa who came 
to the territory when it was still an Indian country, and 
through hardship, privation, and suffering, laid the founda- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 165 

tions of this great and prosperous commonwealth, which to- 
day dispenses her blessings to more than a million and a 
half of people. In all the professions, arts, industries, and 
enterprises which go to make up a great and prosperous 
people, Iowa has taken and holds a front rank among her 
sister states of the West." 

Indian Claims. — The territory obtained from the 
Indians by the Black Hawk Purchase extended along the 
Mississippi from the northern boundary of Missouri to the 
mouth of the Upper Iowa river. The strip averaged about 
fifty miles in width, and contained nearly six million acres, 
or about one-sixth of the present area of Iowa. 

Half-Breed Tract. — In a former treaty with the Sac 
and Fox Indians, a valuable tract of land, containing 
nearly one hundred and thirteen thousand acres, was re- 
served for the half-breeds of these tribes. This land was 
situated in what was afterwards the southern part of Lee 
county. The covetous eyes of land speculators were soon 
turned towards this reservation, and companies were formed 
for the purpose of purchasing the rights of the half-breeds 
to the soil. As might have been expected, conflicting 
claims arose, and several years were spent in litigation. At 
last, the supreme court appointed commissioners to settle 
the vexing question. These men divided the tract into one 
hundred and one shares, and the titles granted by them 
were afterwards declared valid by the courts. 

In 1842, the government made another treaty with the 
Sacs and Foxes, and by its terms gained possession of the 
remainder of the lands belonging to those tribes in Iowa. 
The Indians were to retain possession of the land till the 
first of May, 1843. This region had been thoroughly ex- 
plored by the whites, but the United States authorities had 



166 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

prevented any settlements from being made. As the time 
for the opening of the land to settlers drew near, hundreds 
of families encamped along the line, and by sundown of 
the first of May, over one thousand families had settled in 
this new territory. These settlers were simply squatters, 
for the lands occupied by them had never been surveyed, 
and still belonged to the general government. 

Land Sale. — Under the laws of the United States 
then in force, all lands subject to settlement were to be 
offered at public sale and sold to the highest responsible 
bidder. If the land could not be sold for want of bidders, 
actual settlers acquired the right to enter it at the minimum 
price of a dollar and a quarter per acre. Many old settlers 
of Iowa are now living upon the land which they occupied 
before the land sale, as it was called. 

Growth. — When Iowa was admitted into the Union, 
there were twenty-seven organized counties, but immigra- 
tion had been so rapid that many of the one hundred thou- 
sand settlers had founded homes for themselves, even be- 
fore the lands were surveyed or the counties organized. 

Capitals. — The first session of the legislature of the 
territory of Iowa convened at Burlington, in 1839. Nearly 
all of its meetings were held in the M. E. church of that 
place. In the early part of the session, three commission- 
ers were appointed to select a site for a permanent seat of 
government within the limits of Johnson county. The 
commissioners selected a section of land, caused it to be 
surveyed into town lots, and in accordance with an act of 
the legislature, named the place Iowa City. Work on the 
public buildings was begun at once, and on July 4, 1840, 
Gov. Lucas reported to the legislature that the foundation 
of the capitol was nearly completed. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 167 

Monroe City. — At the first session of the state legis- 
lature, it was decided that Iowa City was too near the 
eastern boundary of the state for a permanent seat of 
government. It was accordingly determined to re-locate 
the capital at some point nearer the geographical center 
of the state. The commissioners appointed to select the 
new site chose five sections of land in the southwestern 
part of Jasper county, and called the town which they 
laid out, Monroe City. The public buildings at Iowa City 
were to be given to the State University, which had been 
established the year before, 

Des Moines. — But Monroe City did not thrive, and 
the legislature continued to meet at Iowa City. In 1855, 
an act was passed removing the capital to Des Moines, 
and, three years later, the legislature began its work at 
that place. In a few years the capitol building was found 
to be inadequate to the wants of the growing state, and, 
in 1870, the sum of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars 
was appropriated for a new building. Other appro- 
priations amounting to more than two and one-half 
million dollars have since been made, and the new capitol 
is now completed. It is a magnificent building and the 
pride of the people of the entire state of Iowa. 



168 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

CHAPTER XXIV. 
STATE INSTITUTIONS. 

State University. — Iowa has been very liberal in 
establishing the higher institution of learning and in pro- 
viding for the unfortunate of all classes. The State Uni- 
versity is organized by the constitution and permanently 
located in Iowa City in Johnson County. The other insti- 
tutions have been established by acts of the General 
Assembly, passed at different times in our history. 

Purpose. — The state university w T as established for 
the purpose of furnishing young men and women the best 
means of obtaining a liberal education. In order to 
foster higher education, Congress, before Iow T a w T as ad- 
mitted into the union, passed a law T granting to new states 
two townships of land to aid in establishing a state uni- 
versity in each. When this land w r as sold the money re- 
ceived became a permanent fund for the benefit of the 
university. This money is permanently invested and 
the interest on it is used for the support of the institution. 
Recent general assemblies have increased the general 
support fund of the institution and granted special 
appropriations for buildings until at the present time the 
annual income of the university is over a half million 
dollars. 

Courses of Study. — The university embraces a 
graduate college, colleges of liberal arts, law, medicine, 
homeopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, and applied 
science, a school of political and social science, a school of 
music, and two nurses' training schools. The college of 
liberal arts offers classical and scientific courses as well as 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 169 

special courses for the training of teachers. The college 
of applied science offers courses in civil, electrical, mechan- 
ical, sanitary, mining, and chemical engineering, besides 
courses in forestry and chemistry. There are about two 
tnousand students in attendance. 

Iowa State College. — The agricultural college and 
farm were provided for by the general assembly in 1858. 
Commissioners were soon afterwards appointed, and the 
site for the college was located at Ames, in Story county. 
In 1862, congress passed a law granting to each state 
thirty thousand acres for each senator and representative 
the state had in congress. According to the provisions of 
this law, the agricultural college of Iowa received two 
hundred and forty thousand acres. This land was sold 
in after years, and the interest on the money re'ceived 
from the sale of it is used for the benefit of the school. 
The law of congress requires that the buildings must be 
erected and kept in repair at the expense of the state. 

Purpose. — The purpose of the school is to furnish 
instruction in the branches of study relating to agriculture 
and the mechanic arts, without excluding other classical 
and scientific studies. The courses provide for the sys- 
tematic study of agriculture and dairying, veterinary 
science, civil, mechanical, and electrical engineering, and 
a four years' course for ladies. The tuition is free to all 
inhabitants of the state over sixteen years of age. The 
farm is an excellent one, and consists of nearly nine 
hundred acres of land specially suited to the needs of the 
school. An experiment station is maintained at the ex- 
pense of the state. 



17U IOWA AND THE NATION. 

*The State Teachers* College. — The state normal 
school was established by the general assembly in March, 
1876, at Cedar Falls, Black Hawk county, and the school 
was formally opened the following September. The 
buildings and grounds were the property of the state, they 
having been provided for the use of the Soldiers' Orphan 
Home some years before. The object of the school is to 
provide for the special instruction and training of teachers 
for the common schools of the state. 

Purpose. — The course of study embraces literature, 
mathematics, history, the elements of the sciences, and 
didactics. A preparatory department has recently been 
established. How to teach each branch of study pursued 
is made a prominent feature of all the work of the school. 
This institution is in a very nourishing condition, and its 
influence is being felt in raising the standard of educa- 
tional work in the state. There are now about two 
thousand students in attendance. 

Course of Study. — Many courses of study are now 
provided. The scientific course of four years is designed 
to prepare students for life diplomas. The didactic course 
of three years includes all the branches upon which appli- 
cants are examined for state certificates. There are also 
special courses for college and high school graduates who 
desire to study the science and art of teaching. A con- 
tingent fee amounting to ten dollars a } T ear is charged all 
students who intend to teach on leaving the school. There 
is no regular charge for tuition except to those who do 
not intend to teach. 

State Board of Education. — In 1909 a law was passed 
by the legislature which places the state university, the 
Iowa state college, and the teachers' state college under 

: The name of the Iowa State Normal School was changed to State 
Teachers' College in 1909. 



IOWA AND THE NATION, 171 

the management of a single board of control This body 
is called the state board of education and it consists of 
nine members. The term of office of members is six 
years, and they are appointed by the governor with the 
consent of the senate. The board of education select a 
finance committee of three, outside of its own membership, 
and to this committee is entrusted the management of the 
financial affairs of the educational institution above 
mentioned. Members of the board of education are paid 
seven dollars for each day employed, not to exceed sixty 
days in any one year, and mileage. Members of the finance 
committee are required to devote their entire time to the 
discharge of their duties, and are allowed an annual salary 
of thirty-five hundred dollars each and actual expenses. 

College for the Blind. — This college was opened for 
the reception of pupils at Iowa City, April 4, 1853. Five 
years later, the board of trustees met at Vinton, Benton 
county, and, in accordance with law, began the erection 
of a suitable building at that place. In 1862 the building 
was so far completed, that the school, consisting of about 
forty pupils, was opened in it. 

Admission.— All blind persons of suitable age, resi- 
dents of the state, may receive an education here free of 
charge, and residents of other states may be admitted 
upon the payment of their estimated expenses, quarterly 
in advance. No person from another state will be received 
to the exclusion of any resident of Iowa. 

Course of Instruction — The course of study includes 
all the common branches and many others usually taught 
only in the best high schools. Music receives special 
attention, and musical instruments of all kinds have been 
provided for the instruction or amusement of the 
pupils. The girls are taught to sew, knit, crochet, weave, 



172 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

and to do many other useful things. The boys are taught 
to make brooms, weave carpets, and to do such other work 
as will enable them to be self-supporting. 

State Hospital for Inebriates.— In 1904, the legis- 
lature passed a law which declares, ' 'The industrial home 
for the adult blind at Knoxville shall hereafter be called 
the State Hospital for Inebriates, and shall be used for the 
detention, care, and treatment of all male dipsomaniacs, 
inebriates, and persons addicted to the excessive use of 
morphine, cocaine or other narcotic drugs." The manage- 
ment is in the hands of the state board of control. 

Iowa School for the Deaf. — The institution for the 
deaf and dumb was established at Iowa City, in 1853, per- 
manently located at Council Bluffs, July 4, 1866, and re- 
moved to that place in 1871. Every deaf and dumb child 
in the state, of suitable age, is entitled to an education in 
this school, at the expense of the state. The instruction 
given is of a very practical nature, and the course of study 
embraces those branches that will be of the greatest benefit 
to the pupils. 

Soldiers' Orphans' Home.— To Mrs. Annie Witten- 
meyer belongs the credit of securing a home for the soldiers' 
orphans of Iowa. In October, 1863, a convention was 
called to meet at Muscatine for the purpose of devising some 
means for the support and education of these children. An 
association was formed and plans were perfected for solicit- 
ing contributions. A building at Lawrence, Van Buren 
county, was leased, and twenty-one orphans were admitted 
in July, 1864. The home was sustained by contributions 
until 1866, when the state assumed control of it. Desti- 
tute children, not soldiers' orphans, may be admitted to this 
school in a manner prescribed by law. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 173 

History. — For a time, there was a soldiers' orphans' 
home at each of the following places: Cedar Falls, Black 
Hawk county, Glenwood, Mills county, and Davenport, Scott 
county. Only the one at Davenport has been retained, the 
ouilding at Glenwood having been converted to the use of 
the institution for the feeble-minded, and the one at Cedar 
Falls to the use of the state normal school. 

Hospitals for the Insane.— The first hospital for the 

insane, in Iowa, was authorized by the general assembly in 
1855, but it was not read} 7 for use until six years later. It 
is located at Mt. Pleasant, Henry county. The second hos- 
pital for the insane was located at Independence, Buchanan 
county, in 1868, the third, at Clarinda, Page county, in 
1884, and the fourth at Cherokee, Cherokee county, was 
opened for occupancy in the summer of 1902. 

Board of Commissioners. — In each county, there is 

a board of commissioners of insanity consisting of the clerk 
of the district court, and two others, who are appointed 
by the judge of the district court, one of whom must be a 
practicing lawyer, and the other a practicing physician. All 
applications for the admission of insane persons to the hos. 
pitals must be made to these commissioners. After the 
person supposed to be insane is examined in the manner 
prescribed by law, the commissioners decide whether he 
shall be sent to the hospital, or not. The board and other 
expenses of the insane, are paid from the receipts of a tax 
levied for this purpose, by the supervisors of the respective 
counties. 

Institution for Feeble-Minded Children.— In the 

words of the statute, ' 'The purposes cf this institution are 
to train, instruct, support, and care for feeble-minded 



174 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

children." It is located at Glen wood, Mills county. The 
management is in the hands of a superintendent, who is ap- 
pointed by the board of control. He gives bonds for the 
faithful performance of his duties, in such a sum as the 
board may direct. Every resident of the state, between 
the ages of five and twenty-one years, who by reason of defi- 
cient intellect, is rendered unable to acquire an education 
in the common schools, is entitled to the advantages offered 
by this institution, free of charge. 

Management. — The term < 'feeble-minded" is intended 
to include idiotic children, and a separate department is 
provided for those who cannot be benefited by educational 

training. Feeble-minded women, under the age of for by- 
six, and residents of Iowa, may now be received as members 
of this institution. 

Iowa Industrial Schools.— The first school of this 

kind in Iowa was established in Lee county, in March, 1868, 
and in October of the same year, the first inmate was re- 
ceived. In 1873, the school was removed to Eldora, Hardin 
county, and some time after, 1880, a law was passed 
removing the girls to a separate school at Mitchellville, Polk 
county. 

Purpose. — These schools are intended for the reform, 
ation of such boys and girls under eighteen years of age as 
may be committed to them. Any person under sixteen 
years of age, who is found to be guilty of any crime except 
murder, may be sent to these schools upon the order of the 
judge of the court in which he was convicted. 

Management. — Instruction is given in ethics, and in 
such of the common school branches as the board of control 
prescribe. Each pupil is required to perform a certain 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 175 

amount of labor, which is - varied according to his age, 
strength, and special ability. With the consent of the 
parents or guardians, pupils may be bound out to service 
until the time of their majority. 

Penitentiaries. — In addition to the institutions al- 
ready mentioned, the state has been obliged to make provi- 
sions for restraining criminals, and especially those guilty 
of felony. Public offenses are of two kinds, felonies and 
misdemeanors. A felony is a crime which is punishable by 
imprisonment in the penitentiary. All other crimes are mis- 
demeanors. The first steps towards establishing a peniten- 
tiary were taken by the territorial legislature, in 1839. 
Directors were appointed to superintend the construction 
of the building, which was to be located at Ft. Madison, 
Lee county. An additional penitentiary was established 
at Anamosa, Jones county, by the Fourteenth General 
Assembly. In May, 1873, twenty convicts were transferred 
from the penitentiary at Ft. Madison to the new one at 
Anamosa. 

The building at the latter place is of stone, and much 
of the work of quarrying, as well as building, was done by 
the convicts themselves. The discipline is rigid, but hu- 
mane. The convicts learn various trades, the work being 
done within the penitentiary with machines and tools 
belonging to the state. The labor of the convicts at 
Ft. Madison is sold to contractors. The penitentiary at 
Anamosa is used by the United States as a government 
prison. 

All female convicts in the state are sentenced to the 
Anamosa penitentiary. This penitentiary also has a ward 
for insane convicts, and all convicts adjudged insane are 
sent there. Each prison has an excellent library, and 
careful attention is given to the selection of books. 



176 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Government. — Each penitentiary is under the control 
of a warden, who is subject to the governor of the state. 
The wardens are elected by joint ballot of the general 
assembly, and hold their offices two years. They are 
responsible for the government and discipline of the inmates 
of the prisons, and the receipts and disbursements of all 
moneys belonging to the institutions. The warden of each 
penitentiary is obliged to give bonds to the amount of fifty 
thousand dollars, for the faithful performance of his duties. 
He is obliged to report, once a month, a complete statement 
of all official acts performed by him, since his last report, 
with a full account of the receipts and expenditures of the 
prison under his control. The other officers are the deputy 
warden, the chaplain, the physician, and the guards. 

Good Time. — Every prisoner sentenced to either of 
the penitentiaries for a term of years, or less, who does not 
violate the rules of discipline, is entitled to a reduction of 
his term of service. The new good time law went into effect 
July 4, 1890, by the terms of which prisoners are entitled 
to a reduction of one month for good behavior during the 
first year of sentence, two months for the second year, three 
for the third, four for the fourth, five for the fifth, and six 
months for each subsequent year of sentence. A propor- 
tional reduction is made for fractional parts of a year's sen- 
tence, and any prisoner who does not violate the discipline 
of the prison during his term of service is entitled to a 
restoration of his rights of citizenship. This restoration is 
granted by the governor, upon the certificate of the warden, 
that the person released did not violate any of the rules of 
the prison during his term of service. 

Indeterminate Sentences. — A great advance has 
been made in recent years in dealing with criminals. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 177 

Reformation is now considered of more importance than 
mere punishment for crime. Iowa judges are now per- 
mitted to impose indeterminate sentences upon persons 
convicted of infamous crimes, the term of service de- 
pending upon the behavior of the convict. 

Soldiers Home. — The Twenty-first General Assem- 
bly provided for the establishment of a soldiers' home, 
and a committee, appointed by Gov. Larrabee, located it 
at Marshalltown, Marshall county. The object of this 
institution is to provide a home and subsistence for all 
honorably discharged soldiers, sailors, and marines who 
have served in the army or navy of the United States, 
and who are disabled by disease, wounds, or in any other 
way. Applicants must have served in an Iowa regiment, 
or been residents of the state of Iowa for three years 
previous to the time of making application for admission . 

Board Of Control. — The most important law enacted 
by the Twenty-seventh General Assembly provided for a 
board of control for the various institutions supported by 
the state. This law made a sweeping change in the man- 
agement and control of all the state institutions, except the 
state university, the state normal school, and the state 
agricultural college. The books and records of these edu- 
cational institutions are also subject to the supervision of 
this board, although the general management of them is 
left to the various boards of directors as heretofore. The 
trustees of all the state institutions, not educational, went 
out of office July 1, 1898, and at that time, their manage- 
ment passed into the hands of the board of control. 

Members. — The board of control consists of three 
members, appointed by the governor, but the appointment 
must be confirmed by two-thirds of the members of the 
senate in executive session. Tf>e members of the first 



178 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

board are to serve for two, four, and six years respectively, 
and their successors the full term of six years. The chair- 
man of the board for each biennial period is the member 
who has the shortest term to serve. All members of the 
board cannot belong to the same political party, and no 
two members shall be residents of the same congressional 
district at the time of their appointment. 

Powers. — This board is given full power to manage, 
control, and govern the soldiers' home, the state hospitals 
for the insane, the college for the blind, the school for the 
deaf, the institution for the feeble-minded, the soldiers' 
orphans' home, the industrial home for the adult blind, the 
industrial school in both departments, and the state peni- 
tentiaries. 

Salary. — Bond. — The salary of each member of the 
board of control is three thousand dollars a year and all 
necessary traveling expenses incurred in the discharge of 
his duties. The bond of each member of the board is fixed 
at twenty-five thousand dollars, with sureties to be ap- 
proved by the governor. Suitable offices are provided for 
the board at the seat of government, and the board is al- 
lowed a secretary and such other clerical help as may be 
necessary to enable it to do the work required in a satisfac- 
tory manner. 

Benefits. — Although the board of control law has been 
in operation but a very short time, it has been very satis- 
factory to every one who has given the matter any thought. 
The direct benefit that will result to the state is more 
efficient management of her institutions at greatly reduced 
expense. Without interfering with the usefulness of any 
institution, a saving of many thousands of dollars will be 
made by the state annually by the present plan, because 
the work of this board must be conducted in accordance 
with strict business principles. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 179 

CHAPTER XXV. 
DISTRICT GOVERNMENT. 

Congressional Districts. — For convenience, the 
state is separated into districts for various purposes. 
United States senators are elected by the general assem- 
bly in joint convention, from the state at large. Repre- 
sentatives in the lower house of congress are apportioned 
among the several states according to their population, 
and Iowa now has eleven members in that house. The 
state is separated into eleven congressional districts, and 
the ratio of representation is one representative for every 
one hundred and ninety-nine thousand, one hundred and 
two persons in the United States, as determined by the 
last census. 

Senatorial Districts.— The state is separated into 
fifty senatorial districts, and each district elects one mem- 
ber of the state senate. There is at present no fixed ratio 
of representation for senatorial districts, but the intention 
is to form the districts so that each senator shall represent 
about twice as many inhabitants as a state representative 
does. 

Representative Districts.— There are ninety-nine 
representative districts, and as these districts choose one 
hundred and eight representatives, some of the districts 
must choose more than one member. There are 'nine dis- 
tricts that choose two members each. They are Wapello, 
Black Hawk, Pottawattamie, Polk, Scott, Clinton, Linn, 
Woodbury, and Dubuque counties. The ratio of repre- 
sentation is one representative for every 22,742 inhabi- 
tants or fraction thereof more than one-half. Any 



180 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



county having one and three-fifths times the ratio of 
representation is entitled to one additional representative. 

Judicial Districts. — There are twenty judicial dis- 
tricts in the state. These districts are formed by act of the 
general assembly, and they are subject to change at any 
time by law. There is no basis of population for determin- 
ing the size of judicial districts. 

Table of Districts. — The accompanying table will be 
found useful in studying the district organization of the 
state. In the proper columns, after each county name, will 
be found the number of each kind of district to which that 
county belongs. 

Counties of Iowa. 



Name. 



County Seat. 



Cong. 


Sen. 


Rep. 


Dist. 


Dist. 


Dist. 


9 


1G 


29 


8 


6 


13 


4 


40 


90 


8 


3 


4 


9 


17 


34 


5 


45 


49 


3 


38 


66 


10 


31 


53 


3 


39 


72 


3 


33 


67 


11 


50 


78 


3 


39 


73 


10 


27 


61 


10 


48 


55 


9 


18 


30 


5 


24 


44 


4 


43 


87 


11 


46 


79 


4 


44 


89 


8 


11 


15 


11 


47 


83 


• 4 


36 


70 


2 


22 


45 


10 


' 34 


56 



JUD. 

Dist 



Aclair 

Adams 

Allamakee . . 
Appanoose. . . 
Audubon .... 

Benton 

Black Hawk.. 

Boone 

Bremer 

Buchanan 

Buena Vista. 

Butler 

Calhoun 

Carroll 

Cass. 

Cedar 

Cerro Gordo. 

Cherokee 

Chickasaw . . 

Clarke 

Clay 

Clayton 

Clinton 

Crawford .... 



Greenfield. . . . 

Corning 

Waukon 

Centerville. . . 
Audubon .... 

Vinton 

Waterloo 

Boonesboro... . 

Waverly 

Independence.. 
Storm Lake. . 

Allison 

Rockwell City. 

Carroll 

Atlantic 

Tipton 

Mason City . . 
Cherokee .... 
New Hampton 

Osceola 

Spencer , 

Elkader , 

Clinton , 

Denison 



5 

3 
13 

2 
15 
17 
10 
11 
12 
10 
14 
12 
16 
16 
15 
18 
12 

4 
13 

3 
14 
13 

7 
16 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



181 



Name. 



County Seat. 



Cong. Sen. 
Dist. DlST. 



Rep. j Jud 
Dist. Dist. 



Dallas 

Davis . 

Decatur 

Delaware . . . . 
Des Moines . . 
Dickinson. . . . 
Dubuque 

Emmet 

Fayette 

Floyd 

Franklin 

Fremont 

Greene 

Grundy 

Guthrie . 
Hamilton 

Hancock 

Hardin 

Harrison 

Henry 

Howard 

Humboldt. .. 

Ida 

Iowa 

Jackson 

Jasper 

Jefferson 

Johnson 

Jones 

Keokuk 

Kossuth 

Lee 

Linn 

Louisa ...... 

Lucas 

Lyon 

Madison 

Mahaska. 



Adel 

Bloomfield. 

Leon 

Manchester .... 

Burlington 

Spirit Lake .... 

Dubuque 

Estherville 

West Union 
Charles City. . . , 

Hampton 

Sidney 

Jefferson 

Grundy Center. 
Guthrie Center. 
Webster City. . . 

Concord 

Eldora 

Logan 

Mt. Pleasant . . . 

Cresco 

Dakota 

Ida Grove 

Marengo 

Maquoketa 

Newton 

Fairfield 

Iowa City , 

Anamosa 

Sigourney , 

Algona ....... 

Keokuk and Ft. Madison 

Marion 

Wapello , 

Chariton 

Rock Rapids 

Winterset 

Oskaloosa 



7 


17 


36 


6 


3 


3 


8 


5 


6 


3 


33 


68 


1 


9 


21 


11 


47 


97 


3 


35 


69 


10 


47 


96 


4 


40 


71 


4 


44 


88 


3 


43 


74 


8 


7 


10 


10 


48 


54 


5 


38 


65 


9 


17 


35 


10 


37 


63 


10 


43 


86 


1 3 


37 


64 


9 


34 


32 


1 


10 


20 


4 


42 


92 


10 


50 


76 


11 


46 


59 


2 


25 


40 


2 


23 


46 


6 


29 


38 


1 


2 


19 


2 


25 


41 


5 


24 


47 


6 


12 


24 


10 


47 


85 


1 


1 


1 


5 


26 


48 


1 


20 


22 


8 


4 


16 


11 


49 


99 


7 


16 


28 | 


6 


14 


25 



182 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



Name. 



County Seat. 



Cong. 


Sen. 


Rep. 


Dist. 


Dist. 


Dist. 


7 


15 


26 


5 


28 


51 


9 


8 


11 


4 


41 


93 


11 


34 


57 


6 


15 


17 


9 


8 


12 


2 


20 


42 


11 


49 


82 


11 


49 


98 


8 


7 


9 


10 


47 


84 


11 


. 46 


80 


10 


50 


77 


7 


30 


37 


9 


19 


31 


6 


12 


39 


8 


5 


7 


11 


48 


60 


2 


21 


43 


9 


18 


33 


11 


49 


81 


l-r 

1 


31 


52 


5 


45 


50 


8 


6 


8 


8 


5 


14 


1 


2 


9 


6 


13 


18 


7 


11 


27 


1 


10 


23 


8 


4 


5 


10 


27 


62 


10 


41 


95 


4 


42 


91 


11 


32 


58 


4 


41 


94 


3 


37 


75 



Marion .... 
Marshall. . . 

Mills 

Mitchell . . 
Monona . . . 
Monroe .... 
Montgomery 
Muscatine . 
O'Brien. .. 
Osceola. . . . 

Page 

Palo Alto . . 
Plymouth. . 
Pocahontas 

Polk 

Pottawattamie 
Poweshiek . 
Ringgold . . 

Sac 

Scott 

Shelby .... 

Sioux 

Story 

Tama 

Taylor. . .. 

Union 

Yan Buren. 
Wapello . . . 
Warren. . . . 
Washington 
Wayne .... 
Webster . . . 
Winnebago. 
Winneshiek 
Woodbury. . 

Worth 

Wright 



Knoxville - 

Marshalltown. 

Gllenwood , 

Osage , 

Onawa 

Albia , 

Red Oak 

Muscatine . . ...... 

Primghar 

Sibley 

Clarinda 

Emmetsburg 

Le Mars 

Pocahontas Center 

Des Moines 

Council Bluffs 

Montezuma 

Mt. Ayr* 

Sac City 

Davenport 

Harlan 

Orange City 

Nevada 

Toledo 

Bedford 

Creston 

Keosauqua 

Ottumwa 

Indianola 

Washington 

Corydon 

Fort Dodge 

Forest City 

Decorah 

Sioux City 

Northwood 

Clarion 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 183 



THE NATION. 

CHAPTER L 
FORMS OF GOVERNMENT. 

Origin of Government. — From the earliest history 
there have always been leaders among men, and from the 
apparent necessity for leaders in all classes and conditions 
of society, systems of governments have been developed. 
When there were few people on the earth, government 
was a simple matter, for when the interests of individuals 
seemed to conflict, trouble was avoided by the withdrawal 
of one to the right hand, and of the other to the left. 

Patriarchal. — The parental,.or patriarchal, was very 
naturally the earliest form of government, and it is even 
now an essential element, in fact, the foundation of all 
good popular government. In early Jewish history, the 
theocratic form came into existence, and the ten command- 
ments, or decalogue, became the recognized constitution 
of that people. 

Monarchial. — When a crisis arose in the history of 
any nation, it was perfectly natural for the people to seek 
some prominent person from their own number to serve as 
their leader, or for some self-appointed leader to undertake 
the work of saving the nation. The monarchial form of 
government, or a government by one person, was easily 
developed from the parental form, and some of the most 
powerful governments of all ages have been monarchies. 



184 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Powers of Monarch.— Monarchy is a general term, 
and the chief ruler is called a monarch. Special names are 
given the monarchs of different nations, as king queen, 
emperor, czar, sultan, mikado, etc. The power of some 
monarchs is limited by law, while others are ' ' a law unto 
themselves. ' ' According to the power the sovereign has 
over his subjects, a monarchy is said to be limited or abso- 
lute. England and Germany are good examples of limited 
monarchies, and Russia is a notable example of an absolute 
monarchy. Turkey is in name a limited monarchy, but the 
power of the sultan is such as to make the government of 
that country an absolute monarchy. 

Title to Throne. — -With reference to the title of a 
ruler to the throne, monarchies are either hereditary or 
elective. Elective monarchies have not been numerous at 
any time in the world's history, and, in fact, the idea of a 
popular election of a monarch seems, in the nature of 
things, an impossibility. In an hereditary monarch}', the 
succession to the throne is generally established in a royal 
family. The line of succession is from the father to the 
eldest son living. In some monarchies, if there are no sons 
living, the daughters of the sovereigns are considered in the 
line of succession, in the order of their ages, beginning with 
the eldest, wnile in others, no woman can succeed to the 
throne. 

Aristocracy. — An aristocracy is a necessary attendant 
upon monarchy, Aristocracy means a government by the 
best, and if the word could always be used in its literal 
sense, such a form of government would not be a very bad 
one. An inherited title of best is not always a sure sign of 
goodness, and some aristocracies, instead of being govern- 
ments by the best, have been governments hy the worst. 



I©WA AND THE NATION. 185 

During the middle ages, and especially while the feudal 
system was in process of development, there grew up 
among the principal nations of Europe, a number of rich 
and powerful families that often exerted as great an influ- 
ence in governmental affairs as did the rulers themselves. 
Sometimes the nobles were not only "the power be- 
hind the throne," but they often usurped the power 
of the sovereign, and became, in reality, the rulers of the 
realm. 

English Nobility. — In England, an elaborate system 
of nobility is still maintained. It consists of members of 
the royal family, four archbishops of England and Ireland, 
dukes, marquises, earls, viscounts, and barons. 

Titles of Nobility. — A duke was at first a military 
leader, and it is easy to see that, in the development of an 
aristocracy, the successful leaders in battle should be given 
the highest place. Marquis was also a military title 
conferred upon an officer whose duty it was to guard the 
marches, or frontiers, of the kingdom. Earl is an Eng- 
lish title equivalent to that of count in Germany and other 
continental countries of Europe. The wife of an earl is 
called a countess. An earl had the right to rule over a 
division of the kingdom equivalent to a county. The ear J 
often delegated his power to a vice-count, whose duties were 
quite like those of a sheriff. The vice-count, or viscount, is 
the title next lower in rank than earl. The barons had 
charge of smaller tracts of land than the earls, and they 
were, therefore, of lower rank. Baron is now the lowest 
order of nobility. 

" The Grand Model." — Only one attempt was ever 
made to establish an aristocratic form of government in the 
United States. The noted philosopher, John Locke, was 



186 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

empolyed to draft a constitution for the Carolinas, in 1672, 
but his "grand model" proved a grand failure. 

Democracy. — A democracy is a form of government 
in which, in theory at least, the will of the people is law. 
The term signifies the power of the people. A pure democ- 
racy is possible only in a country having a very limited 
area and a small population. The nearest approach to a 
democracy in this country is found in the New England 
town meeting and similar local gatherings in other sections. 

Republic. — A republic is a natural outgrowth of a 
democracy. It is impossible for a people, large in num- 
bers and occupying much territory, to meet at one place 
for the purpose of making laws. In a republic, the powers 
of the people are delegated to representatives chosen by 
the people themselves, or appointed in a manner approved 
by the people. 

Examples of Republics.— The United States fur- 
nishes the best example of a republican form of govern- 
ment known to history. France, Switzerland, Andorra, 
and San Marino are the republics of Europe, but they 
differ in many respects from the United States. Mexico, 
the Central American states, and all the independent gov- 
ernments of South America are republics. 

Settlements in United States.— For nearly a cen- 
tury after the discovery of America by Columbus, no per- 
manent settlements were made in what is now the United 
States. England, France, Spain, Sweden, and Holland 
laid claim to territory along the Atlantic seaboard, and in 
the early part of the seventeenth century, settlements 
were made by each of those nations with a view to making 
good its claims to territory, on account of the so-called 
right of discovery. 



IOWA AND THE NATION, 187 

Conflicting" Claims,— It was not long until a conflict 
of claims to territory arose, and a century later, the strug- 
gle for supremacy came, England and France joined in a 
contest to decide which nation should direct the destinies of 
the new world. This contest, known as the French and 
Indian war, gave to England the control of that portion of 
the United States which is bounded by the Atlantic on the 
east, the chain of Great Lakes and Canada on the north, 
the Mississippi on the west, and the Spanish possessions of 
Florida on the south. 

Arbitrary Rule. — The English colonies in America 
had for many years chafed under the arbitrary rule of 
British kings. The expenses of the French and Indian 
war were heavy, and England thought to lighten the 
burden by taxing the colonies. The colonies objected to 
paying the taxes unless they were given representation in 
parliament. From 1760 to 1775, many obnoxious acts of 
parliament were passed, and early in the latter year, the 
Revolutionary war began. 



188 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTEE II. 
OKIG-IN OF UNITED STATES GOVEENMEISTT. 

Colonial Congress. — The first colonial congress of 
the colonies met at New York in October, 1765, and 
although only nine colonies were represented, much good 
was accomplished. This congress drew up a declaration 
of their rights as colonies, and petitioned the king to 
remedy the wrongs of which they complained. 

Continental Congresses. — The first continental 
congress met at Philadelphia, September 5, 1774. The 
condition was becoming serious, and the beginning of open 
hostilities seemed near at hand. 

May 10, 1775, the second continental congress met at 
Philadelphia. Its members were representatives of the 
various colonies, with power to do what seemed expedient 
for the common good. This congress remained in session 
most of the time until the close of the war, in 1783. 

Declaration of Independence.— In June, 1776, 
Eichard Henry Lee introduced a resolution into congress, 
asserting "That these united colonies are, and of right, 
ought to be, free and independent states ; that they are 
absolved from all allegiance to the British crown, and that 
all political connections between them and the state of 
Great Britain is and ought to be totally dissolved." 

"That a plan of confederation be prepared, and trans- 
mitted to the respective colonies for their consideration and 
approbation." 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 18$ 

Adoption.— -These resolutions were but the forerunner 
of the actual Declaration of Independence, which was 
adopted by congress, July 4, 1776. 

Ratified by Colonies. — The committee appointed to 
draft the Declaration consisted of Thomas Jefferson of Vir- 
ginia, Benjamin Franklin of Pennsylvania, Robert R. Liv- 
ingston of New York, Roger Sherman of Connecticut, and 
John Adams of Massachusetts. Jefferson wrote the Declar- 
ation, but a few changes in the wording of it were made by 
Adams and Franklin. The discussion on the adoption of 
the document was long and earnest, but after much debate 
it was finally adopted by twelve of the colonies. The dele- 
gates from New York declined to vote in favor of adopting 
the Declaration, although they signed it with the others, 
at the appointed time. The signers of the Declaration of 
Independence are often called " The Immortal Fifty-six." 

Union of Colonies. — As soon as the Declaration was 
adopted, congress began to take steps leading to a confede- 
ration of the colonies. Early in June, 1776, a committee 
was appointed to draft a plan of government in case inde- 
pendence should be decided upon. Shortly after the Dec- 
laration was adopted, this committee made its report. A 
long discussion followed, and it was not until November 15, 
1777, that the Articles of Confederation were adopted. 

Adoption of Articles of Confederation. — This 
plan for the government of the United States was submit- 
ted to the colonies at once, and the assent of twelve was soon 
obtained. One of the provisions of the plan was, that the 
articles were not to be binding upon any of the colonies 
until all had ratified them. Maryland refused her assent 
at first, and it was not until March 1, 1781, that the dele- 
gates to congress from that state signed the compact. On 



190 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

the following day, congress assembled under the new form 
of government. 

Provisions. — Many of the provisions of the articles 
of confederation seem strange to us, until we consider that 
the whole plan of the new government was an experiment. 
The framers of the plan had no model which they could 
follow. The work was entirely new, and while it resulted 
in little less than a failure, that very fact enabled the 
founders of the new constitutional government, a few years 
later, to profit by the failures of the old in making strong 
the new. 

Same. — The articles of confederation provided for a 
firm league of friendship among the states. But even 
before the new government went into effect, disputes arose 
between neighboring colonies, and the common danger that 
threatened them, in case they were unsuccessful in the war 
in which they were then engaged, alone prevented civil war. 

Congress the Government. — Instead of the three 

branches of government to which we are accustomed, the 
articles of confederation provided for but one branch, the 
legislative, and the congress consisted of only one house. 

Peculiarities. — There was no president, vice-president, 

or cabinet, and no s} r stem of courts. Members of congress 
could serve only three years in any period of six years. There 
was no provision for a general treasury, and the delegates to 
congress were paid by their respective states. All the mem- 
bers of congress were elected for one year, but any state 
might recall any or all of its delegates whenever it chose to do 
so. No state could have less than two nor more than seven 
members. Each state had but one vote, and the delegates 
were obliged to agree upon a proposed measure, or run the 
risk of having the state lose its vote. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 191 

Defects. — The principal defect in the articles of con- 
federation was, that they gave the general government very 
little power. Congress could declare war, but it could not 
raise an army to carry it on. It could apportion the num- 
ber of troops to be raised among the several states, but it 
could go no farther. In the language of a noted statesman, 
1 1 Congress has the power to declare everything, but it can 
do nothing. " 

Condition of the Country. — Such a condition could 
not last long. The nation was on the verge of anarchy. At 
the close of the war, there were only twenty delegates serv- 
ing in congress from all the colonies, and these were often 
disheartened by the difficulties which confronted them. 

Revision. — The first action taken for the purpose of 
strengthening the general governmant was a resolution 
adopted by the legislature of Massachusetts, in 1785. A 
convention of delegates from all the colonies was recom- 
mended, but no definite action followed. Later in the year, 
commissioners from Maryland and Virginia met at Alex- 
andria to settle some disputes about the boundary line 
between those states. These commissioners discussed the 
serious condition of the nation at large, and before adjourn- 
ing, they recommended that a national commission be ap- 
pointed to settle similar disputes among all the states. 

Annapolis Convention. — In 1786, a trade conven- 
tion met at Annapolis, Maryland, to consider the commer- 
cial interests of the United States. Only five states were 
represented in this convention, and nothing definite was 
accomplished by it. Before adjourning, however, the con- 
vention recommended that commissioners be appointed by 
each of the states to meet in convention, at Philadelphia, 
on the second Monday in May, 1787. 



Vd£ IOWa AND THE NATION. 

Action Of Congress. — In February, 1787, congress 
passed a resolution urging the states to appoint delegates 
to the Philadelphia meeting, for the sole purpose of revis- 
ing the articles of confederation, The appointment of dele- 
gates was made, but owing mainly to difficulties of travel, 
but a small number had reached Philadelphia at the time 
appointed, The convention was organized on the twenty- 
fifth of May, by the election of G-eorge Washington as chair 
man. 

Delegates. — Each state had selected some of its ables* 
men to be delegates to this convention. Rhode Island 
alone refused to be represented. George Washington, Ben- 
jamin Franklin, Robert Morris, Governeur Morris, James 
Madison, Alexander Hamilton. James Wilson, Charles 
Cotesworth Pinckney^ Rufus King, William Livingston, and 
Roger Sherman were some of the most distinguished mem- 
bers. 

Tribute to Members.— = James Madison, in the jour- 
nal of the convention as kept by him, says, * ' There never 
was an assembly of men, charged with a great and arduous 
trust, who were more pure in their motives, or more exclu- 
sively or anxiously devoted to the object committed tc 
them, than were the members of the constitutional conven- 
tion of 1787, to the object of devising and proposing a con- 
stitutional system, which should best supply the defects of 
that which it was to replace, and best secure the permanent 
liberty and happiness of their country. " 

Plans of Government. — Edmund Randolph and 
Charles Pinckney proposed separate plans for the new form 
of government. These plans were discussed, amended by 
additions and substitutions, and so thoroughly changed 
that the constitution in its final form bore little resemblance 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 193 

to the original. Each state furnished some valuable part 
of the constitution from its own experience. 

The Convention. — The convention remained in ses- 
sion till September 17, 1787, four months and three days 
from the time appointed for its meeting. The work of the 
convention was so satisfactory that only three members, 
Edmund Randolph, George Mason, and Elbridge Gerry, re- 
fused to sign the constitution. 

Quotation. — "Whilst the last members were signing, 
Doctor Franklin, looking towards the president's chair, at 
the back of which a rising sun happened to be painted, 
observed to a few members near him, that painters had 
found it difficult to distinguish in their art, a rising from a 
setting sun. ' I have, ' said he, < often and often, in the 
course of the session, and the vicissitudes of my hopes and 
fears as to its issue, looked at that behind the president, 
without being able to tell whether it was rising or setting, 
but now at length, I have the happiness to know, that it is 
a rising and not a setting sun. ' " 



194 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER III. 

CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 

(1) We, the people of the United States, in order to form a 
more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, 
provide for the common defence, promote the general welfare, and 
secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do 
ordain and establish this constitution for the United States of 
America. 

ARTICLE I. 

SECTION I. 

(2) All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested in a 
congress of the United States, which shall consist of a senate and 
house of representatives. 

SECTION II. 

(3) The house of representatives shall be composed of mem- 
bers chosen every second year by the people of the several states, 
and the electors in each state shall have the qualifications requi- 
site for electors of the most numerous branch of the state legisla- 
ture. 

(4) No person shall be a representative who shall not have 
attained the age of twenty-five years, and been seven years a citi- 
zen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an 
inhabitant of that state in which he shall be chosen. 

(5) Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned 
among the several states which may be included within this 
Union, according to their respective numbers, which shall be 
determined by adding to the whole number of free persons, 
including those bound to service for a term of years, and exclud- 
ing Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all other persons. The actual 
enumeration shall be made within three years after the first meet- 
ing of the congress of the United States, and within everv subse- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 196 

quent term of ten years, in such manner as they shall by law 
direct. The number of representatives shall not exceed one for 
every thirty thousand, but each state shall have at least one repre- 
sentative ; and until such enumeration shall be made, the state of 
New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts 
eight, Rhode Island and Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, 
New York six, Nev) Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, 
Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina five. 
and Georgia three. 

(6) When vacancies happen in the representation from any 
state, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election 
to fill such vacancies. 

(7) The house of representatives shall choose their speaker 
and other officers, and shall have the sole power of impeachment. 

SECTION III. 

(8) The senate of the United States shall be composed of two 
senators from each state, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six 
years j and each senator shall have one vote. 

(9) Immediately after they shall be assembled in consequence 
of the first election, they shall be divided as equally as maybe 
into three classes. The seats of the senators of the first class shall 
be vacated at the expiration of the second year; of the second 
class, at the expiration of the fourth year, and of the third class, 
at the expiration of the sixth year, so that one-third may be 
chosen every second year ; and if vacancies happen by resignation 
or otherwise during the recess of the legislature of any state, the 
executive thereof may make temporary appointments until the next 

meeting of the legislature, which shall then fill such vacancies. 

(10) No person shall be a senator who shall not have attained 
to the age of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the 
United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant 
of that state for which he shall be chosen. 

(11) The vice-president of the United States shall be president 
of the senate, but shall have no vote, unless they be equally di- 
vided. 

(12) The senate shall choose their other officers, and also a 
president pro tempore in the absence of the vice-president, or when 
he shall exercise the office of president of the United States. 



196 IOWA AND THB NATION. 

(13) The senate shall have the sole power to try all impeach, 
ments. When sitting for that purpose they shall be on oath or 
affirmation. When the president of the United States is tried, the 
chief justice shall preside ; and no person shall be convicted with- 
out the concurrence of two- thirds of the members present. 

(14) Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend 
further than to removal from office, and disqualification to hold 
and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit under the United 
States ; but the party convicted shall, nevertheless, be liable and 
subject to indictment, trial, judgment, and punishment, accord- 
ing to law. 

SECTION IV. 

(15) The times, places, and manner of holding elections for 
senators and representatives shall be prescribed in each state by 
the legislature thereof ; but the congress may at any time by law 
make or alter such regulations, except as to the places of choosing 
senators. 

(16) The congress shall assemble at least once in every year, 
and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, un- 
less they shall by law appoint a different day. 

section v. 

(17) Each house shall be the judge of the elections, returns, 
and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each 
ehall constitute a quorum to do business ; but a smaller number 
may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to compel 
the attendance of absent members, in such manner, and under 
such penalties, as each house may provide. 

(18) Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, 
punish its members for disorderly behavior, and with the concur- 
rence of two-thirds, expel a member. 

(19) Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and 
from time to time publish the same, excepting such parts as may 
in their judgment require secrecy, and the yeas and nays of the 
members of either house on any question shall, at the desire of 
one-fifth of those present, be entered on the journal. 

(20) Neither house during the session of congress shall, with- 
out the consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor 
to any other place than that in which the two houses shall be sitting. 



IOWA AND THB NATION. 197 



SECTION VI. 



(21) The senators and representatives shall receive a compen- 
sation for their services, to be ascertained by law and paid out of 
the treasury of the United States. They shall, in all cases except 
treason, felony, and breach of the peace be privileged from arrest 
during their attendance at the session of their respective houses, 
and in going to and returning from the same ; and for any speech 
or debate in either house they shall not be questioned in any 
other place. 

(22) No senator or representative shall, during the time for 
which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office under the 
authority of the United States, which shall have been created, or 
the emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such 
time ; and no person holding any office under the United States 
shall be a member of either house during his continuance in 
office. 

SECTION VII. 

(23) All bills for raising revenue shall originate in the house 
of representatives ; but the senate may propose or concur with 
amendments as on other bills. 

(24) Every bill which shall have passed the house of repre- 
sentatives and the senate shall, before it becomes a law, be pre- 
sented to the president of the United States ; if he approve, he 
shall sign it, but if not he shall return it^ with his objections, to 
that house in which it shall have originated, who shall enter the 
objections at large on their journal and proceed to reconsider it. 
If after such reconsideration two-thirds of that house shall agree 
to pass the bill, it shall be sent, together with the objections, to 
the other house, by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and 
if approved by two-thirds of that house it shall become a law. 
But in all such cases the votes of both houses shall be determined 
by yeas and nays, and the names of the persons voting for and 
against the bill shall be entered on the journal of each house 
respectively. If any bill shall not be returned by the president 
within ten days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been pre- 
sented to him, the same shall be a law, in like manner as if he had 
signed it, unless the congress by their adjournment prevent its 
return, in which case it shall not be a law. 



198 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

(25) Every order, resolution, or vote to which the concurrenc 
of the senate and house of representatives may be necessary (ex- 
cept on a question of adjournment) shall he presented to the pre- 
sident of the United States ; and before the same shall take effect 
shall be approved by him, or being disapproved by him, shall be 
repassed by two-thirds of the senate and house of representatives, 
according to the rules and limitations prescribed in the case of a 
bill. 

SECTION VIH. 

(26) The congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, 
duties, imposts, and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the 
common defence and general welfare of the Uuited States ; but all 
duties, imposts, and excises shall be uniform throughout the 
United States ; 

(27) To borrow money on the credit of the United States ; 

(28) To regulate commerce with foreign nations and among 
the several states, and with the Indian tribes ; 

(29) To establish an uniform rule of naturalization, and uni- 
form laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United 
States; 

(30) To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign 
coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures ; 

(31) To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the se- 
curities and current coin of the United States ; 

(32) To establish post-offices and post-roads ; 

(33) To promote the progress of science and useful arts by 
securing for limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive 
right to their respective writings and discoveries ; 

(34) To constitute tribunals inferior to the supreme court ; 

(35) To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on 
the high seas and offences against the law of nations ; 

(36) To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and 
make rules concerning captures on land and water ; 

(37) To raise and support armies, but no appropriation of 
money to that use shall be for a longer term than two years ; 

(38) To provide and maintain a navy ; 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 199 

(39) To make rules for the government and regulation of the 
land and naval forces ; 

(40) To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the 
laws of the Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions; 

(41) To provide for organizing, arming and disciplining the 
militia, and for governing such part of them as may be employed 
in the service of the United States, reserving to the states respec- 
tively the appointment of the officers, and the authority of train- 
ing the militia according to the discipline prescribed by con- 



(42) To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever 
over such district (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by ces- 
sion of particular states and the acceptance of congress, become 
the seat of the government of the United States,- and to exercise 
like authority over all places purchased by the consent of the 
legislature of the state in which the same shall be, for the erection 
of forts, magazines, arsenals, dockyards, and other needful build- 
ings; and 

(43) To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper 
for carrying into execution the foregoing powers, and all other 
powers vested by this constitution in the government of the 
United States, or in any department or officer thereof. 

SECTION IX. 

(44) The migration or importation of such persons as any of 
the states now existing shall think proper to admit shall not be 
prohibited by the congress prior to the year one thousand eight 
hundred and eight, but a tax or duty may be imposed on such 
importation, not exceeding ten dollars for each person. 

(45) The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be 
suspended, unless when in cases of rebellion or invasion the public 
safety may require it. 

(46) No bill of attainder or ex post facto law shall be passed. 

(47) No capitation or other direct tax shall be laid, unless in 
proportion to the census or enumeration hereinbefore directed to 
be taken. 

(48) No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from 
any state. 



200 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

(49) No preference shall be given by any regulation of com- 
merce or revenue to the ports of one state over those of another ; 
nor shall vessels bound to or from one state be obliged to enter, 
clear, or ^>ay duties in another. 

(50) No money shall be drawn from the treasury but in con- 
sequence of appropriations made by law ; and a regular statement 
and account of the receipts and expenditures of all public money 
shall be published from time to time. 

(51) No title of nobility shall be granted by the United States ; 
ind no person holding any office of profit or trust under them 
shall, without the consent of the congress, accept of any present, 
emolument, office, or title, of any kind, whatever, from any king 
prince, or foreign state. 

section x. 

(52) No state shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or confede- 
ration ; grant letters of marque and reprisal ; coin money ; emit 
bills of credit ; make anything but gold and silver coin a tend er 
in payment of debts ; pass any bill of attainder, ex post facto la w, 
or law impairing the obligation of contracts, or grant any title of 
nobility. 

(53) No state shall, without the consent of congress, lay » \ny 
imposts or duties on imports or exports, except what may be ab- 
solutely necessary for executing its inspection laws, and the net 
produce of all duties and imposts, laid by any state on imports or 
exports, shall be for the use of the treasury of the United States ; 
and all such laws shall be subject to the revision and control of 
the congress. 

(54) No state shall, without the consent of congress, lay any 
duty of tonnage, keep troops or ships of war in time of peace, enter 
into any agreement or compact with another state or with a 
foreign power, or engage in war, unless actually invaded or in such 
imminent danger as will not admit of delay. 

ARTICLE II. 

SECTION I. 

(55) The executive power shall be vested in a president of the 
United States of America. He shall hold his office during the 



IOWA AND THE NATION 201 

term of four years, and together with the vice-president, chosen 
for the same term, be elected as follows: 

(56) Each state shall appoint, in such manner as the legisla- 
ture thereof may direct, a number of electors, equal to the whole 
number of senators and representatives to which the state may be 
entitled in the congress ; but no senator or representative, or per- 
son holding an office of trust or profit under the United States, 
shall be appointed an elector. 

[The electors shall meet in their respective states and vote by 
ballot for two persons, of whom one at least shall not be an inhab- 
itant of the same state with themselves. And they shall make a 
list of all the persons voted for, and of the number of votes for 
each ; which list they shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to 
the seat of government of the United States, directed to the presi- 
dent of the senate. The president of the senate shall, in the pres- 
ence of the senate and house of representatives, open all the cer- 
tificates; and the votes shall then be counted. The person having 
the greatest number of votes shall be the president, if such num- 
ber be a majority of the whole number of electors appointed; and 
if there be more than one who have such majority, and have an 
equal number of votes, then the house of representatives shall 
immediately choose by ballot one of them for president ; and if no 
person have a majority, then from the five highest on. the list the 
said house shall in like manner choose the president. But in 
choosing the president the votes shall be taken by states, the rep- 
resentation from each state having one vote ; a quorum for this 
purpose shall consist of a member or members from two- thirds of 
the states, and a majority of all the states shall be necessary to a 
choice. In every case, after the choice of the president, the per- 
son having the greatest number of votes of the electors shall be 
the vice president. But if there should remain two or more who 
have equal votes, the senate shall choose from them by ballot the 
vice-president.] 

(57) The congress may determine the time of choosing the 
electors and the day on which they shall give their votes, which 
day shall be the same throughout the United States. 

(58) No person except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of 
he United States at the time of the adoption of this constitution, 
ehall be eligible to the office of president ; neither shall any per- 



202 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

son be eligible to that office who shall not have attained to the 
age of thirty-five years, and been fourteen years a resident within 
the United States. 

(59) In case of the removal of the president from office, or of 
his death, resignation or inability to discharge the powers and 
duties of the said office, the same shall devolve on the vice-presi- 
dent, and the congress may by law provide for the case of removal, 
death, resignation or inability, both of the president and vice- 
president, declaring what officer shall then act as president, and 
such officer shall act accordingly until the disability be removed 
or the president shall be elected. 

(60) The president shall, at stated times, receive for his ser- 
vices a compensation, which shall neither be increased nor 
diminished during the period for which he may have been elected, 
and he shall not receive within that period any other emolument 
from the United States or any of them. 

(61) Before he enter on the execution of his office he shall 
take the following oath or affirmation : 

"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute 
the office of president of the United States, and will to the best of 
my ability preserve, protect and defend the constitution of the 
United States." 

This clause of the constitution has been amended. See twelfth article of 
the amendments. 

SECTION II. 

(62) The president shall be commander-in-chief of the army 
and navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several 
states when called into the actual service of the United States; 
he may require the opinion, in writing, of the principal officer in 
each of the executive departments upon any subject relating to 
'the duties of their respective offices, and he shall have power to 
grant reprieves and pardons for offences against the United States, 
except in cases of impeachment. 

(63) He shall have power, by and with the advice and consent 
of the senate, to make treaties, provided two-thirds of the senators 
present concur ; and he shall nominate, and, by and with the 
ad vice and consent of the senate, shall appoint ambassadors, other 
public ministers and consuls, judges of the supreme court, and all 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 203 

other officers of the United States whose appointments are not 
herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be established by 
law ; but the congress may by law vest the appointment of such 
inferior officers as they think proper, in the president alone, in 
the courts of law or in the heads of departments. 

(64) The president shall have power to fill up all vacancies 
that may happen during the recess of the senate, by granting com- 
missions which shall expire at the end of their next session. 

SECTION III. 

(65) He shall from time to time give to the congress informa- 
tion of the state of the Union, and recommend to their considera- 
tion such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient; he 
may, on extraordinary occasions, convene both houses, or either 
of them, and in case of disagreement between them with respect 
to the time of adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time as 
he shall think proper; he shall receive ambassadors and other 
public ministers ; he shall take care that the laws be faithfully 
executed, and shall commission all the officers of the United States. 

SECTION IV. 

(66) The president, vice-president, and all civil officers of the 
United States shall be removed from office on impeachment for 
and conviction of treason, bribery, or other high crimes and mis- 
demeanors. 

ARTICLE III. 

SECTION I. 

(67) The judicial power of the United States shall be vested 
n one supreme court, and in such inferior courts as the congress 
may from time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both of 
the supreme and inferior courts, shall hold their offices during 
good behavior, and stall, at stated times, receive for their services 
a compensation which shall not be diminished during their con- 
tinuance in office. 

SECTION II. 

(68) The judicial power shall extend to all cases in law an 
equity arising under this constitution, the laws of the United 
States, and treaties made, or which shall be made, under their 



204 ICWA iXD THE NATION. 

authority ; to all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers 
and consuls ; to all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction ; 
to controversies to which the United States shall be a party ; to 
controversies between two or more states ; between a state and 
citizens of another state; between citizens of different states; 
between citizens of the same state claiming lands under grants of 
different states, and between a state, or the citizens thereof, and 
foreign states, citizens or subjects. 

(69) In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers 
and consuls, and those in which a state shall be a party, the su- 
preme court shall have original jurisdiction. In all the other cases 
before mentioned the supreme court shall have appellate jurisdic- 
tion, both as to law and fact, with such exceptions and under such 
regulations as the congress shall make. 

(70) The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, 
shall be by jury ; and such trial shall be held in the state wh re 
the said crimes shall have been committed ; but when not com- 
mitted within any state, the trial shall be at such place or places 
as the congress may by law have directed. 

section in. 

(71) Treason against the United States shall consist only in 
levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, givmg 
them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason 
unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or 
on confession in open court. 

(72) The congress shall have power to declare the punishment 
of treason, but no attainder of treason shall work corruption of 
blood or forfeiture except during the life of the person attained. 

ARTICLE IV. 

SECTION I. 

(73) Full faith and credit shall be given in each state to the 
public acts, records, end judicial proceedings of every other state. 
And the congress may by general laws prescribe the manner in 
which such acts, records, and proceedings shall be proved, and the 
effect thereof. 

section n. 

(74) The citizens of each state shall be entitled to all 
privileges and immunities of citizens in the several states. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 205 

(75) A person charged in any state with treason, felony, or 
other crime, who shall flee from justice, and be found in another 
state, shall, on demand of the executive authority of the state from 
which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the state having 
jurisdiction of the crime. 

(76) No person held to service or labor in one state, under the 
laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any 
law or regulation therein, be discharged from such service or labor, 
but shall be delivered up on claim of the party to whom such 
service or labor may be due. 

section in. 

(77) New states may be admitted by the congress into this 
Union ; but no new state shall be formed or erected within the 
jurisdiction of any other state; nor any state be formed by the 
junction of two or more states or parts of states, without the con- 
sent of the legislatures of the states concerned as well as of the 
congress. 

(78) The congress shall have power to dispose of and make all 
needful rules and regulations respecting the territory or other 
property belonging to the United States ; and nothing in this con- 
stitution shall be so construed as to prejudice any claims of the 
United States or of any particular state. 

SECTION IV. 

(79) The United States shall guarantee to every state in this 
Union a republican form of government, and shall protect each of 
them against invasion, and on application of the legislature, or of 
the executive (when the legislature cannot be convened), against 
domestic violence. 

ARTICLE V. 

(80) The congress, whenever two-thirds of both houses shall 
deem it necessary, shall propose amendments to this constitution, 
or, on the application of the legislatures of two-thirds of the 
several states, shall call a convention for proposing amendments, 
which in either case shall be valid to all intents and purposes as 
part of this constitution, when ratified by the legislatures of three- 
fourths of the several states, or by conventions in three-fourths 
thereof, as the one or the other mode of ratification may be pro- 

\ 4 ; 



206 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

posed by the congress, provided that no amendments which may 
be made prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and eight 
shall in any manner affect the first and fourth clauses in the ninth 
section of the first article ; and that no state, without its consent 8 
shall be deprived of its equal suffrage in the senate. 

ARTICLE VI. 

(81) All debts contracted and engagements entered into, be- 
fore the adoption of this constitution shall be as valid against the 
United States under this constitution as under the confederation. 

(82) This constitution, and the laws of the United States which 
shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties made, or 
which shall be made, under the authority of the United States, 
shall be the supreme law of the land; and the judges in every 
state shall be bound thereby, anything in the constitution or laws 
of any state to the contrary notwithstanding. 

(83) The senators and representatives before mentioned, and 
the members of the several state legislatures, and all executive and 
judicial officers, both of the United States and of the several states, 
shall be bound by oath or affirmation to support this constitution; 
but no religious test shall ever be required as a qualification to any 
office or public trust under the United States. 

ARTICLE VII. 

(84) The ratification of the conventions of nine states shall be 
sufficient for the establishment of this constitution between the 
states so ratifying the same. 

Done in convention by the unanimous consent of the 
states present, the seventeenth day of September, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty- 
seven, and of the independence of the United States of 
America the twelfth. In witness whereof, we have here- 
unto subscribed our names. 

George Washington, President, and Deputy from Virginia. 

New Hampshire — John Langdon, Nicholas Oilman. 
Massachusetts — Nathaniel Gorman, Rufas King. 
Connecticut — William Samuel Johnson, Roger Sherman. 
New York — Alexander Hamilton. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 207 

New Jersey — William Livingston, David Brearly, William Patter- 
son, Jonathan Dayton. 
Pennsylvania — Benjamin Franklin,Thomas Mifflin, Robert Morris, 

George Clymer, Thomas Fitzsimons, Jared Ingersoll, James 

Wilson, Gouverneur Morris. 
Delaware — George Read, Gunning Bedford, Jr., John Dickinson, 

Richard Bassett, Jacob Broom. 
Maryland — James McHenry, Daniel of St. Thomas Jenifer, Daniel 

Carroll. 
Virginia — John Blair, James Madison, Jr. 
North Carolina — William Blount, Richard Dobbs Spaight, Hugh 

Williamson. 
Sotth Carolina — John Rutledge, Charles Cotesworth Pinckney, 

Pierce Butler. 
Gfl drgia — William Few, Abraham Baldwin. 

Attest : William Jackson, Secretary, 

AMENDMENTS. 

ARTICLE I. 

(85) Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment 
of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof ; or abridging 
the freedom of speech or of the press ; or the right of the people 
peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a 
redress of grievances. 

ARTICLE II. 

(86) A well-regulated militia being necessary to the security 
of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall 
not be infringed. 

ARTICLE III. 

(87) No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any 
house without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war, but 
in a manner to be prescribed by law. 

ARTICLE IV. 

(88) The right of the people to be secure' in their persons, 
houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and 
seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue but 



208 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and par- 
ticularly describing the place to be searched, and the person or 
things to be seized. 

ARTICLE V. 

(89) No person shall be held to answer for a capital or other- 
wise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a 
grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or 
in the militia, when in actual service in time of war or public 
danger; nor shall any person be subject for the same offence to be 
twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in 
any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived 
of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law ; nor shall 
private property be taken for public use without just compensa- 
tion. 

ARTICLE VI. 

(90) In all criminal prosecutions the accused shall enjoy the 
right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the state 
or district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which 
district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be 
informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be con- 
fronted with the witnesses against him ; to have compulsory pro- 
cess for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assist- 
ance of counsel for his defence. 

ARTICLE VII. 

(91) In suits at common law, where the value in controversy 
shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be pre- 
served, and no fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise re-examined 
in any court of the United States, than according to the rules of 
the common law. 

ARTICLE VIII. 

(92) Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines 
imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted. 

ARTICLE IX. 

(93) The enumeration in the constitution of certain rights 
ehall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the 
people. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 209 

ARTICLE X. 

(94) The powers not delegated to the United States by the 
constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the 
states respectively or to the people. 

ARTICLE XL 

(95) The judicial power of the United States shall not be con- 
strued to extend to any suit in law or equity, commenced or prose- 
cuted against one of the United States by citizens of another state, 
or by citizens or subjects of any foreign state. 

ARTICLE XI I. 

(96) The electors shall meet in their respective states and vote 
by ballot for president and vice-president, one of whom, at least, 
shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves; they 
shall name in their ballots the person voted for as president, and 
in distinct ballots the person voted for as vice-president, and they 
shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for as president and 
olall persons voted for as vice-president, and of the number of 
votes for each ; which lists they shall sign and certify, and trans- 
mit sealed to the seat of the government of the United States, 
directed to the president of the senate. The president of the sen- 
ate shall, in the presence of the senate and house of representa- 
tives, open all the certificates and the votes shall then be counted. 
The person having the greatest number of votes for president, 
shall be the president, if such number be a majority of the whole 
number of electors appointed ; and if no person have such a ma- 
jority, then from the persons having the highest numbers not 
exceeding three on the list of those voted for as president, the 
house of representatives shall choose immediately, by ballot, the 
president. But in choosing the president the votes shall be taken 
by states, the representation from each state having one vote; a 
quorum for this purpose shall consist of a member or members 
from two-thirds of the states, and a majority of all the states shall 
be necessary to a choice. And if the house of representatives 
shall not choose a president whenever the right of choice shall 
devolve upon them, before the fourth day of March next follow- 
ing, then the vice-president shall act as president, as in the case 
of the death or other constitutional disability of the president. 



210 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

(97) The person having the greatest number of votes as vice- 
president shall be the vice-president, if such number be a majority 
of the whole number of electors appointed ; and if no person have 
a majority, then from the two highest numbers on the list the 
senate shall choose the vice-president ; a quorum for the purpose 
shall consist of two-thirds of the whole number of senators, and a 
majority of the whole number shall be necessary to a choice. But 
no person constitutionally ineligible to the office of president shall 
be eligible to that of vice-president of the United States. 

ARTICLE XIII. 

(98) Section L Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, 
except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall hare 
been duly convicted, shall exist within the United States or any 
place subject to their jurisdiction. 

(99) Sec. 2. Congress shall have power to enforce this ar- 
ticle by appropriate legislation. 

ARTICLE XIV. 

(100) Section 1. All persons born or naturalized in the Uuited 
States and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the 
United States and of the state wherein they reside. No state shall 
make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or im- 
munities of citizens of the United States ; nor shall any state de- 
prive any person of life, liberty or property, without due process of 
law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal pro- 
tection of the laws. 

(101) Sec. 2. Representatives shall be apportioned among 
the several states according to their respective numbers, counting 
the whole number of persons in each state, excluding Indians not 
taxed. But when the right to vote at any election for the choice 
of electors for president and vice-president of the United States, 
representatives in congress, the executive and judicial officers of a 
state, or the members of the legislature thereof, is denied to any of 
the male inhabitants of such state, being twenty-one years of age, 
and citizens of the L T nited States, or in any way abridged, except 
for participation in rebellion, or other crime, the basis of repre- 
sentation therein shall be reduced in the proportion which the 
number of such male citizens shall bear to the whole number of 
male citizens twenty-one years of age in such state. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 211 

(102) Sec. 3. No person shall be a senator or representa- 
tive in congress, or elector of president and vice-president, or hold 
any office, civil or military, under the United States or under any 
state, who, having previously taken an oath as a member of con- 
gress, or as an officer of the United States, or as a member of any 
state legislature, or as an executive or judicial officer of any state, 
to support the constitution of the United States, shall have en- 
gaged in insurrection or rebellion against the same, or given aid or 
comfort to the enemies thereof. But congress may, by a vote of 
two-thirds of each house, remove such disability. 

(103) Sec. 4. The validity of the public debt of the United 
States, authorized by law, including debts incurred for payment 
of pensions and bounties for services in suppressing insurrection or 
rebellion, shall not be questioned. But neither the United States 
nor any state shall assume or pay any debt or obligation incurred 
in aid of insurrection or rebellion against the United States, or 
any claim for the loss or emancipation of any slave; but all such 
debts, obligations, and claims shall be held illegal and void. 

(104) Sec. 5. The congress shall have power to enforce, 
by appropriate legislation, the provisions of this article. 

ARTICLE XV. 

(105) Sec. 1. The right of citizens of the United States to 
vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by 
any state on account of race, color, or previous condition of 
servitude. 

(106) Sec. 2. The congress shall have power to enforce this 
article by appropriate legislation. 

ARTICLE XVI. 

The congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on in- 
comes, from whatever source derived, without apportionment, 
among the several states, and without regard to any census or 
enumeration. Ratified, 1913. 

ARTICLE XVII. 

The senate of the United States shall be composed of two 
senators from each state, elected by the people thereof, for >i\ 
years; and each senator shall have one vote. The electors in 



IOWA AND THE NATION 211a 

each state shall have the qualifications requisite for electors of 
the most numerous branch of the state legislature. 

When vacancies happen in the representation of any state 
in the senate, the executive authority of such state shall issue 
writs of election to fill such vacancies: Provided, That the leg- 
islature of any state may empower the executive thereof to 
make temporary appointments until the people fill the vacancies 
by election as the legislature may direct. 

This amendment shall not be so construed as to affect the 
election or term of any senator chosen before it becomes valid as 
part of the constitution. Ratified, 1913. 




u 

H 

C 

3 

< 
C 

HI 
< 
u 

CO 

W 
H 
< 
H 
en 

Q 
W 
H 

S 



212 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER IV. 



PREAMBLE. 



We, the people of the United States, in order to form a 
more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, 
provide for the common defense, promote the general welfare, 
and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our poster- 
ity, do ordain and establish this constitution for the United 
States of America. 

The preamble of the constitution is the key-note of 
popular government. It contains, in few words, a summary 
of the reasons for the formation of our government, and in 
it, there is a clear, definite statement of the needs of the 
nation at the time of its adoption, as well as ample provi- 
sion for future ages. 

More Perfect Union. — The greatest need of the 
hour was that a more perfect union of the states might be 
formed. "We are one to-day and thirteen to-morrow" was 
a common assertion, and all thoughtful men realized the 
truth of the statement. Under the articles of confedera- 
tion, the weakness of the government was due almost en- 
tirely to the lack of union among the states. It is no won- 
der, therefore, that the first reason given in the preamble 
is, "in order to form a more perfect union." 

Justice. — To establish justice among the states was 
also an urgent necessity. Petty jealousies had arisen 
among them, and each one seemed to fear that its rights 
were abridged by the others. As there was no judicial 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 213 

branch of the general government, there was no legal way 
of settling these disputes, and the condition in some cases 
was truly deplorable. 

Domestic Tranquillity. — During the few years that 
the articles of confederation formed the basis of our govern- 
ment, the states were in constant trouble with their neigh- 
bors. Each state also had as much to fear from dangers 
within its own borders as it had from outside foes. The 
necessity for " domestic tranquillity" was very urgent, 
and as nearly all the trouble among the states had arisen 
from their trade relations, congress, by the new plan, was 
very wisely given the power to regulate commerce. In 
order that peace might be insured to the states, the gen- 
eral government has the power to put down insurrections 
in any of the states. 

Common Defense. — The states had learned from 
the war through which they had just passed, that their 
success depended upon their united action. The United 
States could do more to provide for the common defense 
than could possibly be accomplished by the states them- 
selves each acting separately. Since the adoption of the 
constitution, no state has ever been engaged in war with 
any other state or foreign power. The right to make all 
necessary provisions for supporting an army and navy is 
given to the general government. 

General Welfare. — To promote the general welfare 
of all the states and of all the people is an important func- 
tion of popular government. This work is carried on in 
many ways, and it is no idle boast to say that no other gov- 
ernment has ever done so much to benefit all classes of so- 
ciety as has our own. The large grants of lands and 
money given by congress to foster education, especially 



214 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

of late years, the improvements of rivers and harbors, 
the excellent postal service, and the improved civil service, 
are but a few of the many ways in which the general wel 
fare of the people is promoted. 

Perpetuity. — The last clause of the preamble is a fit- 
ting climax. The members of the constitutional conven- 
tion realized the importance of the work they had under- 
taken> and it was their deliberate purpose to found a gov- 
ernment for posterity. How well their work was done, the 
nineteenth century can fully attest. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 21# 



CHAPTER V. 
ARTICLE I. The Legislative Branch. 

SECTION I. —CONGRESS. 

All legislative powers herein granted, shall be vested in a 
congress of the United States, which shall consist of a senate 
and house of representatives. 

Branches Of Government, — The plan for the forma- 
tion of a general government with three branches, which 
should be as nearly independent of one another as possible, 
doubtless originated with Washington. The three branches 
of government established by the constitution are the legis- 
lative, the executive, and the judicial. These are often 
called the law-making, the law-enforcing, and the law-inter- 
preting powers of the government. 

Legislative Branch. — The legislative branch is prop- 
erly placed first in the constitution, because it is the 
foundation for the workings of the other two branches. 
The logical order of government seems to be legislation, en- 
forcement, and interpretation. The legislative branch is 
given more space in the constitution than both of the other 
branches on account of its importance, and also because of 
a desire on the part of members of the convention to be 
very explicit in outlining the work of this branch. 

Difficulties Of Organization. — Congress under the 
confederation, consisted of but one house, and there was a 
strong effort made to organize the new congress in the same 



211 IOWA AND THE NATIOV. 

way. It was decided early in the convention, that member- 
ship in congress should, in a measure at least, be . deter- 
mined by the population of the several states, and the 
smaller states felt that they would, in this way, be deprived 
of all power in the government. The} 7 preferred to remain 
out of the Union, as they had a perfect right to do, rather 
than to become part of a government which would be prac- 
tically controlled by a few of the large states. 

Representation. — Parliament, the legislative branch 
of the English government, was taken by the small states 
as a model, because it consists of two houses, and a com- 
promise was finally made by which the representation in the 
upper house was made the same for each of the states. As 
a concession to the larger states, the smaller states agreed 
to representation in the lower house to be based upon popu- 
lation. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 217 



CHAPTER VI. 

Section II. House of Representatives. 
Clause 1.— Composition and Term. 

The house of representatives shall be composed of mem- 
bers chosen every second year by the people of the several 
states, and the electors in each state shall have the qualifica- 
tions requisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the 
state legislature. 

House. — The house of representatives is so called be- 
cause its members are chosen to represent the people. 
The first congress under the constitution assembled on 
the first Wednesday in March — which chanced to be the 
fourth day of the month — in the year 1789. Each congress 
is numbered in order from the first one, and the number is 
changed March 4th of each odd-numbered year. The 
term of members of the Sixtieth Congress began March 4, 
1907. 

Election of Members. — The election of members of 
the house of representatives occurs on the Tuesday next 
after the first Monday in November of each even-numbered 
year, and practically the whole number of representatives 
is chosen at that time. 

Length of Service.— Under the confederation, the 
term of representatives was one year, and no person was 
eligible to a seat in congress for more than three years in 
succession. There is now no constitutional restriction as 
to the number of terms a representative may serve. 



218 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

The "People." — The term « 'people" as here used, 
means the qualified voters of the state. Each state, in it? 
constitution, designates certain classes of persons who may 
exercise the. right of suffrage. By a strange oversight i» 
the national constitution, the right to vote is not restricted 
to citizens of the United States. Several states confer the 
right to vote upon ' 'aliens who have declared their inten- 
tions to become citizens of the United States," and who 
are otherwise qualified as to age, sex, and residence. 

Qualification of Electors.— The only qualification 
required of electors of representatives in congress is, that 
they shall have the qualifications that the state constitution 
requires for electors of the more numerous branch of the 
state legislature. Wisconsin permits "Indians who have 
renounced their tribal relations and donned the habiliments 
of civilization," if otherwise qualified, to vote at all elections 
held in the state. 

Wyoming, Colorado, Idaho, Washington, California, 
Utah, Illinois, Arizona, Kansas, and Oregon permit wo- 
men to vote at all general elections. Women may vote 
for representatives to congress from those states. Some 
states require educational qualifications of their voters, 
^others, a property qualification, and all require that voters 
shall have attained a certain age, and resided in the state, 
and also in the county in which they claim the right to 
vote, for a specified time preceding the election. The min- 
imum age required of voters in all states is twenty-one 
years. Beyond this, there is no uniformity of qualification. 
Clause %. — Qualifications. 

No person shall be a representative who shall not have 
attained the age of twenty -five years, and been seven years a 
citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, 
be an inhabitant of that state in which he is chosen. 



Wl 



i ' M >* 












IOWA AND THE NATION. 2X£ 

Citizenship. — The question of citizenship was, for 
many years, a troublesome one in this country, and it was 
not definitely settled until the adoption of the fourteenth 
amendment to the United States constitution. The quali- 
fications required of representatives are certainly not too 
high. 

Age. — By the clause of the constitution quoted above, 
it will be seen that the earliest age at which a native-born 
citizen may become a representative in congress is twenty- 
five years, and as this is only four years after the person 
has acquired the right to vote, the minimum age is gener- 
ally considered low enough. 

Aliens. — An alien, by the usual process, must reside 
in this country five years before he can be naturalized. 
This period, together with the seven years' residence re- 
quired by the constitution, make it necessary for an alien 
to have resided in the United States at least twelve years 
before he can become a member of the house of representa- 
tives in congress. 

Residence. — It is required that members of congress 
shall, at the time of their election at least, be inhabitants 
of the states from which they are chosen. For convenience, 
as well as for the purpose of carrying out the idea of close 
representation, each state that is entitled to more than one 
representative, is separated into congressional districts, and 
each district chooses its own representative. 

Congressional Districts. — Congressional districts 
are formed by the legislature of each state in such a way as 
to make them as nearly equal in population as possible. 
These districts are designated by number, and their bound- 
aries are subject to change every ten years. Residence in 
the congressional district he is chosen to represent is not a 



220 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 



constitutional requirement, although only a very few repre- 
sentatives have ever been chosen to represent districts in 
which they did not reside. The qualification of residence 
applies only to the time of election, but it would seem emi- 
nently proper for a representative who has removed from 
the state in which he was chosen, to resign at the time of 
his removal. 

Clause 3. — Apportionment. 

The parts of this clause enclosed in parentheses are now obsolete. 

Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned 
among the several states which may be included within this 
Union, according to their respective numbers, (which shall be 
determined by adding to the whole number of free persons, in- 
cluding those bound to service for a number of years, and) ex- 
cluding Indians not taxed, {three- fifths of all other persons.) 
The actual enumeration shall be made within three years after 
the first meeting of the congress of the United States, a %d 
within every subsequent term of ten years, in such manner as 
they shall by law direct. The VAimber of representatives shall 
not exceed one for every thirty thousand, but each state shall 
have at least one representative, {and until such enumeration 
shall be made, the State of New Hampshire shall be entitled 
to choose three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island and Provi- 
dence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York six, New 
Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six, 
Virginia ten y North Carolina five, South Carolina five, and 
Georgia three.~) 

Representatives — Direct Taxes. — One of the most 
difficult things for the members of the constitutional con- 
vention to agree upon was the basis of representation in 
both houses of congress. After much discussion, it was de- 
cided to apportion representatives and direct taxes among 
the states according to population. (See sixteenth amend- 
ment, page 211.) 



IOWA AND THE NA^^ON. 221 

Census.— No formal counting of the people of the 
United States had ever been made, and the assignment of 
members of the first congress to the different states was 
purely arbitrary. The convention had agreed upon forty 
thousand inhabitants as the basis, or ratio, of representa- 
tion, but Washington, in about the only address he made 
to the convention, urged that the number be changed to 
thirty thousand. The change was made at once. 

Number of Members. — The constitution does not 
limit the membership of the house of representatives. At 
first there were sixty-five members, on the estimated basis 
of one representative for every thirty thousand inhabitants 
of the country, but so rapid has been the growth of the 
United States in population^ that there are now nearly six 
times as many representatives as there were in the first con- 
gress, and the ratio of representation is nearly six times as 
great as it was at first. 

Ratio of Representation. — The first census of the 
people of the United States was taken in 1790, and one has 
been taken in the last year of each regular decade since that 
time. At the first session of congress after the census had 
been taken, a committee was appointed to decide upon the 
number of representatives in congress for the next ten 
years. The number, at present, is four hundred and thirty- 
five. The ratio of representation is found by dividing the 
number representing the population of all the states, ex- 
clusive of the territories and the District of Columbia, by 
the number representing the membership of the house of 
representatives. The ratio now is one representative for 
every two hundred and twelve thousand, four hundred 
and seven inhabitants. 

Each State Represented. — It is also provided that 
each state shall have at least one representative. Should 



222 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

new states be admitted before the next census is taken, the 
number of representatives will be increased accordingly, 

Representative at Large. — When a state has more 
representatives in congress than it has congressional dis- 
tricts, the additional members are chosen from the state at 
large. This sometimes happens after the census has been 
taken, and before the state legislature has had time to 
change the number of congressional districts. 

Objects Of Census. — The primary object of the cen- 
sus is to show the number of people in the United States, 
but in addition to this, very many important facts concern- 
ing the nationality, education, occupations, and general 
prosperity of the people, are obtained by the census-takers. 
Nearly all the states have a special census taken every ten 
years, but so arranged that it occurs five years after the 
United States census has been taken. In this way the 
counting of the people occurs every five years. 

Slavery. — At the time of the adoption of the consti- 
tution, slavery existed in nearly all of the states. There 
were several members of the convention who were bitterly 
opposed to slavery, and they wished to have nothing done 
by the convention to encourage it. The status of the slave 
was hard to settle. If he was simply a chattel — mere prop- 
erty — he should not be counted among the people any 
more than horses, houses, or any other form of property. 
If he was to be counted as "of the people," then slavery 
must be recognized as a traffic in human beings. 

Compromise. — As a compromise, it was decided that 
neither slaves nor slavery should be mentioned in the con- 
stitution, and the evasive language, ' 'three-fifths of all other 
persons/' was used to determine the political standing of 
slaves in fixing the basis of representation. 



IOWA AND THE NATION . 223 



CHAPTER VII. 

HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES— Continued. 

Clause Jf. — Vacancies. 
When vacancies happen in the representation from any 
state, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs of elec- 
tion to fill such vacancies. 

Vacancies in office may occur by the death, resigna- 
tion, or removal of the incumbent. When a vacancy occurs 
in the representation from any state, the governor, or act- 
ing executive, issues a proclamation to the voters of the 
congressional district in which the vacancy exists, directing 
them to meet at a specified time, for the purpose of electing 
a representative to fill the vacancy. The day for this spe- 
cial election is named in the proclamation, and it is the 
same for all counties in the congressional district. 

Clause 5. — House Powers. 
The house of representatives shall choose their speaker 
and other officers, and shall have the sole power of impeach- 
ment. 

House Officers— Speaker. — The right of the house 

of representatives to choose its own officers is a proper one. 
It is customary for all deliberative bodies to do this, 
although a notable exception seems to exist in the election 
of the vice-president to preside over the senate. The 
speaker of the house is always chosen from its own mem- 
bers, but the other officers are not. 'i!he speaker is the 



224 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

chief officer of the house, and it is his duty to preside over 
the deliberations of that body, as chairman. He is also 
required to appoint the committees of the house, keep or- 
der, decide points of parliamentary usage in debate, and 
sign the bills passed by the house in the process of law- 
making. 

Clerk. — The other important officers of the house 
are, the clerk and sergeant-at-arms. The clerk keeps the 
record of the house from day to day, in a book called the 
journal. His duties are very important, and he is 
obliged to have several assistants to aid him in his work. 

Sergeant-at-Arms. — The sergeant-at-arms is the 
marshal, or police officer, of the house, and it is his duty to 
see that the rules relating to the conduct of its members 
are strictly obeyed. He is sometimes sent to bring absent 
members to attend the sessions of the house, and his sum- 
mons places the persons under arrest. 

Duties. — During a session of the house, the sergeant- 
at-arms sits facing its members to see that good order is 
maintained. Whenever any disturbance arises among the 
members, he takes the mace, which is the symbol of his 
authority, and carries it at once to the scene of the disorder. 
The presence of the mace is a warning to the offenders to 
stop the disturbance, or run the risk of severe punishment, 
and even expulsion. The sergeant-at-arms also draws the 
warrants for the payment of salaries of members, and sees 
that each member receives the amount due him. 

Doorkeeper. — The doorkeeper admits members and 
all other persons privileged to seats in the hall of represen- 
tatives. He also has charge of the furniture of the main 
hall and galleries, and is responsible for the proper care of 
the same. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 225 

Postmaster. — There is also a postmaster appointed 
for the house of representatives, and a special post-office is 
kept for the convenience of members. A chaplain is also 
one of the regular officers of the house, and it is his duty 
to open the session each day with devotional exercises. 
Certain minor officers are appointed as they are needed, 
and they serve during the pleasure of the house. Each of 
the principal officers appoints his own assistants, and is 
responsible for the faithful discharge of their duties. 

Impeachment. —The house of representatives is 
given the sole power of impeachment. An impeachment is 
a charge preferred against a public officer, accusing him of 
having committed high crimes and misdemeanors, or of 
having violated his oath of office. An impeachment is in 
the nature of an indictment brought by a grand jury. It 
does not determine the guilt, or innocence, of the accused, 
but it requires him to submit to an investigation of the 
charges before a proper court. 

Who May be Impeached.— The constitution does not 
designate all the officers that are liable to impeachment. 
The president, vice-president, judges of the supreme and 
inferior courts, and members of the president's cabinet are 
among the officers that are considered subject to impeach- 
ment. Senators and representatives can not be impeached. 
Nature of Impeachment Cases. — It must be borne 
in mind that impeachment is only a formal accusation. 
President Johnson was regularly impeached by the house 
of representatives, in 1868, but he was not convicted. Three 
IT. S. district judges, one associate justice of the supreme 
court, one cabinet officer, and one judge of the commerce 
court, have also been impeached, but only three of the 
nine officers impeached were convicted and removed 
from office. 



226 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER VIII. 
SECTION III— The Senate. 



Clause 1. — Composition. 

The senate of the United States shall be composed of two 
senators from each state, chosen by the legislature thereof for 
six years ; and each senator shall have one vote. 

Objections to Senate. — The senate was a subject of 
great dispute among the members of the constitutional con- 
vention. Some members saw no necessity for two houses 
of congress, and others feared that the plan of having two 
houses, with different qualifications required, would soon 
develop into a legislature closely resembling the British 
parliament. Some of the larger states wished to have the 
senate a less numerous branch than the house, but they 
insisted that the membership should be based upon popula- 
tion. Two or three representative districts might be united 
to form one district for the election of a senator, it was 
urged ; but the smaller states would not listen to this, and 
it was not until equal representation of the states was 
agreed to for the senate, that the smaller states consented 
to enter the Union. 

Political Representatives.— The senate is supposed 
to represent the states in a political capacity. The mem- 
bership can never be as large as that of the house. As 
there are now forty-eight states in the Union, it follows 
that there are ninety-six senators in congress. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 227 

Manner of Choosing.— Several methods for the 
election of senators were proposed, but it was finally de- 
cided that they should be chosen by the state legislatures. 
Several attempts have been made to amend this part of the 
constitution, so that senators shall be elected by the people 
themselves, in the same manner that representatives are 
chosen, but nothing definite has been accomplished. 

Term. — The term of senators is fixed by the consti- 
tution at six years. This gives permanency to the office of 
senator, and serves to remove it from the field of politics. 

Vote. — Under the confederation, each state had but 
one vote, no matter how many delegates it had in the con- 
gress. This method of voting was not satisfactory, and a 
change was made so as to give each member the right to 
vote independently. 

Clause 2. — Classification and Vacancies. 
Immediately after they shall be assembled in conse- 
quence of the first election, they shall be divided, as equally 
as may be, into three classes. The seats of the senators of 
the first class shall be vacated at the expiration of the sec- 
ond year; of the second class, at the expiration of the fourth 
year; and of the third class, at the expiration of the sixth 
year; so that one-third may be chosen every second year, 
and if vacancies happen by resignation, or otherwise, dur- 
ing the recess of the legislature of any state, the executive 
thereof may make temporary appointments until the next 
meeting of the legislature, which shall then fill such 
vacancies. 

Purpose. — This clause of the constitution was in- 
serted for the purpose of making the senate a perpetual 
body. All the members of the house of representatives may 
be changed at any general election of those officers, be- 



228 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

cause they are all chosen at the same time. With the 
organization of a new congress, however, only one-third of 
the number of senators can be changed, unless some have 
been chosen to fill vacancies. At all times, one-third of 
all the senators have served at least two years, and another 
third, at least four years. 

Classes. — The division of senators into the three 
classes designated in the constitution was made at the first 
session of congress = At that time, only ten of the states 
were represented in the senate, and consequently there were 
only twenty senators to be separated into classes. It is 
customary to speak of the thirteen original states, but there 
were only eleven states in the Union, when the govern- 
ment was organized, March 4, 1789. 

Ten States. — North Carolina ratified the constitution 
November 21, 1789, and Rhode Island, May 29, 1790. At 
the time the senators were classified, New York had not 
chosen her senators, and thus, as stated above, there were 
only ten states represented in the senate. 

First Congress. — In separating the senators into 
classes, a committee that had been appointed for the pur- 
pose arranged the names on three slips of paper, one con- 
taining six names, and the other two, seven each. Care 
was taken in arranging the names so that the two senators 
from any state were assigned to separate lists. It was 
agreed that these lists were to be drawn from a box in 
which they had been placed, and the senators named in the 
first list drawn were to serve for two years. Those in the 
second list were to serve four years, and those in the third 
list, for the full senatorial term of six years. 

New Members. — As new states have come into the 
Union, their senators have been assigned to the classes hav- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 229 

ing the fewest members. On this account it sometimes 
happens that neither of the senators from a new state serves 
for six years. The terms of senators from a new state are 
decided by lot, and are known as the long and the short 
term. 

Present Classification. — The senate is now composed 
of ninety-six members and is separated into three groups 
of thirty-two members each. The term of those in the 
first class will expire March 3rd, 1915; those in the 
second class March 3rd, 1917; and those in the third 
class March 3rd, 1919. The admission of New Mexico 
and Arizona in 1912 added four members to the senate, 
making the three groups equal in number. 



230 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTEE IX. 

SENATE— Continued. 

Clause 3. — Qualifications. 

No person shall be a senator who shall not have at- 
tained to the age of thirty years, and been nine years a citi- 
zen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected^ 
be an inhabitant of that state for which he shall be chosen. 

Higher Qualifications. — It was admitted by all 
members of trie constitutional conventoin that the qualifica- 
tions of senators should be higher than those of representa- 
tives. The minimum age is five years higher, and the 
length of time of citizenship, two years longer. The clause 
relating to inhabitancy is the only one that may be subject 
to abuse. While a senator at the time of his election must 
be an inhabitant of the state from which he is chosen, he 
may at any time remove to some other state and continue 
to serve as senator from the state that elected him. 

As the senate acts with the president in making treaties 
with other nations, the first two qualifications named seem 
all the more necessary. 

Clause Jf. — Presiding Officer. 
The vice-president of the United States shall be presi- 
dent of the senate, but shall have no vote, unless they be 
equally divided. 

Vice-President. — There was much objection made to 
the election of a vice-president, and it is doubtful whether, 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 231 

or not, the office would have been created, had not some 
member of the convention suggested that the vice-president 
should serve as president of the senate, ex-officio. 

General Provisions. — The work of presiding over 
the senate would qualify the vice-president for the more 
important position, should he be called upon to perform the 
duties of president. He is not allowed to vote, except in 
case of equal division of the senate upon any question 
under consideration, because his vote might seem to increase 
the political influence of the state from which he was 
elected. That state would have three votes in the senate 
instead of two, and to prevent this, the vice-president is 
not permitted to vote except as above stated. Because 
there is always an even number of senators, it seems neces- 
sary for the presiding officer to have the casting vote in 
case of an equal division of the senate, in order to prevent 
what is known in political language as a " dead lock." The 
vice-president takes no part in the discussions of the sen- 
ate, nor does he appoint any of the regular committees of 
that body. 

Clause S. — Other Officers, 

The senate shall choose their other officers, and also a 
president pro tempore^ in the absence of the vice-president, or 
when he shall exercise the office of the president of the United 
States. 

The other officers of the senate are a president pro tem- 
pore, a secretary, sergeant-at-arms, chaplain, librarian, and 
postmaster. 

President Pro Tempore. — The president pro tempore 
is chosen by the senate from among its own members. As 
a rule, the position is an honorary one, as he is not often 
called upon to preside over the senate for any length of 



232 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

time. When the vice-president succeeds to the presidency, 
the president pro tempore presides at all the sessions of the 
senate, and he then receives the same salary as the vice- 
president. It is not right to call the president pro tempore 
of the senate, vice-president of the United States. The two 
offices are entirely separate and distinct from each other. 
Clause 6. — Impeachment. 

The senate shall have the sole power to try all im- 
peachments. When sitting for that purpose, they shall be 
on oath or affirmation. When the president of the United 
States is tried, the chief justice shall preside; and no per- 
son shall be convicted without the concurrence of two- 
thirds of the members present. Judgment in case of 
impeachment shall not extend further than to removal 
from office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any 
office of honor, trust, or profit, under the United States, but 
the party convicted shall, nevertheless, be liable and sub- 
ject to indictment, trial, judgment, and punishment, ac- 
cording to law. 

Court of Impeachment. — As stated elsewhere, the 
house of representatives has the sole power of impeach- 
ment, but when a public officer has been impeached, he is 
obliged to appear before the senate to answer to the charges 
that have been preferred against him. When trying a 
case of impeachment, the senate is organized as a court, 
and each senator is obliged to take an oath (or affirmation) 
that he will try the case fairly. 

Impeachment of President. — When the president 
of the United States is tried, the chief justice of the su- 
preme court presides. This is done to secure impartial 
rulings on the part of the presiding officer. It was thought 
advisable to make this provisfon, as the vice-president, who 
is first in the line of succession to the presidency, might be 
unduly interested in securing the removal of the president. 



TOWA AND THE NATION. 233 

Conviction. — The trial of a public officer on impeach- 
ment is a very grave matter, and it is certainly a safe plan 
to require a two-thirds vote of the senators present to con- 
vict a person who has been impeached. 

Punishment. — The powers of the senate to punish a 
public officer on impeachment are limited to removing him 
from office and declaring him to be forever disqualified to 
hold and enjoy any position of honor, trust, or profit,under 
the government of the United States. But any person so 
convicted is liable to punishment by due process of law, 
for any crime committed or wrong done, the same as 
though the impeachment and trial had not occurredo 



234 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER X. 
GENERAL PROVISIONS. 

Section IV — Elections and Meetings. 

Clause 1. — Elections to Congress. 
The times, places, and manner of holding elections /or 
senators and representatives shall be prescribed in each state 
by the legislature thereof; but the congress may at any time by 
law make or alter such regulations, except as to the places of 
choosing senators. 

Congressional Districts.— Election. — This clause 
explains itself. In the absence of any action by congress, 
the time, place, and manner of electing members of con- 
gress is left to the states. In 1842, congress passed a law 
providing for the separation of states into congressional 
districts for the election of representatives, and by 
another law, that went into effect in 1876, the time of the 
election of representatives is fixed for the Tuesday after the 
first Monday in November in each even-numbered year. 
This law was intended to be uniform in all the states, but in 
some of the older states the time of the election of repre- 
sentatives was fixed by the state constitution before the law 
of congress was passed. Some of the states have amended 
their constitution to conform to the law, but a few have not 
done so, and in these the election of representatives occurs 
at some other time. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 235 

Prohibition on Congress. — The congress is not per- 
mitted to fix the place for the election of senators. This is 
a wise provision. For some reason, as invasion, insurrec- 
tion, or an epidemic disease, the legislature of any state 
might find it necessary to meet at some other place than 
the capital. In such a case, the election of a senator would 
not be prevented, if it became necessary to hold the elec- 
tion while the legislature was in session at any other place 
than the seat of government. 

Clause 2. — Meetings. 

The congress shall assemble at least once in every year, 
and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, 
unless they shall by law appoint a different day. 

Time of Meeting.— Although the term of members 
of congress begins on the fourth day of March in the odd- 
numbered years, the regular annual session does not con- 
vene until the first Monday in December. Congress has 
never exercised the privilege of appointing a different day 
than the one fixed by the constitution. The president may 
call an extra session of congress at any time, and very 
often the first session of congress lasts five or six months. 

SECTION V. — Separate Powers and Duties. 
Clause 1. — Membership: Quorum. 

Each house shall be the judge of the elections, returns, 
and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each 
shall constitute a quorum to do business; but a smaller num- 
ber may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to 
compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner 
and under such penalties, as each house may provide. 

The first clause of the above paragraph is reasonable 
as well as necessary. The qualifications of representatives. 



236 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

their election, and the manner in which the returns of elec- 
tion are made, differ from those of senators. Each house 
is directly interested in the qualifications and proper choice 
of its own members, and no better plan than the one given 
could have been adopted. 

Quorum. — In the transaction of business connected 
with law-making, it would have been manifestly unfair to 
give the power to make laws to any smaller number than a 
majority of all the members. When it happens that a 
smaller number than a quorum is present at the opening of 
any session, those present may adjourn to the following 
day. They may, if they choose, direct the sergeant- at-arms 
to summon absent members and compel their attendance. 
This, however, can not be done unless there are present at 
least fifteen members to order it. When there are less than 
fifteen members present at the opening of a session, they 
adjourn. 

Absence. — No member has a right to be absent from 
a session unless he is sick or excused. When a member is 
brought in by the sergeant-at-arms, he is required to give 
an excuse for his absence, and some very amusing scenes 
often occur at such times. 

Clause 2. — -Discipline. 

Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, 
'punish its members for disorderly behavior ', and with the con- 
currence of two-thirds, expel a member. 

Each house of congress has adopted a list of rules 
relating to its organization, the privileges of members, the 
duties of its officers , the rules governing debate, and many 
other items of special interest. It has been found neces- 
sary for each house to punish some of its members for dis- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 237 

orderly conduct, and some members of each house have 
been expelled. 

Clause j. — Publicity. 

Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and, 
jrom time to time, publish the same, excepting such parts as 
may, in their judgment, require secrecy; and the yeas and 
nays of the members of either house, shall at the desire of one- 
fifth of those present, be entered on the journal. 

Journal. — The jouranl kept by each house contains a 
complete record of all its proceedings from day to day. 
This record is read at the opening of the next day's session, 
and such corrections are made as are found necessary. The 
journal is read and approved by the presiding officer be- 
fore it is submitted to the house. 

Publication. — If, at any time, the public safety 
seems to demand that any part of the proceedings of either 
house shall be kept secret, such part is not published. At 
other times, the proceedings of both houses of congress are 
given in full in the journal, which is published as often as 
may seem necessary. Usually a synopsis of the proceed- 
ings of congress from day to day may be had from the 
daily newspapers. 

Voting". — The usual method of voting viva voce is 
quite a simple one, and the presiding officer .can generally 
tell by the sound of the voices whether the motion is car- 
ried or lost. If he is in doubt as to the result, he calls upon 
those who vote in the affirmative to rise from their seats 
to be counted, and afterwards those voting in the negative. 
If the presiding officer is still in doubt, or if a count is 
requested by at least one-fifth of a quorum, he appoints 
two tellers, one from each side, to count the votes. This 
method is called voting by tellers. 



238 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Yeas and Nays. — The process of voting by yeas and 
nays is longer than the others, and it is sometimes resorted 
to by a minority to hinder legislation. Under the rule fixed 
by the constitution, the yeas and nays may be entered on 
the journal, whenever it is requested by one-fifth of the 
members present. 

Roll-Call. — In voting by yeas and nays, the names 
of the members are called in alphabetical order. As each 
one's name is called, he announces his vote. When the roll 
has been completed, the list is again read with the record 
of each vote, for the purpose of correcting errors, if any 
have been made. The use of this method of voting to delay 
legislation is called "filibustering." 

Clause 4. — Adjournment. 

Neither house, during the session of congress, shall without 
the consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor 
to any other place than that in which the two houses shall be 
sitting. 

Purpose. — This clause was inserted in the constitution 
to satisfy those members of the convention who were 
opposed to having two houses of congress. One house has 
not the power to adjourn for an indefinite period for the 
purpose of preventing legislation to which its members may 
be opposed. The language of the clause is so explicit as to 
require little explanation. Should both houses fail to agree 
upon a time of adjournment, they may be adjourned by 
proclamation of the president, but this has never been 
found necessary. 

SECTION VI.— Members. 
Clause 1. — Privileges. 
The senators and representatives shall receive a compen- 
sation for their services, to be ascertained by law, and paid out 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 239 

of the treasury of the United States. They shall in all cases, 
except treason, felony, and breach of the peace, be privileged 
from arrest during their attendance at the session of their 
respective houses, and in going to and returning from the same; 
and for any speech or debate in either house, they shall not be 
questioned in any other place. 

The salary of senators and representatives is fixed by 
law at seven thousand five hundred dollars a year. 
Franklin and a few other members of the constitutional 
convention were opposed to paying members of congress 
any salary, but they were overruled. At first, the salary of 
members of congress was fixed at six dollars a day, and thir- 
ty cents a mile fee traveling expenses. Several changes 
were made before the present limit was reached. The salary 
of the speaker is fixed at twelve thousand dollars a year. 

Stationery. — Mileage. — In addition to the salary 
named, each member receives one hundred and twenty-five 
dollars for stationery, and an allowance of twenty cents a 
mile for traveling expenses. Mileage is computed upon 
the nearest route usually traveled in going to and returning 
from the seat of government. The allowance for stationery 
and mileage is made for each session of congress, regular 
and special. The mileage is paid on the first day of the 
session of congress to those who are present, and to other 
members as soon as they arrive after the beginning of the 
session. Stationery is furnished at cost, but any member 
may draw his allowance for stationery in money, if he 
chooses. 

Freedom from Arrest. — The privilege of freedom 
from arrest, except in the cases specified, is a wise provis- 
ion. If it were not for this right, persons desirous of 
preventing certain legislation might cause the arrest of 



240 IOWA AND THE NATIOK. 

members on false or trifling charges, and thus prevent them 
from attending to their duties as congressmen. 

Freedom Of Speech. — The freedom of speech guar- 
anteed in debate is for the purpose of permitting members 
to speak freely and plainly upon any subject under discus- 
sion in the process of law-making. This does not prevent 
either house from adopting rules to govern members in 
debate. It is intended to prevent members from being 
arrested on a charge of slander for anything they may have 
said in debate. 

Clause 2. — Prohibitions. 

No senator or representative shall, during the time for 
which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office under the 
authority of the United States, which shall have been created, or 
the emoluments whereof shall have been increased during such 
time; and no person holding any office under the United States, 
shall be a member of either house during his continuance in 
office. 

A Wise Provision. — If it were not for this clause of 
the constitution, offices might be created by congress, and 
large salaries provided, and these offices given to the mem- 
bers of congress who had been instrumental in bringing 
about the passage of the law. An office with a large salary 
and permanent in tenure would be a constant temptation to 
some members, and resignations would be very common in 
congress, instead of very rare, as at present. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 241 



CHAPTER XL 

LAW MAKING. 

Section VII. 

Clause 1. — Revenue Bills, 

All bills for raising revenue shall originate in the house of 
representatives, but the senate may propose or concur with 
amendments, as on other bills. 

English Custom. — This is a plan borrowed from 
England. In parliament, all bills relating to taxation origi- 
nate in the lower house. It was thought wise to place 
the right to propose measures for raising revenue in the 
hands of representatives, because they are nearer the peo- 
ple, in a sense, than senators are. 

Effect of Restriction. — The provision really has but 
little force, because after a revenue bill has been acted upon 
by the house, it becomes the property of the senate, and 
may be disposed of by that body, in the same manner as 
any other bill. 

Clause 2. — Mode of Making Laws. 

Every bill which shall have passed the house of repre- 
sentatives and the senate, shall, before it becomes a law, be 
presented to the president of the United States; if he approve, 
he shall sign it; but if not, he shall return it, with his objec- 
tions, to that house in which it shall have originated, ivho shall 
enter the objections at large on their journal, and proceed to 



MS IOWA AND THE NATION. 

reconsider it. If, after such reconsideration, two -thirds of 
that house shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent, together 
with the objections, to the other house, by which it shall likewise 
be considered, and, if approved by two-thirds of that house, 
it shall become a law. But in all such cases the votes of both 
houses shall be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of 
the persons voting for and against the bill shall be entered on 
the journal of each 7wuse, respectively. If any bill shall not 
be returned by the president within ten days (Sundays ex- 
cepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the same shall 
be a law, in like manner as if he had signed it, unless the 
congress, by their adjournment, prevents its return, in which 
case it shall not be a law. 

Bills. — A bill is the draft of a proposed law. Any 
member of either house may introduce a bill on any subject. 
Every bill adopted by either house is read three times in 
the presence of the house, and the vote on its adoption 
occurs immediately after its third reading. The readings 
occur on different days, unless it is otherwise ordered by a 
vote of the members under a suspension of the rules. 

Passage of Bills. — When a bill has passed one 
house, it is at once sent to the other house for consideration. 
There it may be altered, amended, or rejected altogether. 
If amended, even in the slightest particular, it must be 
returned to the house in which it originated, and agreed to 
by that house before it is sent to the president for his 
approval. 

Action of President. — If the president approves a 
bill that has been passed by both houses in a proper man- 
ner, he signs it, and it is then a law. If he does not 
approve the bill, he returns it to the house in which it origi- 
nated, stating his objections to it. Those objections are 



.IOWA AND THE NATION. 248 

spread upon the journal of the house as a part of the per- 
manent record, and then the bill is reconsidered. 

Veto Power. — The refusal of the president to sign a 
bill is called a veto. The veto power of the president is 
only partial, for if each house agrees by a two-thirds ma- 
jority to pass a bill after it has been vetoed by the presi- 
dent, the bill becomes a law, and is of the same force and 
effect as though it had not been vetoed. 

Same. — The veto power of the king or queen of Eng- 
land is absolute in theory, but in practice that power has 
not been exercised for about two hundred years. The gov- 
ernor of each state in the Union is given the right to veto 
bills passed by the legislature. 

Subsequent Action. — In passing a bill over the 
president's veto, the vote is always taken by yeas and nays. 
This is done to insure a careful consideration of the reasons 
for voting for or against the measure. The vote of each 
member is recorded, and he is thus put on record, so that 
his constituents may know just how he voted. 

"Executive Neglect." — The president sometimes 
allows a bill to become a law by the process called "execu- 
tive neglect." In this case, he neither signs the bill nor 
vetoes it in the regular way. If the bill is not vetoed nor 
signed by the president within ten days from the time 
it is presented to him (Sundays excepted), it becomes 
a law, unless congress, by adjournment, prevents its 
return. 

Pocket Veto. — If a bill passed during the last ten 
days of a session of congress is objectionable to the presi- 
dent, he may prevent the measure from becoming a law by 
taking no action upon it. This method of defeating a bill 
is called a "pocket veto/'* 



244 IOWA AND THB NATION. 

Clause 3. — Joint Resolutions. 

Every order, resolution, or vote to which the concurrence 
of the senate and house of representatives may he necessary 
{except on a question of adjournment), shall be presented to 
the president of the United States; and before the same shall 
take effect, shall be approved by him, or, being disapproved by 
him, shall be repassed by two-thirds of the senate and house of 
representatives, according to the rules and limitations pre- 
scribed in the case of a bill. 

Purpose. — This clause was considered necessary in 
order to prevent the congress from passing a bill that the 
president might object to, and which could not be passed 
over his veto, by simply changing it to the form of an order, 
or resolution. A vote of congress to do something which 
is not intended to have the force of law, is called a concur- 
rent resolution, and does not require the president's 
approval. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 245 



CHAPTER XII. 
POWERS OF CONGRESS. 

Section VIII. 
Clause 1. — Taxation. 
Congress shall have power: 

To lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises, to 
pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general 
welfare of the United States; but all duties, imposts and 
excises shall be uniform throughout the United States. 

Revolutionary War Debts.— Under the articles of 
confederation there was no national treasury. Congress had 
power to recommend that money be raised for various pur- 
poses, but it could not levy or collect a single dollar. The 
credit of the United States was worthless at the close of 
the revolution, and a moral obligation seemed to rest upon 
the general government to assume the debts which had been 
contracted by the states during the war. This was done, 
and many years elapsed before the burden was raised. v 

Taxes. — Taxes are authorized by the constitution to 
be raised for three purposes. These are for the pajnnenfc 
of debts, and to provide for the common defense and promote 
the general welfare of the United States. 

Direct Taxes. — Taxes are classed as direct and 
indirect. By a clause of the constitution already quoted, 
direct taxes must be levied upon the several states accord- 



246 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

mg to their population. Direct taxes, when apportioned to 

the states, are collected by the states, and the amount is 
then paid into the United States treasury. Direct taxes 
have always been unpopular in this country as a means of 
raising revenue for the general government, and this method 
has not been resorted to except in case of urgent necessity. 

War Measure. — In 1861, a direct tax was levied 
upon the states to aid in paying the expenses of the 
rebellion, but the amount of money thus raised was restored 
to the states about twenty years later. 

Kinds of Taxes. — Direct taxes are levied upon the 
property of individuals, or upon the persons themselves, 
regardless of property. A tax on property, personal or 
real is called a property tax, and one on individuals, a poll 
or capitation tax. 

Indirect Taxes. — Duties, imposts, and excises are in- 
direct taxes. They are levied upon certain articles 
imported into the country, and also upon articles, usually 
luxuries, manufactured in the country. 

Duties. — Duties are of two kinds — specific and ad 
valorem. A specific duty is levied on goods without regard 
to value. An ad valorem duty is levied on goods at a certain 
per centage of their value in the country from which they 
are imported. 

Tariff. — A law passed by congress to fix the rate of 
duty upon articles imported into the United States is called 
a tariff. The word "tariff " is a corruption of "Tarifa," the 
name of the southern cape of Spain. The Moors, during 
the middle ages, held this cape, and by means of it, they 
were able to control the entrance to the Mediterranean sea. 
The tribute they exacted from merchantmen for passing 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 247 

through the Straight of Gibraltar without molestation was 
called a Tarifa taXj or a tariff. 

Kinds of Tariff. — The tariff has been a subject of 
much dispute in the United States, and upon it, political 
parties have been divided all along through our history. 
Two theories have been advocated — one, « <a tariff for reve- 
nue only," and the other, "a tariff for protection." Those 
who favor the first plan argue that the tariff should be so 
regulated as to help defray the expenses of the govern- 
ment, and that it should be lowered or removed altogether, 
if the expenses can be met in other ways. 

Protective Tariff. — A tariff for protection is also a 
tariff for revenue, but in addition to that, the burden of 
taxation is placed upon those imported articles that are 
likely to be brought into competition with the same class 
of articles manufactured or produced in this country. 

Export Duty Prohibited. — The United States and 
the several states are prohibited from levying duties upon 
exports. Imposts are the same as duties, or customs, and 
this term might have been omitted from the constitution, 
without impairing the tax-levying power in any way. 

Internal Revenue. — Excises are taxes levied on to- 
bacco, cigars, spirituous and malt liquors, and other articles, 
greater or less in number, according to the needs of the 
government. This is the form of taxation known as 
internal revenue. During the rebellion, many of the necessi- 
ties of life were subject to an internal revenue tax. Deeds, 
mortgages, and other legal documents were also subject to 
a stamp tax for the benefit of the government. 

Expenses of Government.— In times of peace, the 
expenses of our government are enormous, and they would 
be very much increased in case of war. It now costs more 



248 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

than half a billion dollars to pay the expenses of the gov- 
ernment for a single year. 

Debts. — During the rebellion, the sources of revenue 
were increased in many ways, but, in spite of this, the debt 
at the close of the war was nearly three billion dollars. A 
great part of this has been paid, but the common defense 
and general welfare demand the outlay of large sums of 
money annually. The subject of taxation has always been, 
and doubtless always will be, a troublesome one. 

Cla use 2. — Borrowing. 

To borrow money on the credit of the United States. 

Borrowing Money. — Several times in our history, 
our government has been obliged to borrow money on its 
credit. At the time of the purchase of Louisiana, in 1803, 
there was not money enough in the treasury to pay for it. 
Bonds were issued to Napoleon, and this was equivalent to 
borrowing money, for the credit of the government was 
pledged to the redemption of the bonds. 

National Credit. — During each of the wars in which 
the United States has been engaged, the credit of the nation 
has been used, and during the civil war it was taxed almost 
to the utmost, in order to raise the necessary means to carry 
on the war. 

Clause 3. — To regulate Commerce. 

To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among 
the several states, and with the Indian tribes. 

Commercial Restrictions. — One of the defects of 
the old government was that congress had no power to legis- 
late in any way with reference to commerce. The states 
soon became jealous of each other, and restrictions were 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 249 

often placed upon the commerce of neighboring states, for 
no other reason than that of envy or jealousy. It will be 
remembered that the first convention called after the close 
of the revolution was for the purpose of improving the 
commercial relations among the states. 

United States Commerce. — The foreign commerce 

of the United States is very extensive, and it is largely con- 
trolled by congress. An inter-state commerce commission 
is regularly maintained by the general government, for the 
purpose of regulating commerce among the states. The 
commerce with Indian tribes is unimportant, but whatever 
there is, is under the direction of congress. 

Department of Commerce. — This department was 
created by act of congress, passed January 17, 1903. Its 
organization was the result of much discussion in business 
circles of the United States covering a period of more than 
twenty years. The purpose of the law is as follows: — It 
shall be the province and duty of said department to fost- 
er, promote and develop the foreign and domestic com- 
merce, the mining, manufacturing, shipping and fishery 
industries, the labor interests and the transportation fa- 
cilities of the United States. The chief officer of this de- 
partment is called the secretary of commerce and he is a 
member of the president's cabinet. 

Department of Labor. — The department of com- 
merce and labor was separated into two departments in 
1913. The work of each department is indicated by the 
title. The secretary of labor is a member of the presi- 
dent's cabinet, making the tenth member of that body. 



250 IOWA AND THE NATION 



CHAPTER XIII. 
POWERS OF CONGRESS— Continued. 
Clause 4. — Naturalization and Bankruptcy. 

To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and uni- 
form laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout the 
United States. 

Naturalization. — Naturalization is the process by 
which an alien becomes a citizen of the United States. 
Several laws relating to naturalization have been passed 
by congress, but the one now in force seems the most 
satisfactory. 

Present Law. — Under the present law, an alien must 
reside in this country five years before he can become a 
citizen of the United States. As soon as an alien lands in 
this country, he may go before any court of record and 
declare his intentions to become a citizen of the United 
States. He will then be given a certificate stating the 
facts in the case as given below: — 

Naturalization. — Declaration of Intentions. 

First papers: 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 

Department of Commerce and Labor. 

Bureau of Immigration and Naturalization. 

Division of Naturalization. 

DECLARATION OF INTENTIONS. 

ss. 

In the Court of 

I , aged years, oc- 
cupation , do declare on oath 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 251 

that my personal description is: Color, 

complexion, ; height, feet, 

inches; other visible distinctive marks 

I was born in on the day 

of anno domini 1 I now re- 
side at I immigrated to the 

United States of America from 

on the vessel My last foreign resi- 
dence was It is my bona 

fide intention to renounce forever all allegiance and 
fidelity to any foreign prince, potentate, state, or sover- 
eignty and particularly to 

of which I am now a citizen; I arrived at the port of 

subject 

state 

in the territory of 

district 

anno domini 1 ; I am not an anarchist. I am not 

a poylgamist or a believer in the practice of polygamy; 
and it is my intention to become a citizen of the United 
States of America and to permanently reside therein. 

SO HELP ME GOD. 

Original signature of declament. 
sworn 

Subscribed and affirmed to before me this 

day of anno domini 19 ... . 



Clerk of the Court. 

(SEAL) By , Clerk. 

Residence.— The full period of residence required of 
aliens before they can become naturalized is five years 
At least two years must elapse between the declaration of 
intentions to become a citizen of the United States and the 



252 * IOWA AND THE NATION. 

completion of the process. Thus, if an alien lives here five 
years before he declares his intentions to become a citizen, 
he must continue to reside here two years longer before he 
can get his second naturalization papers. 

Oath of Alien. — At the time of taking out his second 
papers, the alien must appear before a court of record and 
there renounce, under oath, all allegiance to every foreign 
power, and especially to the one to which he was subject 
before coming to the United States. He must also take 
with him two persons to testify that they have been 
acquainted with him for the preceding two years, and that 
they believe him worthy to be made a citizen of the United 
States. The form of the oath of naturalization is here 
given, and that of the certificate also: — 

Naturalization. — 

Second Papers: 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: State of 

. . . : In the Superior Court for County. 

Present : , Judge. 

In the matter of the application of 

an alien 
To become a Citizen of the 
United States of America. 

In the open court this day of 

1 

I, , being first duly sworn, 

depose and say: I am a free white man, an alien born in 

, and an applicant to become a citizen 

of the United States. I have never borne any hereditary 
title nor been of any of the orders of nobility in the king- 
dom or state from which I came. I have (1) heretofore 
made declaration under oath of my intention to become 
a naturalized citizen of the United States (2), before 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 253 

, an officer authorized to take such 

declaration, in the county of , state of 

of the day of 

1 I have resided in the state of for more 

than one year last past, and within the United States con- 
tinuously for more than five years last past. I am 
attached to the principles of the constitution of the United 
States, and well disposed to the good order and happiness 
of the same. I have behaved as a man of good moral 
character during all the period of my residence with the 
United States. I do further declare that, at the time of 
my admission to the United States, to-wit: on or about 

the day of ,1 ,1 was 

not one of any class of aliens excluded from admission 
into the United States by the terms of "An Act to Regu- 
late the Immigration of Aliens into the United States," 
approved March 3, 1903. That is to say, I was not an 
idiot, insane person or epileptic, nor was I a person who 
had been insane within the five years previous to my ad- 
mission, nor was I a person who had had two or more at- 
tacks of insanity at any time. I was not then a pauper, a 
professional beggar, or a person likely to become a public 
charge. I was not then a person afflicted with a loath- 
some or with a dangerous contagious disease. I had not, 
prior to my admission, been convicted of a felony or other 
crime or misdemeanor envolving moral turpitude. I was 
not then a polygamist, an anarchist, or a person who be- 
lieved in or advocated the overthrow, by force or violence, 
of the government of the United States, or of all govern- 
ments, or all forms of law. I did not then believe in or 
advocate the assassination of public officials. I have not, 
at any time, procured. I was not at the date of my admis- 
sion to the United States a person who had been, within 



254 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

one year prior thereto, deported as being under offers, 
solicitations, promises or agreements to perform labor or 
services of some kind within the United States. 

I now declare, upon my oath, that I do not disbelieve 
in, and am not opposed to, organized government. I am 
not a member of, or amiated with any organization enter- 
taining or teaching disbelief in, or opposition to, all 
organized government I do not advocate or teach the 
duty, necessity or propriety of the unlawful assaulting of 
any officer or officers, either of specific individuals, or of 
officers generally, of the government of the United States, 
or of any other organized government, because of his, or 
their, official capacity. 

I do now hereby declare, upon my oath, that I absolu- 
tely and entirely renounce and abjure all allegiance and 
fidelity to every foreign prince, potentate, state, or sov- 
ereignty, whatsoever, that I will support the constitution 
of the United States of America, and bear true faith and 
allegiance to the government thereof. 

Signed 

Subscribed and sworn to before me by the applicant 

this day of ,1 

Two witnesses , Clerk 

Deputy 

Exceptions. — There are some exceptions to the gen- 
eral naturalization law An alien who has served one year 
in the army or navy of the United States and been honor- 
ably discharged, may become a citizen at once by taking 
the oath of allegiance. An alien woman becomes a citizen 
by marriage with a citizen. If an alien who has declared 
his intentions to become a citizen dies, his widow may 
complete the process of naturalization for the benefit of 
herself and children. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 254a 

Minors. — Minor children are naturalized by the act of 
the father. Minors who have come to this country before 
they were eighteen years of age may declare their inten- 
tions and take out full naturalization papers at the same 
time, provided they have lived here five years, and are at 
least twenty-one years old. 

Bankruptcy Laws.— The justice of bankruptcy laws 
has always been questioned by able jurists. Under the con- 
federation, the states passed bankruptcy laws, and there 
was no uniformity in their provisions. 

Effect. — A bankruptcy law gives a debtor the right to 
appear in court, and, under oath, to certify to all the prop- 
erty belonging to him which is not exempt by law from 
attachment for debt. By turning over this property to the 
court, for the benefit of his creditors, the proceeds will be 
divided proportionately among them, and the entire debt 
will thus be canceled. The debtor may afterwards accumu- 
late a large amount of property, but it can never be seized 
to pay debts contracted before he took advantage of the 
provisions of tne bankruptcy law. Congress, in 1898, 
passed a new bankruptcy law which is now in force through- 
out the United States. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 255 



CHAPTER XIV. 

POWERS OF CONGRESS.— Continued. 

Clause 5. — Coinage and Measures. 

To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign 
coin and fix the standard of weights and measures. 

Coinage. — The right to coin money belongs primarily 
with the nation, and not with the state. Under the power 
conferred upon congress by the first part of this clause, 
laws relating to the coinage of money have been passed, 
and mints owned and operated by the general government 
have been established. 

United States Mints. — The main mint of the United 
States is at Philadelphia. . It was established in 1791. 
There are also United States mints at New Orleans, San 
Francisco and Carson City and Denver. Each of these 
mints, except the one at Philadelphia, has a mint mark 
which is placed on the reverse side of all the principal coins. 
"0" is the mint mark for New Orleans, "S" for San 
Francisco, "C C" for Carson City and "D" for Denver. 
Coinage has been discontinued at New Orleans. 

Coins. — Gold, silver, nickel, and bronze are now 
coined into money by the authority of congress. The 
gold coins are the double eagle, the eagle, half eagle, and 
quarter eagle. The silver coins are the dollar, half dollar, 
quarter dollar, and dime. The baser coins are the five 
cent and the one cent piece. 



256 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Legal Tender. — Gold coins and silver dollars are 
legal tender for the payment of debts in unlimited 
amounts, but all other silver coins are limited to ten dollar?, 
as a legal tender. A private citizen may have gold bul- 
lion coined into money at the United States mint in any 
quantity he chooses. This is called free coinage of gold. 
The government does not now coin silver for individuals, 
but purchases what it needs. 

Portraits on Coins. — President Washington was 
urged to allow his portrait to be used on the principal coins 
of the United States, but he objected on the ground that in 
a republic no man's portrait should be placed on its coins. 
That plan has been followed through our history down to 
the present time. The profile on the standard silver dollar 
is a portrait of Miss Annie L. Williams, a school teacher of 
Philadelphia. 

Value of Coins. — The power of congress to regulate 
the value of coins is an important one. At present the gold 
dollar as a unit of value, contains twenty-five and eight- 
tenths grains, nine-tenths fine, and the silver dollar four 
hundred twelve and one-half grains, and of the same degree 
of fineness as the gold dollar. The metal in a silver dollar 
is often worth less than a dollar as bullion, but the stamp 
of the government causes it to pass at its face value. Con- 
gress does not attempt to regulate the value of foreign 
coins, as the number circulated in the United States is very 
small. 

Weights and Measures. — Congress has power to 
establish a uniform system of weights and measures, but it 
has never exercised it. The metric system of weights and 
measures has been recommended for general use, but the 
recommendation has had but little force. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 257 

Clause 6. — Punishment of Counterfeiting. 

To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the 
securities and current coin of the United States. 

Counterfeiting". — During the Revolution, congress 
was obliged to issue large amounts of paper money, and, with 
the poor facilities for engraving and printing it, the work 
was not well done, and it was also easily imitated. To make 
the matter worse, and perhaps with the thought of entirely 
ruining the credit of the United States, large sums of coun- 
terfeit money were printed in England and sent over 
here to be given away, or used in exchange for American 
manufactures and other products. In this way, the money 
of the government became worthless, and its credit well 
nigh ruined. 

Counterfeiting' Paper Money. — Of late years, the 
art of the engraver has made it very difficult to imitate our 
paper money, and the penalty for counterfeiting is severe. 
The crime of counterfeiting is a felony, and the penalty, as 
fixed by law, is printed on the back of greenbacks and 
national bank notes. On greenbacks, it is as follows : 

"Counterfeiting or altering this note, or passing any 
counterfeit or alteration of it, or having in possession any 
false or counterfeit plate or impression of it, or any paper 
made in imitation of the paper on which it is printed, is 
felony, and is punishable by five thousand dollars ($5,000) 
fine, or fifteen (15) years imprisonment at hard labor, or 
both." 

Counterfeiting Coins. — The penalty for counterfeit- 
ing the coins of the United States is also very severe. 
Officers of the government are employed to detect counter- 
feit money of any kind, and, if possible, to arrest the 
criminals engaged in its manufacture or use. 



258 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Safe Money. — It is safe to say that there is almost no 
counterfeit money now in circulation. So certain do we feel 
that all the paper money in use is genuine, that we rarely 
examine it, except to be sure of the amount it represents. 
The kinds of paper money now in circulation are greenbacks, 
national bank notes, silver, gold, and coin certificates. 

Clause 7. — Postoffices. 

To establish postoffices and post roads. 

Postal System. — The postal system of the United 
States originated with Benjamin Franklin. At the organiza- 
tion of the government in 1789, there were only seventy-five 
postoffices, but now there are about sixty-five thousand. 
All the people are brought in contact with this branch of the 
public service, and in no other way has the government done 
so much "to promote the general welfare." 

Rate Of Postage. — Fifty years ago the rate of post- 
age was very high, and it varied according to the distance 
the letters were carried. If the distance was less than 
thirty miles, the postage was six cents ; more than thirty 
and less than eighty miles, ten cents; and over four hun- 
dred miles, twenty-five cents. The charge now is merely 
nominal, and it is uniform throughout the United States 
without regard to distance. The rate of letter postage is two 
cents an ounce or fraction thereof. Circulars and ether 
advertising matter, books, merchandise, money, and many 
other things, are sent to all parts of the country by mail at 
a nominal charge, and yet the receipts of the postal depart- 
ment make it almost self-supporting. 

International Postal Union. — The United States is 
also a member of an international postal union, and, by 
means of this, letters may be sent to any foreign country 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 259 

belonging to the postal union, at the uniform rate of five 
cents per half ounce. 

Money may be sent to all parts of the United States by 
means of postal orders, which may be purchased at all the 
important postoffices in the United States. International 
money orders are also used to send money abroad. 

Classification. — Postoffices are divided into classes, 
according to the amount of business transacted. 

First Class. — First class offices are those whose 
annual receipts are forty thousand dollars and upwards, and 
the salaries of postmasters in such offices vary from three 
thousand to six thousand dollars a year. The postmaster 
of the city of New York is allowed eight thousand dollars 
a year, and the postmaster of Washington, D. C. , five thous- 
and dollars. 

Second Class. — In second class offices the receipts 
range from eight thousand to forty thousand dollars a 
year, and the salaries from two thousand to twenty-nine 
hundred dollars. 

Third Class. — The receipts in third class offices must 
be not less than nineteen hundred nor more than eight 
thousand dollars. The range of salaries is from one thou- 
sand to nineteen hundred dollars, by even hundreds. 

Fourth Class. — Postmasters of the fourth class re- 
ceive salaries varying according to the amount of business 
transacted. All of the box rent collected by them, and also 
a commission on canceled postage-clue stamps, form part o( 
the salary. In addition to this, they are allowed one hun- 
dred per cent, of the value of all postage stamps and postal 
cards canceled by them, and of all amounts received from 
the sale of waste paper, dead newspapers, and other printed 



260 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

matter, and twine, not to exceed in value fifty dollars for 
each period of three months ; on the next hundred dollars 
received from such sources per quarter, sixty per cent; on 
the next two hundred dollars, fifty per cent; and on the 
balance received for the quarter, forty per cent. Salaries 
of fourth class officers vary from one quarter to another, as 
they are based upon a percentage of the business of the 
offices. 

Adjustment. — Salaries are readjusted annually, and 
if the receipts of any office grow so large early in the year 
as to change the class to which that office belongs, the read- 
justment will not be made until the end of the postal year, 
which is March 31. 

Post Roads. — Post roads are routes designated by 
the government over which the mails are carried. They 
consist of railroads, steamship routes, and wagon roads. 
These post roads are not special routes constructed at 
government expense, but any route by which mail is 
conveyed is called a post road. In nearly all parts of the 
country, rural free delivery of mail is made by carriers 
who do their work under contract with the general 
government. 

Parcel Post. — The parcel post law, provides for carry- 
ing merchandise parcels weighing twenty pounds or less 
to nearby points and eleven pounds or less to more distant 
points at a low rate of postage. Although the system be- 
came effective on Jan. 1, 1913, it has proved very popu- 
lar, and congress will doubtless increase the weight of 
packages that may be carried and will probably lower the 
rate of postage before very long. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 261 



CHAPTER XV. 
POWERS OF CONGRESS.— Continued. 

Clause 8. — Copyrights and Patents. 

To promote the progress of science and useful arts by 
securing, for limited times, to authors and inventors, the 
exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries. 

Patents. — A patent is a certificate issued by the 
authority of the government to the inventor of any useful 
article, or the discoverer of any useful process, by means 
of which he is given the exclusive right to manufacture 
and sell his production. Models of the various articles 
patented in the United States are kept in the patent office at 
Washington. Patents are issued by a commission that is 
in charge of that branch of the interior department. 

Expense. — Letters patent, as the certificate is called, 
secures to the inventor the exclusive right to his patent for 
seventeen years, and a patent may be re-issued. The 
expense of obtaining a patent is thirty-five dollars. Fifteen 
dollars must accompany the application, and this money 
will not be returned to the applicant, even if he is not 
granted a patent. It is used to defray the expense of the 
careful search through the models in the patent office to see 
that the article is not like some similar one already covered 
by patent. 

Copyright. — A copyright is a privilege granted to 
authors and designers, and it is intended to secure to them 
the exclusive right to their productions. Any person wish- 



262 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

ing to copyright a book, map, chart,, or other similar ar- 
ticle, must make application to the librarian of congress 
not later than date of publication. Application blanks 
are furnished by the Librarian of Congress and applica- 
tion must be made by a citizen or resident of the United 
States. This application must show that the book was 
printed from type or plates made from type set within 
the limits of the United States; that the book was 
printed -and bound within the limits of the United States, 
and be accompanied by two copies of the publication to 
be copyrighted. 

Cost. — Fee for recording application for copyright is 
SI. 00. This fee must accompany the application. 

Notice. — Every book or other article under copy- 
right must contain a notice to the public in one of the 
following forms: "Entered according to the act of con- 
gress in the year , by in the office of the 

librarian of congress, at Washington, D. C," or "Copyright 
18 . . , by " Any person who uses these forms, con- 
trary to law is subject to a fine of one hundred dollars. 

Duration. — Copyright secures protection to the 
author for twenty-eight years, and if application is made 
for a renewal the copyright may be extended for twenty- 
eight years. 

Clause 9. — United States Courts. 
To constitute tribunals inferior to the supreme court. 

Judicial Department. — This clause is an important 
one, and congress, exercising the authority granted by it, 
has established several important courts, some of them in- 
ferior only in name to the supreme court. Owing to the re- 
lation of these courts to the supreme court, the whole subject 
will be discussed as the judicial branch of the government. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 263 

Clause 10. — Crimes at Sea, 
To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on 
the high seas, and offenses against the law of nations. 

Piracy. — Piracy is a crime committed on the high 
seas which is equivalent to robbery on land. Congress has 
passed stringent laws for the punishment of piracy, and as 
other civilized nations have taken similar action, this crime 
is now of rare occurrence, 

Low Water Mark.. — The jurisdiction of a state bor- 
dering on the ocean extends to low water mark, but the 
nation has control of oceanic waters for a distance of three 
miles outside of low water mark. The nation also controls 
the gulfs and bays that indent its coasts. 

Citizens. — The offenses against nations referred to 
here apply only to citizens of the United States. Each 
nation is responsible to every other nation for the acts of its 
citizens. The United States has been called upon to make 
reparation for the injuries done to citizens of other coun- 
tries, and the power of our government is often invoked to 
protect the rights of our citizens abroad. 

Clause 11. — Declaration of War, 
To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, 
and make rules concerning captures on land and water. 

War. — One of the sovereign powers of a nation is that 
of declaring war. The United States has been engaged in 
three important wars with other nations, and in the great 
Civil War. 

Declaration. — A declaration of war is a very impor- 
tant step for any nation to take. It is a formal proclama- 
tion to the world that war is about to begin, and war is 
always dreadful. 



264 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Powers of Congress. -When congress has declared 
war against a nation, a treaty of peace is necessary in order 
to terminate the war. A treaty is agreed to by ambassa- 
dors appointed for that purpose, but the terms of the treaty 
must be ratified by the president and senate. A two-thirds 
vote of the number of senators present is necessary for the 
ratification of a treaty. 

National Wrongs. —Sometimes a nation refuses or 
neglects to make reparation for the wrongs done to another 
nation, or to its citizens. The injured nation may issue a 
license to its naval officers, authorizing them to seize the 
subjects or property of the offending nation found on the 
high seas, and to hold them subject to the law of nations 
governing such cases. The seizure of property in this man- 
ner is not considered piracy, or in any sense criminal. 

Marque and Reprisal. — The license to make the 
seizure referred to is called a letter of marque, and the 
authority to take the property seized into the ports of the 
injured nation, a letter of reprisal. 

Prize Courts. — The United States, in time of war, 
designates certain ports into which prizes may be taken by 
officers acting under letters of marque and reprisal. At 
these ports, prize courts, or courts of admiralty, as they are 
often called, are established, and if it is found by them 
that the seizure has been properly made, the property is 
sold, and the money received is divided among the officers 
and crew in a manner prescribed by law. 

Clause 12. — Maintenance of Armies. 

To raise and support armies, hut no appropriation of 
money to that use shall be for a longer term than two years. 

Armies. — The power to declare war would have little 
force unless accompanied by the right to raise and equip 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 265 

armies. The members of the constitutional convention 
were divided in opinion concerning the power of congress to 
raise armies, and the people also, when called upon to ratify 
the constitution, were found to be much opposed to this 
part of thfe document. 

Appropriations. — -A:s a safeguard to the people, it is 
provided that an appropriation for the support of the United 
States army shall not be made for a longer period than two 
years. By this means, if a war proves unpopular, repre- 
sentatives favoring the wishes of the people could be elected, 
and the war terminated through lack of support of the 
army. 

Position Of United States,— The geographical 
postion of the United States makes it less necessary for the 
nation to support a large standing army. Controlling the 
large area that it does, extending from ocean to ocean, and 
with little danger possible from its neighbors, north and 
south, the United States is more secure than any other large 
civilized nation on the earth. 

Militia. — In case of war, the United States could call 
out the militia of the several states. This includes all able- 
bodied male citizens between the ages of eighteen and forty- 
five years, with a few exceptions. Of these, there are in 
the United States more than thirteen million, according to 
the census of 1890. During the Rebellion, President Lin- 
coln issued several calls for volunteers to enlist in the army 
of the United States, and hundreds of thousands answered 
the call. 

Standing" Army.— It has always been the policy of 
the United States to maintain a small standing army. At 
the beginning of the Spanish-American war in April, 1898, 
our standing army numbered less than twenty-eight thous- 



266 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

and men, officers included. In a few weeks, a volunteer 
army, numbering fully a quarter of a million of men, was 
raised, and the glorious victories won surprised the whole 
world. There is little doubt but that the standing army 
of the future will be much larger than in years past. 
European countries are kept on a war footing constantly, 
and millions of men are kept in training all of the time to be 
ready for war at a moment' s notice. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 267 



CHAPTER XVI. 
POWERS OF CONGRESS.— Continued. 
Clause 13 — The Navy. 

To provide and maintain a navy. 

Navy. — The navy of the United States has been for 
many years even less imposing than its army. But the 
year 1898 saw a small, poorly equipped navy change, as if 
by magic, into one of the most powerful navies of the 
world. The victories at Manila and Santiago are without 
a parallel in the annals of the world. In a few days, the 
vast resources of the government were turned toward the 
mprovement of our navy, and the change was marvelous 
Battleships, armored cruisers, torpedo boats, rapid-fire 
guns, and, in fact, everything needed for the carrying on 
of a great war seemed to spring into being at the need of 
the nation. The preparations now being made in the naval 
department will soon make the United States one of the 
foremost naval powers of the earth. 

Clause 14. — Army and Navy Regulations. 

To make rules for the government and regulations of 
the land and naval forces. 

Military Academy. — Congress has passed many laws 
relating to the government of its land and naval forces. To 
provide for the proper training of army officers, there is a 
military academy located at West Point, New York, and 
supported at government expense. This academy was 
opened in 1812, and more than three thousand officers 
have graduated from it. 

Cadets. — Each congressional district in the United 
States is entitled to send one cadet to the military 



268 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

academy. The appointment is usually determined by com- 
petitive examination, and the person chosen must be 
thoroughly prepared in the common branches of study, and 
be physically perfect. Cadets are paid five hundred and 
forty dollars a year for four years, and the graduates 
receive the rank and pay of second lieutenants. 

Naval Academy. — The naval academy was founded 
in 1845, by George Bancroft, the noted historian, who was 
then serving as secretary of the navy. During the Rebel- 
lion, this school was transferred to Newport, Rhode Island. 
Cadets are appointed from the congressional districts 
of the United States, and each is bound to eight years serv- 
ice in the navy, six years of the time being spent under the 
direction of the academy. This institution is now located 
at Annapolis, Maryland. 

Clause 15. — Tlie Militia. 

To provide for calling forth the militia to execute 
the laws of the Union , suppress insurrections, and repel 
invasions. 

Commander-in-Chief. — The constitution provides 
that the president shall be commander-in-chief of the land 
and naval forces of the United States. The governor of 
each state is empowered to call out the state militia to 
enforce the laws of the state and maintain peace within its 
borders, but he has not the power to send them outside of 
the state. The president may call out the state militia to 
aid in executing the laws of the Union, or to suppress insur- 
rections, and repel invasions. 

Clause 16. — Organization of the Militia. 

To provide for organizing, arming and disciplining the 
militia,! and for governing such part of them as may be 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 309 

employed in the service of the United States, reserving to 
the states respectively the appointment of the officers, and the 
authority of training the militia according to the discipline pre- 
scribed by congress. 

Training" Militia. — If it were not for this provision, 
by means of which uniformity in military training is secured, 
the militia would be of little value, when called into the 
service of the general government. It is proper to permit 
the states to choose the officers of the militia, but the train- 
ing of all, officers and privates alike, should be the same 
for all the states. 

Clause 17. — Exclusive Legislation. 

To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever, 
over such district Qiot exceeding ten miles square') as may, by 
the cession of particular states, and the acceptance of congress, 
become the 'seat of government of the United States, and to 
exercise like authority over all places purchased by the consent 
of the legislature of the state in which the same shall be, for the 
erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dock yards, and other 
needful buildings. 

Seat of Government. — Washington was empowered 
by congress, at its first session, to locate the seat of govern- 
ment at some point on the Potomac river. This he did in 
1790, and the capital was removed from Philadelphia, to the 
city of Washington in 1800. The site chosen for the seat 
of government is known as the District of Columbia. Mary- 
land gave sixty-four square miles of territory, and Virginia, 
thirty-six. In 1846, the government ceded to Virginia its 
original part, leaving only the Maryland grant in the Dis- 
trict. 

HOW Controlled. — For seventy years, congress gov- 
erned the District of Columbia by direct legislation, and 



270 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

then it tried the experiment of giving it a territorial organi- 
zation. This did not prove satisfactory, and, after three 
years' trial, the government was placed in the hands of 
three commissioners who are appointed by congress. 

Washington.— The city of Washington contains the 
capitol and many other large and costly buildings belong- 
ing to the United States. It is there that much of the 
business of governing the country is transacted. Congress, 
the president and his cabinet, and the supreme court do 
their work there, and the ambassadors from foreign 
countries reside there during the time of their appointment. 

United States Property.— The United States owns 
custom houses, navy yards, postoffices in many large 
cities, and other property in different parts of the country. 
Land is obtained for these purposes from the several 
states, but the states usually reserve certain rights to the 
land. As a rule, the deed to the land contains a reverting 
clause, so that the land will become the property of the 
state or individual granting it, in case the government 
fails to use it for the purpose for which it was granted. 
Tne right to serve writs or other legal notices for the en- 
forcement of the laws of the state is also reserved by the 
state. This is done to prevent these places from becoming 
a place of refuge for criminals fleeing from state authority. 

Clause 18. — Legislative Power. 

To make all laws which shall be necessary for carrying 
into execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers 
vested by this constitution in the government of the United 
States, or in any department or officer thereof. 

Summary. — This clause is a grand summary of the 
powers of congress. It will be seen that the constitution 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 271 

states many things at>out which congress may legislate, but 
this is only for the purpose of pointing out some of the most 
important subjects requiring general legislation. In order 
to show that congress has power to legislate in matters not 
specified, this last provision is wisely inserted. There are 
in the employ of the general government— in all branches 
of the public service, including the military, naval, and 
marine departments — fully two hundred thousand persons. 
All laws relating to these officers, their duties, terms and 
salaries, have been passed by congress. 



272 IOWA AND THE NATIOK, 



CHAPTER XVH 

PROHIBITIONS. 

Clause 1. — The Slave Trade. 

Trie migration or importation of such persons as any of 
the states now existing shall think proper to admit, shall not be 
prohibited by congress prior to the year one thousand eight 
hundred and eight, but a tax or duty may be imposed on such 
importation, not exceeding ten dollars for each person. 

Slavery. — The curse of slavery had its beginning in 
this country in 1620, when a Dutch trader brought twenty 
negroes from Africa and sold them to the planters of Vir- 
ginia as slaves. Other importations followed, until, at the 
time of the Revolution, slaves were owned in ail the 
colonies. 

Sectional. — Slavery was never very popular at the 
North, partly because slave labor could not be made so 
profitable as in the milder climate of the South, and yet 
there were some slaves owned in New England as late 
as 1840. 

Cotton Gin. — The invention of the cotton gin by Eli 
Whitney, in 1793, gave a wonderful impetus to the pro- 
duction of cotton at the South, and as slave labor could 
be used to great advantage in the production of 
cotton, the value of slaves rapidly increased. Although 
Washington owned slaves, he was opposed to slavery as an 
institution, as were many other members of the constitu- 
tional convention. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 273 

Concession. — To satisfy some members of the con- 
vention, it was agreed that congress should not pass any law 
to prohibit the importation of slaves prior to 1808. It was 
supposed that the new government would be organized about 
the beginning of 1788, and this prohibition was intended to 
last for twenty years thereafter. 

Restrictions. — The importation of slaves after the 
first of January, 1808, was prohibited by congress, and pen- 
alties were prescribed for the violation of the law. But 
because slavery had become profitable, the law was often 
violated. In 1820, congress declared that any citizen of the 
United States who should engage in the foreign slave trade 
was guilty of piracy, and attached the death penalty to 
the crime. Slavery was finally abolished by the thirteenth 
amendment to the constitution, which was adopted in 
1865. 

Clause 2. — The Writ of Habeas Corpus. 

The privileges of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be 
suspended, unless when in cases of rebellion or invasion the 
public safety may require it. 

Habeas Corpus. — The right to a writ of habeas cor- 
pus is one of the strongest safeguards to personal 
liberty. An innocent person may be arrested, charged 
with having committed a heinous crime. Instead of 
being compelled to wait several weeks or months 
for a hearing, he may demand a writ of habeas corpus 
in the method prescribed by law. This writ is placed in the 
hands of the sheriff, or other ministerial officer, and he is 
directed to take the person under arrest before the proper 
judicial authority, who will at once decide whether the per- 
son accused of the crime is legally held to answer for the 
crime, or not. 



274 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Effect of Writ. — The examination by virtue of a writ 
of habeas corpus is not a formal trial of the person under 
arrest, as it is intended to decide only the legality 
of the arrest. Congress has conferred upon the president 
the right to suspend the privilege of this writ in time 
of public danger. The writ can be suspended only in 
the places actually suffering from invasion or insurrection. 

ClauseS. — Laws Forbidden. 
No bill of attainder or ex-post-facto law shall be passed. 

Prohibition. — It would hardly seem necessary to have 
this prohibition placed upon congress, and yet it must be 
borne in mind that the founders of our government 
wished to protect the people against unjust or arbitrary leg- 
islation. 

Ancient English Custom. — Parliament had passed 
bills of attainder declaring British subjects guilty of crimes 
punishable by death. Such a bill was a judicial declara- 
tion in the form of law, and the person attainted had no 
chance to defend himself in the courts. Not only was he 
denied the right to a judicial trial, but his estate was often 
confiscated by the crown, and, in the case of treason, his 
legal heirs were disinherited. 

Ex-Post-Facto Laws. — An ex-post-facto law is also 
very unjust. It has the effect of making laws retroactive. 
By it an act committed to-day may be to-morrow declared by 
law to be a crime. In other words, it makes an act crimi- 
nal that was not a crime at the time it was committed. 

Clause £. — Direct Taxes. 
No capitation or other direct tax shall be laid, unless in 
proportion to the census or enumeration hereinbefore directed to 
be taken. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 275 

Direct Taxes. — The levying of direct taxes is made 
unpopular by this clause. That was not the intention of 
the founders of our government, it may be, but the divi- 
sion of taxes according to the population is not resorted to 
in local affairs, and the plan does not seem to meet with 
popular means of raising national revenue. 

Clause 5. — Duties on Exports. 
No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from 
any state. 

Export Duties. — This clause was intended to give 
articles of export from the several states an equal chance 
in competition in trade everywhere. Export duties are 
seldom popular in any government. The export duties 
here prohibited are understood to apply to the United 
States as well as to the states individually. 

Clause 6. — Commercial Restriction. 
No reference shall be given by any regulation of com- 
merce or revenue to the ports of any state over thoseof another, 
nor shall vessels bound to or from one state, be obliged to enter, 
clear, or pay duties in another. 

Commercial Privilege. — This provision was inserted 
in the constitution to allay the fears of some of the states 
that a preference for the ports of one state might give that 
state a decided advantage over the others commercially. 
The second part of the clause insures certain rights to 
merchant vessels in carrying on commerce among the 
states. 

Clause 7. — Care- of Public Funds. 
No money shall be drawn from the treasury but in con- 
sequence of appropriations made by law; and a regular 



276 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

statement and account of the receipts and expenditures ofc\ll 
public money shall he published from time to time. 

Appropriations of Money. — Large sums of money 
are required to carry on the government, even for a year, 
and it is eminently proper to have all appropriations of the 
public funds regulated by law. Many items of expense are 
authorized by general provision of law, as, for example, the 
payment of salaries of president, congressmen, judges, and 
other officers. In addition to this, special appropriations are 
made at each session of congress to defray incidental and 
unusual expenses of the government. 

Government Expenses. — The expenses of the 
United States in all departments of the public service 
amount to nearly two million dollars a day for every day in 
the year. Some of this money is paid in fees which are used 
to defray the expenses of the office collecting them, and, as 
stated elsewhere, the postal service is almost self-sup- 
porting. 

Publication. — In a republican government, the people 
claim the right to know about how the public money is 
obtained, and for what purpose it is expended. The secre- 
tary of the treasury is called upon at least once a year to 
report to the president the financial condition of the coun- 
try, and he gives much valuable information to the people 
concerning the finances of the government. The ' 'Sundries 
Appropriation Bill," passed by congress at each session, 
shows in detail the special appropriations made by that 
body. . 

Clause 8. — Titles of Nobility. 

No title of nobility shall be granted by the United 
States j and no person holding an office of profit or trust 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 277 

under them shall, without the consent of the congress, ac- 
cept of any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind 
whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign state. 

Nobility. — If titles of nobility had not been prohibited 
by the constitution, there would doubtless have been many 
attempts to establish such titles by law, all along through 
our history. The design of the founders of our govern- 
ment was to prevent any form of aristocracy from gaining 
a foothold in this country under sanction of law. In 
short, it was their intention to establish a democracy — a 
government of the people. 

Prohibition. — The allegiance of citizens of the United 
States is due to our own government, and the obligation is 
certainly strong upon those who are chosen to positions of 
honor or trust among the people. If any public officer 
were permitted to receive gifts of any kind from any for- 
eign power, it would seem to be for some sinister purpose. 
Congress has at different times granted its public officers 
permission to receive gifts from foreign powers. In gen- 
eral the prohibition is a wise one, and it has often been 
urged that no citizen of the United States should be per- 
mitted to receive a gift of any kind from any foreign 
power. 

SECTION X.— On the States. 

Clause 1. — Unconditional. 

No state shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or confed- 
eration, grant letters of marque and reprisal, coin money, 
emit bills of credit, make anything but gold and silver coin a 
tender in payment of debts, pass any bill of attainder, ex- 
post-facto law, or law impairing the obligation of contracts, 
or grant any title of nobility. 



278 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Restrictions Upon States.— Before the constitution 
of the United States was ratified, the several states were 
independent republics, each one a small nation by itself. 
But, on entering the Union, it became necessary for the 
state to surrender certain rights and privileges that it had 
previously enjoyed, in order that the general government 
might be made strong. The unconditional prohibitions of 
this clause were necessary to promote the general welfare 
of all the states. 

Same. — If the states were permitted to enter into 
alliances of any kind with foreign nations, it would not be 
long until the nation would be forced into war in self de- 
fense, perhaps through the hasty or thoughtless action of 
a single state. No state was compelled to enter the Union 
nor could it gain admission into the sisterhood of states 
without surrendering those prerogatives that would be 
likely to cause a conflict between state and, national 
authority. 

Clause 2. — Conditional Prohibition. 

No state shall, without the consent of the congress, lay 
any imposts or duties on imports or exports; except what 
may be absolutely necessary for executing its inspection 
laws; and the net produce of all duties and imposts, laid by 
any state on imports or exports, shall be for the use of the 
treasury of the United States; and all such laws shall be sub- 
ject to the revision of the congress. No state shall without the 
consent of congress, lay any duty of tonnage, keep troops or 
ships of war in time of peace, enter into any agreement or 
compact with another state, or with a foreign power, or engage 
in war, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent danger 
as not to admit of delay. 

State Revenue. — It has come to be the policy of the 
states to raise revenue for the support of the state govern- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. '7 

ment by means of direct taxes. This seems to have grown 
out of the prohibition placed upon them by this clause. It 
will be seen that any state may pass laws providing for the 
proper inspection of articles of merchandise imported into 
the state. 

Inspection Laws. — Nearly all the states have passed 
laws for the testing of illuminating oils, and the cost of 
inspection may be charged to the owners of the oil at the 
time the inspection is made. Barrels or tanks containing the 
oil are stamped by the inspector in such a way as to show 
the result of the test. 

Food Inspection. — Meats and other articles of diet 
are required to be inspected by the laws of some of the 
states, and they are permitted to pass such laws by the 
privilege granted in this clause. Should there be any 
income after paying the actual cost of inspection, it must be 
paid into the treasury of the United States. 

Nation Supreme. — The language of the last sentence 
of this clause is so definite as to require little explanation. 
The whole purport of the constitution is to make state 
authority subordinate to that of the general government in 

all matters of common interest. The natural law of self- 
preservation would justify a state in acting in self-defense 
in case of imminent danger or actual invasion. 



280 IOWA AND THE NATION 



CHAPTER XVIII. 

ARTICLE II.— The Executive Branch. 

SECTION L— Executive Power. 

Clause 1. 

The executive power shall be vested in a president of the 
United States of America. He shall hold his office during the 
term of four years, and, together with the vice-president, 
chosen for the same term, shall be elected as follows: (See 
Clause 2.) 

Executive Authority. — The framing of this part of 
the constitution was a very difficult one. Under the arti- 
cles of confederation there was no executive authority, 
except such as congress could exert incidentally. Every 
point relating -to the executive was carefully discussed, 
and changes were frequently made in the provisions 
relating thereto. 

Executive Council. — Some members favored an 
executive council of the government to consist of three 
members, instead of having a single president. It was 
thought best to adopt the plan of having but one execu- 
tive, and the committee having this matter in charge 
decided that the title of the president should be, "His 
Excellency." As this seemed to point to the establish- 
ment of what might be considered by some a title of 
nobility, it was discarded. 

Term. — What should be the length of the presidential 
term of office? Some favored an annual appointment or 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 281 

election. Others were in favor of having the executive 
serve during life or good behavior. Between these extremes 
there seemed to be all possible shades and differences of 
opinion. The first plan actually agreed to was, that the 
■president should be chosen for a term of seven years, and 
that he should be ineligible to re-election. 

Change. — For some reason it afterwards seemed 
advisable to change this provision, and after another pro- 
longed discussion, it was decided to make the presidential 
term four years, and to say nothing about re-election. 

Number of Terms.— Washington was urged to 
become a candidate for a third term, but he deemed it 
unwise, and the example he set has been followed all 
through our history. Washington, Jefferson, Madison, 
Monroe, Jackson, Lincoln, Grant, Cleveland, McKinley 
and Eoosevelt are the only presidents that have been re- 
elected. Only five of the presidents have been re-elected 
during the past sixty years. It seems as though the people 
of the United States favor a single term for the executive. 

Vice-President. — The office of vice-president met 
with much opposition. Several prominent members of the 
convention argued against the office as needless, but the 
majority of the states became convinced of the need of 
such an officer as the vice-president, and the office was 
established as provided in this section. 

Clause 2. — Number and Appointment of Electors. 

Each state shall appoint, in such manner as the legisla- 
ture thereof may direct, a number of electors equal to the 
whole number of senators and representatives to which the 
state may be entitled in the congress; but no senator or rep- 
resentative, or person holding an office of trust or pro/it 
under the United States, shall be appointed an elector. 



282 IOWA AND THE NATION 

Manner of Choosing". — Several plans for the election 
of president and vice-president were proposed, and after 
much discussion the one given above was adopted. Some 
members favored the election of the president by congress, 
and others, by the people. The election by the United 
States senate, by electors chosen by the governors of the 
several states, by electors chosen by the state legislatures, 
and by electors chosen by lot from the membership of con- 
gress, were some of the recommendations made. From 
this we may see what varied opinions prevailed among the 
members of the convention. Yet the discussions were carried 
on with the sole intention of doing what was best for the 
whole people, and the work was grandly done. 

Choice of Electors. — The state legislatures have, in 
most cases, provided for the choice of presidential electors 
at the general election every fourth year Each political 
party desiring to choose a president and vice-president holds 
a national convention, early in the year, and nominates 
candidates for those offices. Then a state convention of 
delegates is held by each party, and as many candidates for 
presidential electors are nominated as there are members of 
congress from that state. 

Number Of Electors. — Iowa has two senators and 
eleven representatives in congress, and each political party 
in the state nominates thirteen presidential electors. In 
voting, each elector casts a ballot for the thirteen electors 
nominated by the party to which he belongs. The party 
casting the largest number of votes at the general election 
elects the full number of presidental electors. These 
electors are morally, or at least politically, bound to vote 
for the nominees of their party for president and vice- 
president. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 283 

Prohibition. — The prohibition placed upon senators, 
representatives, and persons holding positions of trust or 
profit under the government is intended to make the choice 
of president and vice-president entirely free from the poli- 
tical bias that is likely to attend the holding of office. 
It was the intention of the founders of the government 
to permit each elector to vote for any eligible person 
for these offices, independent of his political preferences 
but this has never been the practice. 

Clause 3. — Election of President and Vice-President. 

(For the language of this clause, see copy of the constitution) 

Original Plan. — The original clause provided that 
the presidential electors must vote for two persons without 
expressing their preference for president and vice-presi- 
dent. The person having the largest number of votes, if 
a majority of all, was elected president, and the one 
having the second largest number was the vice-president. 
The plan worked well at the first three presidential elec- 
tions, but at the election in the year 1800, no person 
received a majority of all the votes cast by the presiden- 
tial electors. The failure of the electors to choose a presi- 
dent threw the election into the house of representatives. 

Election of Jefferson. — The election in the house 
was made by the old plan of voting, each state having but 
one vote. Of the sixteen states represented, eight voted 
for Jefferson, six for Burr, and the vote of the other two 
states was divided. It was not until the thirty-sixth 
ballot was taken that Jefferson received a majority of all 
the votes. On that ballot he had ten votes, Burr four, 
and two states were again divided. 

Change of Plan. — Jefferson and Burr were the rep- 
resentatives of the same political party, and both had 



284 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

aspired to the presidency. It was reasonable to suppose 
that Burr would not change his political plans or endeavor 
to bring his opinions into harmony with those of the presi- 
dent. The same trouble was likely to arise every time 
the election of president and vice-president devolved upon 
the house of representatives. 

Twelfth Amendment. — The twelfth amendment to 
the constitution; adopted in 1804, was intended to prevent 
the choice of president and vice-president from different 
political parties. The twelfth amendment is here inserted 
and discussed instead of in its historical place among the 
other amendments. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 285 



CHAPTER XIX. 

The Executive Branch. — Continued. 

THE TWELFTH AMENDMENT. 

The electors shall meet in their respective states and vote o$ 
ballot for president and vice-president , one of whom, at least, 
shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves; 
they shall name in their ballots the person voted for as presi- 
dent, and in distinct ballots the person voted for as vice-presi- 
dent, and they shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for 
as president, and of all persons voted for as vice-president, 
and of the number of votes for each; which lists they shall sign 
and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of government of 
the United States, directed to the president of the senate. The 
president of the senate shall, in the presence of the senate and 
house of representatives, open all the certificates, and the votes 
shall then be counted; the person having the greatest number of 
votes for president shall be president, if such number be a ma- 
jority of the whole number of electors appointed; and if no 
person have such majority, then from the persons having the 
highest number not exceeding three on the list of those voted for 
as president, the house of representatives shall choose immedi- 
ately by ballot, the president. But in choosing the president, 
the votes shall be taken by states, the representation from each 
state having one vote; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of 
a member or members from tioo- thirds of the states, and a ma- 
jority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice. And if 
the house of representatives shall not choose a president when- 



286 IOWA AND THE NATION 

ever the right of choice shall devolve upon them, before the 
fourth day of March, next following, then the vice-president 
shall act as president, as in the case of the death or other eon- 
Mtitutional disability of the president. 

The person having the greatest number of votes as vice* 
president, shall be the vice-president, if such number be a ma- 
jority of the whole number of electors appointed, and if no 
person have a majority, then from the two highest numbers on 
the list the senate shall choose the vice-president; a quorum for 
the purpose shall consist of two-thirds of the whole number of 
senators, and a majority of the whole number shall be necessary 
to a choice. But no person constitutionally ineligible to the office 
of president shall be eligible to that of vice-president of the 
United States. 

Choice of Candidates. — It is sometimes asserted 
that the president and vice-president cannot be elected 
from the same state. This is not likely to occur, but the 
constitution does not prohibit it. Political parties 
always take the precaution to nominate their candidates 
for president and vice-president from different states in 
order not to disqualify the electors from any state from 
voting for the candidates for both offices. 

Illustration. — This may be made plain by a single 
illustration. New York now has thirty-six electorial votes. 
Suppose one of the great political parties should select 
its candidates for president and vice-president from" that 
state, and that it was successful in electing its presi- 
dential electors in that state. When the electors met to 
cast their votes, they could vote but for one of the candi- 
dates, because of the constitutional provision that one of 
the candidates must not be a resident of the same state as 
themselves. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 287 

Clause Jf. — Times of These Elections. 

The congress may determine the time of choosing the 
electors, and the day on which they shall give their votes, 
which day shall be the same throughout the United States. 

Summary. —The following summary may aid in the 
study of this subject : 

1. Nomination of candidates for president and vice- 
president by each of the great political parties. 

2. Nomination of presidential electors by state con- 
ventions. 

3. Election of presidential electors — the Tuesday 
next after the first Monday in November, in every fourth 
(leap) year. 

4. Meeting of presidential electors — usually at the 
state capitol on the second Monday in January following 
their election. 

5. At this meeting, the ballots of the electors are 
cast for the nominees of their party for president and vice- 
president. 

6. The ballots must be separate and distinct, each 
showing the name of the candidate and the name of the 
office. 

7. Three separate lists of the votes are made, signed 
by the electors, sealed and certified. 

8. One list is sent to the president of the United 
States senate by mail; the second is sent to him by special 
messenger, generally by one of the electors chosen for that 
purpose ; the third is deposited with the judge of the United 
States district court for the district in which the electors 
meet. 

9. The certificates from all the states are opened and 
counted in the presence of both houses of congress on the 
second Wednesday in February. 



^»8 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

House of Representatives. — In case there has been 

no choice made by the electors, the house of representatives 
proceeds at once to the election of a president, and the 
senate to the election of a vice-president. In addition to 
the election of Jefferson, in 1801, the house of representa- 
tives chose John Quincy Adams president, in 1825. 

Senate. — Richard M. Johnson was chosen vice- 
president by the senate in 1837, the only time that the 
election of the vice-president has devolved upon that body. 

Joint High Commission. — In 1876, there arose a 
dispute in some of the states as to the choice of presidential 
electors, both of the great political parties claiming the 
election of their candidates. The matter could not be de- 
cided by congress in any way known to the constitution. 
It was finally agreed that a joint high commission, consist- 
ing of five senators, five representatives, and five judges of 
the supreme court should be appointed to settle the matter. 

Work Of Commission. — This commission did not 
elect the president, as it is sometimes stated. There are 
only two ways by which the president can be chosen. The 
commission was empowered to take testimony, examine 
into election frauds, and, if possible, decide which presi- 
dential electors had been properly chosen in the disputed 
states. The commission decided that Rutherford B. 
Hayes had received one more electoral vote than his 
opponent, Samuel J. Tilden. 

Electoral College. — The presidential electors of a 
state are often called the electoral college and the same 
term is applied to all the presidential electors of the United 
States. These officers are usually paid a small per diem, 
and mileage sufficient to defray their necessary traveling 
expenses. Each state regulates this matter by law; Presi- 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 289 

dential electors in Iowa are paid five dollars a day for the 
time actually employed in the discharge of their duties, 
and five cents a mile for the necessary distance traveled 
in going to and returning from the seat of government. 

Clause 4. — Qualification. 

No person except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of 
the United States at the time of the adoption of this constitu- 
tion, shall be eligible to the office of president; neither shall 
any person be eligible to that office, who shall not have attained 
to the age of thirty-five years, and been fourteen years a resi- 
dent within the United States. 

Qualifications of President. — It would seem to be 
the part of wisdom to restrict the right to hold the highest 
office within the gift of the people to native-born citizens 
of the United States. Many of the ablest members of the 
constitutional convention, and many other persons who 
had done much to help the colonies in their struggle for 
independence, were not born m this country. It was for 
these two classes of persons that the exception was made, 
so that they would be eligible to the presidency, if citizens 
of the United States at the time of the adoption of the 
constitution. The exception does not now apply, of course. 

Age. — The minimum age required for president and 
vice-president is certainly low enough. No person has 
ever been chosen to either of these offices at so early an age 
as thirty-five years. 

Residence. — The latter part of this clause has always 
been a matter of dispute among students of the constitu- 
tion. It was evidently the intention of the founders of the 
constitution to have the "fourteen years a resident within 
the United States" apply to the fourteen years immediately 



290 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

preceding the election. This number of years covers the 
period from twenty-one years, the earliest voting age, to 
thirty-five years, the minimum age at which a person may 
be elected president or vice-president. 

Interpretation. — In the absence of any interpreta- 
tion of this clause by the supreme court of the United 
States, the language of the constitution must be taken 
literally. Viewed in this way, any fourteen years of resi' 
dence within the United States would fill the requirement of 
this clause; but there is little doubt that the term intended 
by the founders of the constitution was the fourteen years 
immediately preceding the election. 

Property Qualifications Suggested.— The qualifi- 
cations required for president and vice-president were not 
agreed to without a great deal of discussion. Some members 
of the convention favored a property qualification, and one, 
more specific than the others, stated that, in his opinion, any 
person elected president should be required to certify under 
oath that he was the owner of real estate to the value of one 
hundred thousand dollars. 

Vice-President. — The qualifications of vice-president 
are the same as those of president. This is perfectly 
proper, as the vice-president may, at any time, be called to 
the presidency. 

Article 6. — ( 



Before he enter on the execution of his office, he shall 
swear or affirm, 

1. That he will faithfully execute the office of president 
of the United States; and 

2. That he will, to the best of his ability, preserve, pro' 
tect and defend the constitution of the United States. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 291 

How Administered. — This oath is administered to 
the president by the chief justice of the supreme court, and 
generally in the presence of thousands of people who have 
assembled to witness the ceremony. As the supreme court 
had not been organized when Washington was inaugurated 
the oath was administered to him by Chancellor Livings- 
ton, of New York. 

Clause 6. — Vacancies. 

In case of the removal of the president from office, or of 
his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and 
duties of the said office, the same shall devolve on the vice- 
president, and the congress may by law provide for the case 
of removal, death, resignation, or inability, both of the presi- 
dent and vice-president, declaring what officer shall then act 
as president, and such officer shall act accordingly, until the 
disability be removed, or a president shall be elected. 

Presidential Succession. — Three years after the 
adoption of the constitution, congress passed a law which 
named the president pro tempore of the senate and the 
speaker of the house of representatives as the officers in 
the line of succession to the presidency, in case of the in- 
ability of both president and vice-president to serve. 

Need of Change.— By the death of President Gar- 
field, Chester A. Arthur succeeded to the presidency. It so 
happened that congress had not been called to meet in 
special session in March, 1881, and so neither house had 
organized. There was, therefore, no president pro tempore 
of the senate, or speaker of the house. The question was 
often asked in those days, "Who will become president, 
in case President Arthur should die?" 

Second Instance. — Four years later Vice-President 
Hendricks died, and there was neither a president pro ton- 



292 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

pore of the senate nor a speaker of the house. Congress, on 
assembling, considered several propositions relating to the 
line of succession to the presidency, and finally adopted the 
following plan: 

Present Law. — In case of the inability of both presi- 
dent and vice-president to serve, the members of the 
president's cabinet were designated to succeed to the presi- 
dency in the order named, provided they are eligible to the 
office of president by election. The order is : 

1. Secretary of state. 

2. Secretary of the treasury. 

3. Secretary of war. 

4. Attorney-general. 

5. Postmaster-general. 

6. Secretary of the navy. 

7. Secretary of the interior. 

8. Secretary of agriculture. 

9. Secretary of commerce. 
10. Secretary of labor. 

The office of secretary of agriculture and secretary of 
commerce and labor were not created until after the change 
in the succession to the presidency was made. 

Effect Of Law, — The vice-president becomes presi- 
dent on the death, resignation, or removal of the latter, 
and he serves for the remainder of the term. A cabinet 
officer who succeeds to the presidency will serve till a new 
president has been elected, or, in other words, for the 
remainder of the term. 

Presidents William Henry Harrison, Zachary Taylor, 
Abraham Lincoln, James A. Garfield and William McKinley 
died in office, and were succeeded by the vice-president in 
each case. Had President Johnson been convicted on im- 
peachment and removed from office, the presidency would 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 293 

have passed to the president pro tempore of the senate. No 
cabinet officer has ever been called upon to act as president. 

Clause 7. — President's Salary. 

The president shall, at stated times, receive for his 
services a compensation which shall be neither increased nor 
diminished during the period for which he shall have been 
elected, and he shall not receive within that period any other 
emolument from the United States or any of them. 

Franklin's Plan. — Franklin was very much opposed 
to this clause. He thought that the officers of the general 
government should serve without pay, and in a paper 
which he prepared on this subject he cited the example of 
Washington, who had served as commander-in-chief of the 
American forces during the Revolution without pay. He 
was in favor of having the actual expenses of officers borne 
by the government. The convention decided in favor of 
salaries for government officers generally. 

Salary. — The salary of the president is fifty thousand 
dollars a year, and he has the use of the executive mansion, 
or "White House," which is furnished and cared for at the 
expense of the government. The vice-president receives 
twelve thousand dollars a year salary, and the president pro 
tempore of the senate the same amount, if called upon to 
preside during a session of congress, but otherwise his 
salary is the same as other senators. The salary of nearly 
all government officers is paid monthly. 

Expenses. — To many persons the salary of president, 
congressmen, judges, and other officers of the government, 
seem large, but the expenses connected with these offices 
are so great, that many of the officers are not able to save 
anything from their salaries. Few of the presidents of the 



294 IOWA AND THE NATION, 

United States have accumulated any property while in 
office. 

England. — King George VI. is allowed a salary 
amounting to nearly two million dollars a year, and an 
additional allowance of three hundred and fifty thousand 
dollars is made to the other members of the royal family. 
The other European nations pay large sums of money 
annually for the support of their rulers. 



IOWA AND THH NATION. 295 



CHAPTER XX. 
Section II. —POWERS OF THE PRESIDENT, 

Clause 1, 

The president shall be commander-in-chief of the army 
and navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several 
states, when called into the actual service of the United States; 
he may require the opinion, in writing, of the principal officer 
in each of the executive departments, upon any subject relating 
to the duties of their respective offices, and he shall have power 
to grant reprieves and pardons for offenses against the United 
States, except in cases of impeachment. 

Privilege. — The president is not required or expected 
to take command of the land or naval forces of the United 
States, in person, but the constitution does not prohibit 
him from doing this, if he should desire to do so. In time 
of war, military officers are appointed to the command of 
the different divisions of the army and navy, and the presi- 
dent exercises only general supervisory powers over their 
actions. 

Origin of Cabinet . — In the constitutional conven- 
tion, it was urged by some members that the chief execu- 
tive power should be vested in a council instead of in one 
person. While no action was taken with a view to the 
organization of a cabinet of advisers for the president, the 
language of this clause seems to imply that the government 
would be separated into departments for the proper en- 
forcement of its laws. 



296 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Departments.— There are now nine departments of 
the executive branch of onr government. The title of the 
chief officer and the date of organization of each depart- 
ment are here given. 

Department of State, September, 1789. 
" Treasury, " 
« War , « « 

Postoffice Department, " " 

Department of Navy, May, 1798. 

" Interior, March, 1849. 
" " Justice, June, 1870. 

« « Agriculture, February, 1889. 

" " Commerce and Labor, January, 1903. 

. 'J.. " Labor, March, 1913. 

Secretary Of State.— The secretary of state is usu- 
ally considered the highest officer in the cabinet, probably 
on account of the nature of his work. Under the directoin 
of the president, he carries on the correspondence of the na- 
tion with foreign powers. He is the custodian of the great 
seal of the United States with which he seals all state 
papers signed by the president and countersigned by him. 
All laws of congress, amendments to the constitution, and 
various proclamations of the president are published under 
his direction. 




IOWA AND THE NATION. 297 

Secretary of Treasury. — The secretary of the 
treasury is the legal adviser of the president in all matters 
relating to the finances of the nation. He proposes plans for 
raising the necessary revenue for the support of the govern- 
ment, and the collection of all public money is intrusted to 
his care. He also furnishes annually to congress estimates 
of the probable receipts and expenditures of the government 
for the ensuing year. 

Bureaus. — Several important bureaus, or sub-depart- 
ments of the government, are placed in charge of the secre- 
tary of the treasury. This is doubtless due to the fact that 
large sums of money are needed to carry on these special 
lines of work, and this officer should be familiar with their 
needs, in order to be able to make proper recommendations 
concerning the funds required to carry on their work. 

Duties. — The secretary of the treasury controls the 
construction of public buildings, the coinage and printing 
of money, together with the supervision of the coast sur- 
veys, the life-saving, light-house, steamboat inspection, and 
marine hospital branches of the public service. 

Treasurer of United States. — The treasurer of the 

United States is one of the principal officers of this de- 
partment, and the money of the government is received 
and disbursed by him and his assistants as required by 
law. The commissioner of internal revenue, who also 
belongs to this department, superintends the collection 
of revenue of this kind and sees to the enforcement of the 
internal revenue laws. The other bureaus under the con 
trol of commissioners or superintendents who are under 
the general direction of the secretary of the treasury. 

Secretary of War. — The secretary of war is the chief 
officer of the department of war, and his duties are per 



298 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

formed under the direction of the president. Certain 
general powers are conferred upon him by law. He makes 
estimates for the necessary expenses of his department, 
superintends the purchase of supplies for the army, and 
has charge of all matters pertaining to the improvement 
of rivers and harbors. To aid him in the discharge of his 
duties, certain assistants are appointed to take charge of 
special parts of the work of his department. 

Secretary of Navy.— To this officer is entrusted the 
general supervision of the navy, under the direction of the 
president. He has the care of constructing the war ves- 
sels of the government, and he sees that they are properly 
manned, armed, and equipped for service. The navy- 
yards of the government, and the marine corps, are con- 
trolled by him. 

Postmaster-General. — The postmaster-general is 
in charge of the postal affairs of the government. He 
appoints all the subordinate officers of the postoffice de- 
partment, except the first four assistants and postmasters 
whose salary exceeds a thousand dollars a year. The 
amount of work done by this department is enormous. It 
includes the purchases of supplies for the postmasters and 
other postal employees of the United States, the printing 
of stamps and postal order blanks of all kinds, the super- 
vision of the dead letter office, the railway and foreign mail 
service, the letting of contracts for carrying the mail, and, 
in fact, everything connected with the proper distribution 
of the correspondence of the people of the nation. 

Department of Justice. — The attorney-general is 
at the head of this department. He is legal adviser of the 
the president and the members of the cabinet, and he is re- 
quired to give general direction to attorney and marshals 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 299 

in the different districts of the United States. The office 
of attorney-general was created in 1789, but the depart- 
ment of justice was not organized until 1870. 

Department of the Interior.— This is one of the 
most important departments of the executive branch of 
our government. The secretary of the interior is its 
chief officer, and under his direction all. public business re- 
lating to pensions, patents, and the census is carried on. 
He has the care of the national parks of the United States, 
and the distribution of all appropriations for agricultural 
and mechanical colleges endowed by the general govern- 
ment. The commissioner of the general land office, com- 
missioner of Indian affairs, commissioner of education, 
commissioner of railroads, and the director of the geolo- 
gical survey are some of the important officers of this de- 
partment. 

Department of Agriculture.— The department of 
agriculture was the last one established. Its highest of- 
ficer is the secretary of agriculture, and he is required to 
attend to all public business relating to farming. The 
agricultural experimental stations of the country that re- 
ceive any support from the general government are placed 
under his charge. Many valuable experiments in the cul- 
ture of grain, fruit, and vegetables are performed by this 
department, and the result of them is distributed to in- 
terested persons free of charge. 

*Labor Commission.— In 1888, congress passed a 
law establishing a department of labor, to which is in- 
trusted the task of collecting statistics connected with all 
kinds of labor in the United States, and especially with 
reference to the means of promoting the material, moral, 
intellectual and social welfare of wage-workers. The de- 
partment is conducted by a secretary of commerce and 
labor, who is a member of the president's cabinet. 

*For discussion of the new department of commerce and labor, see page 249. 



300 IOWA AND THE NATION 

Inter-State Commerce Commission. — This commis- 
sion consists of live members who are appointed by the 
president and confirmed by the senate. It has charge of 
the inter-state commerce of the country, for the correction 
of abuses in the transportation of goods from one state to 
another. It has the power to call for reports from the rail- 
road companies of the country as to their business in gen- 
eral, and specially with reference to the charges made for 
carrying goods different distances. The work of this com- 
mission is growing in importance and value to the people 
of the country, and many abuses in domestic commerce 
have been corrected by it. The commission w T as organized 
in 1887. The annual salary is seven thousand five hundred 
dollars. 

Civil Service. — Many offices of the government have 
been, and still are, considered as political. By this plan, 
a change of the party in power means a change in the 
officials of these places, for political reasons only. There 
are, in all the different branches of the public service, 
about two hundred thousand persons employed. Of these, 
about forty thousand are in the military, naval and 
marine service, and the others are all in what is commonly 
called the civil service. 

Civil Service Commission. — The civil service com- 
mission was provided "to regulate and improve the civil 
service of the United States." There are three commission- 
ers, a chief examiner, and several subordinate officers. The 
places in the public service which are filled by appointment 
by this commission number about forty-five thousand. 
Application for these positions may be made by any one 
who comes under the rules, and the decision of the commis- 
sion in making appointments is based on competitive exam- 
inations. The design of the commission is to assist the 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 301 

president in procuring competent assistants to aid in exe- 
cuting the laws of congress. 

Term of Cabinet Officers.— The members of the 
cabinet are appointed for the remainder of the presidential 
term, but in case of the death of the president it is custom- 
ary for the cabinet to place their resignations in the hands 
of his successor, at once. The salary of each cabinet 
officer is twelve thousand dollars a year. 

Clause 2. — Consent of Senate. 

He shall have power, by and with the advice and consent 
of the senate, to make treaties, provided that two-thirds of the 
senators present concur, and he shall nominate, and by and 
with the advice and consent of the senate, shall appoint ambas- 
sadors, other public ministers and consuls, judges of the 
supreme court, and all other officers of the United States, 
whose appointments are not otherwise herein provided for, ana 
which shall be established by law; but congress may by lavi 
vest the appointment of such inferior officers as they may 
think proper, in the president alone, in the courts of law, or 
in the heads of departments. 

Treaties. — The power of a nation to make treaties is 
often called a sovereign power. It was feared that a rash 
president, acting under impulse, might be led to exercise 
the treaty-making power, if vested in him, in an improper, 
or unsatisfactory, manner. On this account, the concur- 
rence of the senate, by a two-thirds vote of the members 
present, is necessary to ratify a treaty of any kind between 
th© United States and a foreign power. 

Appointments. — The appointment of all the import- 
ant officers of the government, except such as are regularly 
elected in a manner prescribed by the constitution and laws 



802 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

of the country, is made by the president and confirmed by 
the senate. Such nominations are made by the president in 
writing, and the senate may confirm or reject the nomina- 
tion, as it chooses. 

Clause S. — Vacancies — How Filled. 

TJie president shall have power to fill up all vacancies that 
may happen during the recess of the senate, by granting com- 
missions which shall expire at the end of their next session. 

Purpose. — This clause was considered necessary in 
order that official positions in which vacancies occur may 
be filled by the chief executive during the time the senate is 
not in session. The appointment runs to the close of the 

next session of the senate, in order not to compel that body 
to change its plan of business, or to oblige it to reach a 
decision in the appointment of officers at any specified 
time. 



K>WA AND THE NATION. 303 



CHAPTER XXI. 

SECTION III. — Duties of the President. 

He shall from time to time give to congress information 
of the state of the Union, and recommend to their consideration 
such measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient; he 
may, on extraordinary occasions, convene both houses or either 
of them, and in case of disagreement between them, with respect 
to the time of adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time 
as he shall think proper; he shall receive ambassadors and 
other public ministers; he shall take care that the laws be 
faithfully executed.^ and shall commission all officers of the 
United States. 

President's Message. — This report of the condition 
of the Union is called the "President's Message." At first, 
it was customary for the president to appear before congress 
on the first day of the session, and deliver an address on the 
condition of the government, at the same time making such 
recommendations as seemed necessary. 

Special Session. — Congress has been called in spe- 
cial session only ten times in our history, but the senate is 
often required to remain in session to confirm appointments, 
after the adjournment of the house of representatives. 
This often happens in the odd-numbered years, and espec- 
ially those in which there is a change of president. The 
term of office of representatives expires on the day the 
president is inaugurated, and there may be no necessity for 
re-organizing the house at that time. The senate, by re- 



304 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

maining in session a month or so at the beginning of the 
presidential term, can ratify the appointment of such offi- 
cers as the president considers it necessary to name at 
that time. 

Ambassadors, Etc. — The appointment of ambassa- 
dors, ministers, consuls, and other representatives of our 
government to foreign countries is an important duty, and it 
is of scarcely less importance that the official representatives 
of other nations should be properly received by the presi- 
dent. 

Highest Duty. — But the highest duty of the presi- 
dent is to see that the laws of the United States are prop- 
erly enforced. The president cannot do this work alone, 
but, by the power vested in him, he commissions others to 
do the work. His work, officially, is to sign public docu- 
ments, commissions, and other papers relating to the 
enforcement of the laws. 

Commissions. — He signs the commissions of all offi« 
cers of the United States. These commissions are counter- 
signed by the secretary of state, and sealed with the great 
seal of the United States. The following is an exact copy 
of the commission of the postmaster of Osage, Iowa, and a 
change in the name of the office, the officer, and the loca« 
tion is all that is necessary to make the commission appli- 
cable to any office filled by presidential appointment : 

Postmasters Commission. — 

GROYER CLEVELAND, 

President of the United States of America. 
To all to whom these Presents shall come, Greeting: 

Know Ye, That reposing special trust and confidence 
in the Intelligence, Dilligence and Discretion of Augustus C. 



IOWA AND THB NATION. 305 

Tupper, the President of the United States nominated, and 
by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, I do 
hereby appoint him Postmaster at Osage, in the county of 
Mitchell, State of Iowa, and do authorize and empower him 
to execute and fulfill the duties of that office according to 
the laws of the United States, and the regulations of the 
Post Office Department. 

And to have and to hold the said office, with all the 
rights and emoluments thereunto legally appertaining unto 
him, the said Augustus C. Tupper, for and during the term 
of four years, from the fifteenth day of May, 1894, subject 
to the conditions prescribed by law. 

In Testimony Whereof, I have caused these letters 
to be made patent, and the seal of the Post Office Depart- 
ment of the United States to be hereunto affixed. 

Given under my hand, at the city of Washington, 
this fourth day of June, in the yeai of our Lord, one thou- 
sand eight hundred and ninety-four, and of the Independ- 
ence of the United States of America, the one hundred and 
eighteenth. 

By the President: Grover Cleveland, 

[seal.] W. S. Bissell, Postmaster- General. 

SECTION IV.— Removal from Office. 

The president, vice-president, and all civil officers of the 
United States, shall be removed from office on impeachment 
for, and conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes 
and misdemeanors. 

The Blount Case. — The subject of impeachment is 
quite fully discussed in another part of this book. In 1 798, 
Senator Blount, of Tennessee, was formally accused of hav- 
ing committed high crimes and misdemeanors. The accu- 



306 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

sation was made by the house of representatives in- the 
form of articles of impeachment. 

Decision. — The matter was at once referred to the 
senate for trial, and that body promptly decided that mem- 
bers of congress are not civil officers of the United States, 
in the sense in which that term is used in the constitution, 
The senate then expelled the offending members, as it had 
the power to do. 

Treason. — Bribery. — Treason is denned by the con- 
stitution in language clear and definite. Bribery is one of 
the most difficult crimes to punish because of the difficulty 
of detection. The person who gives, or even offers a bribe 
is guilty of a crime, but the constitutional provision given 
above applies only to civil officers. The punishment for 
bribery is fixed by law and the penalties are very severe. 

State Laws. — Nearly all the states provide by law 
that any person found guilty of offering to purchase the 
influence of any officer or other public agent by an offer of 
money, or other articles of value, is guilty of felony, and, 
in addition to other punishment, he is forever disqualified 
from exercising the right of suffrage, and from holding any 
position of honor, trust, or profit, under the constitution 
or laws of the state. 

New York Law. — The following section, relating to 
this subject, is taken from the new constitution of New 
York: 

"Any person holding office under the laws of this state 
who, except in payment of his legal salary, fees, or per- 
quisites, shall receive or consent to receive, directly or 
indirectly, anything of value or personal advantage, or the 
promise thereof, for performing or omitting to perform any 
official act, or with the express or implied understanding 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 307 

that his official action or omission to act is to be in any 
degree influenced thereby, shall be deemed guilty of felony. 
This section shall not affect the validity of any existing 
statute in relation to the offense of bribery." 



308 IOWA AND THE NATION 



CHAPTER XXII. 

ARTICLE III.— Judicial Branch. 

Organization. — The organization of a judicial branch 
of the government was an absolute necessity. Under the 
articles of confederation, there was no tribunal to interpret 
the laws of congress, or to decide cases of law and equity 
between the states or the inhabitants thereof. 

Independent. — An effort was made to make this 
branch of the government as nearly independent of the other 
two branches as possible. To prevent the judges of the 
principal courts from feeling any dependence upon any other 
authority, these officers arc appointed for a longer term 
than those of either of the other branches. 

SECTION I.— Organization. 

The judicial power of the United States shall be vested in, 
one supreme court, and in such inferior courts as the congress 
may from time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both 
of the supreme and inferior courts, shall hold their offices dur- 
ing good behavior, and shall at stated times receive for their 
services a compensation which shall not be diminished during 
their continuance in office. 

Supreme Court. — The supreme court of the United 
States is the highest judicial author ity of the nation. At 
first, there were six judges of the supreme court, and this 
number was at one time increased to ten. As the court is 
often divided in opinion upon subjects referr ed to it for set 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 309 

tlement, it was found advisable to have an odd number of 
judges compose the court. The number was then reduced 
to nine, which it now is, and any six members constitute a 
quorum. The decision of a majority of the court is the 
decision of the court. If any member objects to a decision 
that has been made by the court, he is privileged to render 
a minority opinion, differing from the action of the ma- 
jority. One term of the supreme court is held at Wash- 
ington each year, beginning on the first Monday in Decem- 
ber. 

Chief Justice. — One of the members of the supreme 
court is known as the chief justice, and the other eight, as 
associate justices. If a vacancy occurs in the office of chief 
justice, the position is filled by appointment in the usual 
way, and thus it sometimes happens that a person who has 
had no experience as judge of any court may be appointed 
chief justice of the United States supreme court. 

Tenure of Office. — Judges of the supreme court and 
several of the inferior courts are appointed to serve during 
good behavior. This provision is certainly a v^ise one, as 
it insures impartial decisions. If judges were appointed 
for a short time of service, they might be influenced by an 
undue desire for re-election, and their decisions might be 
modified, more or less, on that account. 

Retirement. — Judges, whose tenure of office is good 
behavior, may retire from active service on arriving at the 
age of seventy, provided they have had at least ten years' 
service in the position to be resigned. They receive full 
salary for the remainder of their lives, as a kind of pension. 

Inferior Courts. — Congress has provided for such 
inferior courts as have been found necessary. The circuit 
courts are inferior only to the supreme court. The United 
States is separated into nine judicial circuits, and a justice 



310 IOWA AND THE NATION 

of the supreme court is assigned to each of these circuits 
as circuit judge ex officio. It is the duty of the justice of 
the supreme court to hold one session of circuit court at 
every place in his circuit where such court is held, at 
least once in two years. 

Circuit Courts. — Two circuit judges are also ap- 
pointed for each of the circuits of the United States. 
Their time is occupied with the duties of their office, 
except as explained hereafter. The tenure of office of 
circuit judges is practically for life, as the only limitation 
fixed by the constitution for judges in general is " during 
good behavior." An additional circuit judge is appointed 
for the second, third, fifth, sixth, eighth, and ninth cir- 
cuits, on account of the vast amount of business to be 
done by this court in those districts. 

Judicial Circuits. — The circuits of the United States 
are as follows: — 

1. Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and 
Rhode Island. 

2. Vermont, Connecticut, and New York. 

3. New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware. 

4. Maryland, West Virginia, Virginia, North Caro- 
lina, and South Carolina. 

5. Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana 
and Texas. 

6. Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, and Tennessee. 

7. Indiana, Illinois, and Wisconsin. 

8. Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas, Nebraska, 
Kansas, Colorado, North Dakota, South Dakota, Wy- 
oming, Utah, and the territories of New Mexico and 
Oklahoma. 

9. California, Oregon, Nevada, Montana, Washing- 
ton, and the territories of Alaska and Arizona. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 311 

Circuit Court of Appeals. — In 1891, congress 
authorized a circuit court of appeals for each judicial cir- 
cuit of the United States. The judge of the supreme court, 
the circuit and district judges of any circuit are made 
tne judges of this court. When the court has been 
organized with a full bench, there are present, the judge of 
the supreme court assigned to that circuit, either circuit 
judge of the circuit, and any of the district judges within 
the circuit. Any two such judges constitute a quorum, 
and they may transact regularly all the business of the court. 

Presiding Officer — The judge of the supreme court, 
if present, serves as the presiding officer of the circuit 
court of appeals, but in his absence, the court is presided 
over by the circuit judge present who has had the longest 
term of service. 

Sessions. — One term of this court is held annually, 
and the place of meeting in each circuit is designated by 
law as follows: — 

First Circuit, Boston; 

Second Circuit, New York; 

Third Circuit, Philadelphia; 

Fourth Circuit, Richmond; 

Fifth Circuit, New Orleans; 

Sixth Circuit, Cincinnati; 

Seventh Circuit, Chicago; 

Eighth Circuit, St. Louis; 

Ninth Circuit, San Francisco. 

Purpose. — This court was designed as a means jf 
relieving the supreme court of the United States, and also 
the existing circuit courts. Both of these courts had been 
crowded with business, which was delayed year after year, 
and some relief became absolutely necessary. 



312 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Appeals, — The most important provision of the law 
relating to the jurisdiction of the circuit court of appeals is, 
that no appeal shall hereafter be taken from the district 
courts to the existing circuit courts. Such appeals may be 
taken to the supreme court or to the circuit court of appeals. 
Appeals in certain cases may be made from the regular 
circuit court to the circuit court of appeals, but the judge 
before whom any cause was tried in the lower court is pro- 
hibited from serving as a judge of the composite court. 

District Court.— Each judicial circuit is separated 
into several districts, and there js a district i ridge ap- 
pointed for each district. Judges of this court are ap- 
pointed to serve during good behavior. Their appointment 
is made in the same manner as the other United States 
judges, and they are given the same privilege of retiring 
from active service at a specified time. 

Court of Private Land Claims.— This court was 
established in 1891, for the purpose of settling disputes 
about titles to land obtained from Mexico by purchase or 
annexation. Many disputes concerning lands thus acquired 
had arisen in New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, Nevada, Colo- 
rado, and Wyoming, and the court was empowered to settle 
these claims, if possible. 

General Provisions. — The court consists of a chiet 
justice and four associates, who were appointed by the 
president, by and with the advice and consent of the senate. 
Their term of office expired by limitation June 30, 1904, 
but it seems likely that the work assigned the court can not 
be completed by that time, and the court may be con- 
tinued. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 313 

Court of Claims. — This court was established in 
1855, and it has an important work to perform. It has 
jurisdiction over certain claims against the United States 
which involve disputed points of law, " where the amount 
claimed exceeds three thousand dollars, or where the de- 
cision will effect a class of cases or furnish a precedent for 
the action of any executive department in the adjustment 
of a class of cases, or where any authority, right, privilege, 
or exemption is claimed or denied under the constitution." 

Duties. — The chief of any department may refer to 
this court any claim that it may have pending, and it then 
becomes the dury of the court to look up the law involved 
and give its opinion as to the validity of the claim. The 
departments are thus relieved of much business that can 
be done in a more careful manner by the court of claims. 
Congress also refers certain claims to this court for 
investigation. 

Settlement of Claims. — If a claim brought against 
the United States is examined by the court of claims and 
allowed, the amount is paid out of the treasury of the 
United States without a special appropriation by congress. 
Claims referred to this court by any department or by 
congress are not allowed by the court, but it's recommen- 
dations in such cases are generally followed. 

Membership. — The court consists of five members, 
and the concurrence of three members is necessary to 
decide a case. The regular annual sessions are held at 
Washington, beginning on the first Monday in December. 
Claims to be settled by this court must be commenced 
within six years from the time they originated. 

Supreme Court of District of Columbia. — The 
supreme court of the District of Columbia is an important 



314 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

court. It has charge of such cases as are tried in the circuit 
and district courts of the United States, but its jurisdiction 
is limited to the district. It consists of a chief justice and 
five associates. There is also a court of appeals of the 
District of Columbia, consisting of three members, one of 
whom is known as the chief justice. The term of office of 
these judges is during good behavior. 

Territorial Courts. — Each regularly organized terri- 
tory has a system of courts, authorized by congress. The 
territory is separated into four districts, and a district judge 
is appointed for each. Four times a year the district judges 
assemble at the territorial capital and organize as the 
supreme court of the territory. Cases appealed from the 
district courts are examined by the supreme court, and the 
decision of two members is the decision of the court. The 
term of these officers is four years, but the office expires by 
limitation on the admission of the territory into the Unioo 
as a state. The territory of Alaska now has four judges. 

Consular Courts. — Consuls to foreign ports are 
authorized to hold court for the investigation of cases 
arising in their respective districts in which citizens of the 
United States are involved. It is the duty of these courts 
to see that justice is done to our citizens in case of crimes 
committed, or when for any reasons their rights are denied 
them while traveling abroad. 

Attorney-General. — The attorney-general appears 
before the supreme court as a lawyer to defend the inter- 
ests of the government. A district attorney is appointed 
for each judicial district to represent the government in 
cases arising in the circuit and district courts of the United 
States. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 315 

Other Officers. — Each district also has a United 
States marshal, whose duties correspond, in general, to 
those of county sheriff. The district attorneys and mar- 
shals are appointed for an indefinite time, although the 
term is nominally four years, aud a change of the political 
party in power generally brings about a change of all these 
officers. Each court also has a clerk who is appointed by 
the judge of that court. Each principal names such assist- 
ants as are necessary to aid him in the discharge of his 
duties, and he is responsible for the work done by them. 

Salaries. — The salaries of all officers of the judicial 
branch of our government are fixed by act of congress, and 
are payable monthly. The salary of the chief justice of the 
supreme court is thirteen thousand dollars a year, and 
that of the associate justices, ten thousand five hundred 
dollars. The justice of the supreme court who serves as 
circuit judge in the ninth circuit is allowed a thousand dol- 
lars a year as additional compensation for traveling ex- 
penses. 

Same. — Circuit judges and judges of the circuit court 
of appeals are paid seven thousand dollars a year. Until 
recently, district judges were paid from thirty-five hundred 
to five thousand dollars a year, but the salary is now uni- 
formly six thousand dollars a year for those officers. 
Members of the court of claims receive six thousand 
dollars a year, and judges of the supreme court of the Dis- 
trict of Columbia, four thousand dollars, with the excep- 
tion of the chief justice, who receives five hundred dollars 
additional. 

Same. — Judges of the court of private land claims 
receive five thousand dollars a year and their necessary 
personal and traveling expenses. Territorial judges receive 
twenty-six hundred dollars as their regular salary, but the 



316 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

judges of the territory of Alaska are paid three thousand- 
dollars a year. Consuls are in a majority of cases paid by 
fees. 

Time and Place of Meeting".— The terms of the 
circuit and district courts of the United States are held in 
the several divisions of the northern district of Iowa as 
follows: — In the Cedar Eapids division, at Cedar Bapids, 
on the first Tuesday in April, and the second Tuesday in 
September. In the eastern division, at Dubuque, on the 
fourth Tuesday in April, and the first Tuesday in Decem- 
ber. In the western division, at Sioux City, on the fourth 
Tuesday in May, and the first Tuesday in October. In 
the central division, at Fort Dodge, on the second Tuesday 
in June, and the second Tuesday in November. 

In the southern district of Iowa, the terms are held 
as follows : — In the western division, at Council Bluffs, on 
the second Tuesday in March, and the third Tuesday in 
September. In the eastern division, at Keokuk, on the 
second Tuesday in April, and the third Tuesday in October. 
In the central division, at Des Moines, on the second Tues- 
day in May, and the third Tuesday in November. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 317 



CHAPTER XXIII. 

SECTION II.— Jurisdiction of Courts. 
Clause 1. — Extent. 

The judicial -power shall extend to all cases, in law and 
equity, arising under this constitution, the laws of the United 
States, and treaties made or which shall be made, under their 
authority; to all cases affecting ambassadors, other public 
ministers, and consuls; to all cases of admiralty jurisdiction; 
to controversies to which the United States shall be a party; 
to controversies between two or more states; betiveen a state and 
citizens of another state; between citizens of different states; 
between citizens of the same state claiming lands under grants 
of different states, and between a state or the citizens thereof, 
and foreign states, citizens, or subjects. 

Jurisdiction. — This clause was intended to define in 
general terms the jurisdiction of the courts of the United 
States, but, as will be seen, there is no division of authority 
made by the constitution. The supreme court determines 
the constitutionality of laws passed by congress, when an 
appeal has been made to it, in a proper manner, from a 
lower court. 

Law. — Equity. — Cases of law are generally under the 
original jurisdiction of the inferior courts, subject to appeal 
to the supreme court, as provided in the clause relating to 
that court. Equity cases are those which are not covered 
by express terms of any law, but are such as, in justice, de- 
mand settlement by the courts of the land. 
21 



318 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Kinds of Jurisdiction. — Jurisdiction is original, 
appellate, concurrent, or exclusive. When a suit must be 
commenced in a certain court, that court is said to have 
original jurisdiction over the matter. If a case that has 
been decided by one court may be appealed to a higher 
court, the latter is said to have appellate jurisdiction. If a 
suit may be commenced in either of two courts, at the op- 
tion of the plaintiff, the courts have concurrent jurisdiction. 
And when a case may be settled by the court in which it is 
first examined, and from whose decision there is no appeal, 
the jurisdiction is exclusive. 

Clause®. — Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court. 

In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers, 
and consuls, and those in which a state shall be a party, the 
supreme court shall have original jurisdiction. In all the 
other cases before mentioned, the supreme court shall have 
appellate jurisdiction, both as to law and fact, with such excep- 
tions and under such regulations as the congress shall 
make. 

Supreme Court. — In the class of cases mentioned 
in the first sentence, the supreme court alone has jurisdic- 
tion. The decision of this court is final. Certain cases 
may be settled by the inferior courts, and from their decis- 
ion there is no appeal, but, as a rule, a party aggrieved by 
the decision of a lower court may appeal to the supreme 
court. 

Circuit Court. — In general, the circuit courts of the 
United States have original jurisdiction over civil cases in 
which the amount of money or the value of property in- 
volved is not less than two thousand dollars. It is also a 
court of equity, and a court for the trial of cases arising 
under the patent and copyright laws of the United States. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 319 

District Court. — The district courts of the United 
States are entrusted with the punishment of crimes commit- 
ted in violation of United States law. They have general 
jurisdiction over admiralty cases, crimes committed on the 
high seas, counterfeiting, violations of the revenue laws, 
and bankruptcy. 

Eleventh Amendment. — The eleventh amendment 
to the constitution places a construction upon the judicial 
power of the government which should be considered in 
connection with the study of this subject. (See Amend- 
ment.) 



SECTION III.— Treason. 
Clause 1. 

Reason against the United States shall consist only in 
levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giv- 
ing them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of 
treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt 
act, or on confession in open court. 

Meaning*. — This definition of treason is a clear one, 
requiring little explanation. It is understood by the term 
" overt act," that some definite act of treason must be done 
to bring a person under penalty for treason. The mere 
conspiring against the government or entering into a plot to 
subvert its authority is not treason. 

Punishment. — There must be two witnesses who tes- 
tify to the same overt, or public, act of treason, or the 
offender must confess his crime in open court, in order that 

there may be conviction for any act of treason. 



320 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Clause 2. — Punishment. 

The congress shall have power to declare the punishment 
of treason, but no attainder of treason shall work corruption 
of blood or forfeiture except during the life of the person 
attainted. 

Purpose. — This prohibition upon congress to pass a 
bill of attainder of treason seems a strange one to us in 
these days of personal liberty, but not many generations 
before the adoption of the constitution, parliament passed 
very severe laws for the punishment of treason among 
British subjects. The person deemed guilty of treason was 
often seized and put to death with great cruelty, his prop- 
erty was confiscated by the crown, and his legal heirs were 
declared to be disqualified from inheriting or transmitting 
property. This clause shows the growth of liberal senti- 
ment in matters of government. 

Clause 3. — Crimes, 

The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, 
shall be by jury, and such trial shall be held in the state where 
said crimes shall have been committed; but when not committed 
within any state, the trial shall be at such place or places as 
congress may by law have directed. 

Jury Trial. — The right to a trial by jury in criminal 
cases is guaranteed to all persons accused within the United 
States. This rule applies in all such cases, whether in vio- 
lation of state or national law. In colonial times, persons 
accused of crimes were taken to England to be tried. This 
was considered very unjust, and this practice was one of 
the causes of the Eevolution. Impeachment is excepted, 
because the constitution provides the method by which 
such cases are to be disposed of. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 321 

Punishments. — Congress has provided by law for the 
punishment of offenses commited in the territories, and in 
other places subject .to the authority of the general govern- 
ment, but not under state control. The states are given 
control of their boundary rivers to the middle of the main 
channel for the purpose of preventing them from becoming 
a highway of escape for criminals. 



322 IOWA AND THE NATION. 



CHAPTER XXIV. 

ARTICLE IV. — The Relations op the States. 

SECTION I.— State Records. 

Full faith and credit shall be given in each state to the 
public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of every other 
state. And the congress may by general laws prescribe the 
manner in lohich such acts, records, and proceedings shall be 
proved, and the effect thereof. 

Wise Provision. — This provision served to place the 
states on a friendly footing. In no other way could the 
founders of the constitution hope to establish justice among 
the states. So valuable has this clause proved, that the 
decision of a suit at law in one state is very often made the 
basis of settlement of a similar case in another state. 

Illustration. — Each state may have its own statutes 
relating to records of different kinds. For example, South 
Dakota requires two witnesses to the signature of persons 
deeding real estate, in addition to the proper acknowledg- 
ment of the signatures before some officer authorized to 
take such acknowledgment. In Iowa, no witnesses are 
required. A resident of South Dakota, wishing to deed 
land he may own in Iowa, must comply with the Iowa law, 
and a person in Iowa, to properly deed land in South 
Dakota, must comply with the law of the latter state. 

Certified Records. — Certified copies of records and 
judicial proceedings may be sent from one state to another 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 323 

to be used in evidence, and, if properly certified, they have 
the same force and effect as though they had occurred in 
the state in which they are to be used by transcript. 

SECTION II. — Relations op Citizens. 

Clause 1. — Citizens. 

The citizens of each state shall he entitled to all privileges 
and immunities of citizens in the several states. 

Privileges. — This clause was the outgrowth of the 
bitter experience of some of the states in their dealings 
with their neighbors. Petty jealousies caused some of the 
states to deny to the surrounding states certain privileges 
that were granted to the citizens of more remote states. 
The wisdom of this clause is apparent. 

Clause 2. — Fugitives from Justice. 

A person charged in any state with treason, felony , or 
other crime, who shall flee from justice, and be found in another 
state, shall, on demand of the executive authority of the state 
from which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the state 
having jurisdiction of the crime. 

Requisitions. — The demand of the executive 
authority of a state for the surrender of an escaped criminal 
is called a requisition, and the official papers are known as 
requisition papers. Criminals fleeing from justice often 
cross the boundary line of a state for the purpose of gain- 
ing time, as a warrant issued in one state can not legally be 
served in another. The governor of a state seldom refuses 
to grant the request made in a requisition, although that 
sometimes happens. If it were not for this provision., 
crime would be much more frequent than it now is. 



324 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Extradition. — The plan of giving up criminals, when 
application has been made in the proper manner, is often 
resorted to by nations. The laws relating to this subject 
are called extradition laws. The United States has made 
extradition treaties with many of the leading nations of the 
earth. 

Clause 3. — Fugitives from Service. 

No person held to service or labor in one state, under the 
laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any 
law or regulation therein, be discharged from such service or 
labor, but shall be delivered up on a claim of the party to whom 
such service or labor may be due. 

Clause Obsolete. — This clause is obsolete v owing to 
the abolition of slavery. Its necessity in former years 
seemed absolute to the slave-holder, but the "underground 
railroad " tells the history of many violations of the provis- 
ions of the clause. 

SECTION III. — New States and Territories. 

Clause 1. — The Admission of New States. 

New states may be admitted by the congress into this 
Union; but no new state shall be formed or erected within the 
jurisdiction of any other state; nor shall any state be formed 
by the junction of two or more states or parts- of states, without 
the consent of the legislatures of the states concerned, as well as 
of the congress. 

Canada.-New States. — The articles of confederation 
provided that Canada might be admitted into the Union, 
but no action was taken by that province. The thirteen 
original states included a narrow strip of land along the 
Atlantic sea-board, but so many additions in territory have 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 325 

been made that there is now in the United States more than 
four times its original area. 

* Territory Acquired. — The following territory has 
been acquired bv the general government: — 

1787. The North-west Territory — Cession. 

1803. The Louisiana Purchase, from France, by pur- 
chase, for fifteen million dollars. 

1819. Florida, from Spain, by purchase, for five mil- 
lion dollars. 

1845. Texas, by annexation. To settle the boundary 
between Mexico and the United States, the latter paid the 
sum of eighteen million three hundred fifty thousand dollars. 

1854. The "Gadsden Purchase," from Mexico, by 
pur-^hase, for ten million dollars. 

1867. Alaska, from Russia, by purchase, for seven 
million two hundred thousand dollars. 

States Formed. — From this territory, thirty-five new 
states have been formed, and there is yet much under 
territorial government. In 1895, congress passed an en- 
abling act for the admission of Utah, and it was admitted 
in January, 1896. An enabling act was passed for the 
admission of Oklahoma, in June, 1906, and it came into 
the union in 1907. New Mexico and Arizona became 
states in 1912. 

Action in Congress. — There are no special require- 
ments that a territory must possess before it can seek ad- 
mission into the union of states. The territorial delegate 
generally urges the matter upon the attention of congress, 
and if it is considered advisable to organize the territory into 
a state, a law, called an enabling act., is passed by congress, 
This law gives the people of the territory the right to hoM 
a convention for the purpose of framing a state constitu- 
tion. 

Constitutional Convention.— -This constitution is 
submitted to the people of the territory to be voted upon. 

*See page 328. 



326 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

and if a majority of the votes cast are in favor of it s the 
constitution is adopted. Copies of the constitution are 
sent to the president and to each house of congress, and, if 
its provisions are satisfactory, the state is then formally de- 
clared to be admitted into the Union. A law to this effect 
must be passed by congress and approved by the president 

Exceptions. — There was no enabling act passed by 
congress for the admission of Michigan, Kansas, and Ore- 
gon. "Vermont, Kentucky, Maine, Texas, California, and 
West Virginia were never territories. California and Texas 
were admitted by annexation, and the other four named 
were erected from the territory of the states to which they 
had belonged. 

West Virginia.— When Virginia decided to secede 
from the Union at the breaking out of the Rebellion, forty- 
eight counties m the western part of the state determined 
to remain loyal to the general government. This they did, 
and, in 1863, they were admitted as a separate state, and 
called West Virginia. This was done in violation of the 
constitution, but it was considered necessary as a war meas- 
ure. No new state has ever been formed by the junction 
of other states. 

Clause 2. — Territories. 

The congress shall have power to dispose of and make all 
needful rules and regulations respecting the territory or other 
property belonging to the United States; and nothing in this 
constitution shall be so construed as to prejudice any claims of 
the United States, or of any particular state. 

Territorial Government. — By the authority given 
by this clause, congress has passed laws for the government 
of the territories of the United States, and for the District 
of Columbia. Each organized territory has a governor, who 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 327 

is appointed by the president and confirmed by the senate, 
a legislature, composed of members chosen by the people of 
the territory, and a system of courts as explained else- 
where. A territory also elects a delegate to congress, 
whose duty it is to look after matters of special importance 
relating to his territory. The territorial delegates sit in the 
house of representatives. m They may take part in the dis- 
cussion of topics of interest to the territories of the United 
States, but they are not permitted to vote on any sub- 
ject. They receive the same salary as members of congress. 

SECTION IV.— State Government. 

The United States shall guarantee to every state in this 
Union a republican form of government, and shall protect 
each of them against invasion, and on application of the legis- 
lature, or of the executive {when the legislature cannot be con- 
vened), against domestic violence. 

State Government. — In order that this clause may 
be properly enforced, congress must consent to the admis- 
sion of a new state after the proposed constitution has been 
accepted by the people of the territory seeking admission. 
In case any rights or privileges of a free people are denied 
or abridged, or if the proposed constitution is objectionable 
for any other reason, congress may refuse to admit the ter- 
ritory as a state. The people of Iowa territory made three 
attempts to gain admission before their efforts were crowned 
with success. Congress passed a bill for the admission of 
Colorado in 1866, and another in 1867, but both were 
vetoed by President Johnson. 

Invasion. — Insurrection. — Since the states sur- 
rendered to congress the control of the army and navy of 
the nation, it is right that there should be some guaranty of 



328 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

protection to the states in case of invasion or insurrection. 
During the labor troubles of 1894, the president sent United 
States troops to Chicago to aid in suppressing the strikes. 
It is not often that troops have been needed for the pur= 
pose indicated in this section. 

Additional Territory. — 1898 — Porto Rico, Guam and 
the Philippines were acquired from Spain by conquest and 
purchase for twenty million dollars. 

1899 — Tutuila was obtained from Great Britain and 
Germany by treaty. 

1904 — The Panama Canal strip was acquired by 
treaty with the adjoining South American countries. 

Alaska. — Although Alaska was made a territory 
of the United States in 1867, it was not given a territor- 
ial legislature until 1912. The territory is separated into 
four judicial districts, and the qualified voters of each 
district choose two senators and four representatives as 
members of the territorial legislature. The meetings of 
the legislature are biennial, beginning on the first Monday 
in March of each odd numbered year and they are limited 
to sixty days. All laws passed by the legislature are sent 
to the president of the United States and by him submit- 
ted to congress for approval or rejection. The governor 
has the veto power, but laws vetoed by him may be 
passed over his veto by a two-thirds vote of each house. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. &i9 



CHAPTER XXV. 

ARTICLE V. — Amendments to the Constitution, 

The congress, whenever two-thirds of both houses shall 
deem it necessary, shall propose amendments to this constitu- 
tion, or, on the application of the legislatures of two-thirds of 
the several states, shall call a convention for proposing amend- 
ments, which, in either case, shall be valid to all intents and 
purposes, as a part of this constitution, when ratified by the 
legislatures of three-fourths of the several states, or by con- 
ventions in three-fourths thereof, as the one or the other mode of 
ratification may be proposed by the congress; provided, that 
no amendment, which may be made prior to the year one thou- 
sand, eight hundred and eight, shall, in any manner, affect 
the first and fourth clauses in the ninth section of the first 
article; and that no state, without its consent, shall be deprived 
of its equal suffrage in the senate. 

Processes. — The constitution provides two methods 
for its own amendment, but the first method has alone been 
tried. All the amendments that have been adopted were 
proposed by congress and ratified by the state legislatures. 
Nearly a thousand amendments to the constitution have 
been proposed in congress, but only fifteen have been 
adopted. 

Bill Of Rights. — That the constitution was not 
entirely satisfactory to the people at the time of its adop- 
tion is shown by the fact that the first ten amendments 
were proposed by congress at its first session. These 



330 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

amendments are often called the ' ' Bill of Rights. " They 
were ratified by the states, and declared to be a part of the 
constitution in 1791. Twelve amendments were voted on at 
this time, but only ten of them received the approval of the 
states. 

Other Amendments. — The eleventh amendment was 
proposed in 1796, and adopted in 1798. The twelfth was 
submitted to the people in 1803, and ratified the following 
year. 

The last three amendments relate to the slavery ques- 
tion in the main. Their provisions are sometimes stated in 
this way : < 'The thirteenth amendment freed the Negro, the 
fourteenth made him a citizen, and the fifteenth gave him 
the right to vote. ' ' The thirteenth amendment was proposed 
and adopted in 1865, the fourteenth in 1868, and the fif- 
teenth, proposed in 1869, was ratified in 1870. The amend- 
ments will now be given and discussed. 

ARTICLE I. 

Freedom Guaranteed. 

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment 
of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridg- 
ing the freedom of speech or of the press; or the right of the 
people peaceably to assemble and to petition the government 
for a redress of grievances. 

Religious Freedom, Etc. — The rights guaranteed 
by this article were very dear to the people at the time our 
government was organized. Because these rights had been 
denied them by the British government, they rebelled, and 
their rebellion resulted in revolution and a new form of 
government. Every person may be held responsible for the 
abuse of the right of freedom of speech and of the press. 



IOWA AND THE NATION 331 

ARTICLE II. 

Right to Bear Arms. 

A well regulated militia being necessary to the security 
of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms 
shall not be infringed. 

The subject of the militia has been discussed in 
another part of this volume. This amendment must not 
be construed to give individuals the right to carry con- 
cealed weapons. Such a practice is considered a dangerous 
one, and is made a misdemeanor by most of the states. 

ARTICLE III. 

Quartering Soldiers. 
No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any 
house without the consent of the owner; nor in time of war, 
but in a manner prescribed by law. 

Civil Powers Supreme — The " quartering act/' 
passed by parliament, aroused the anger of the people of 
Massachusetts in the days preceding the Revolution. It is 
no wonder that the people desired to be secure against 
military interference in either peace or war. As we are not 
a warlike people, it has always been the policy of the gov- 
ernment to make the military subordinate to the civil 
power. 

ARTICLE IV. 

Security Against Unwarranted Searchers. 

The right of people to be secure in their persons, 
houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches } 
and seizures, shall not be violated; and no warrants shall 
issue but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirm- 



332 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

ation'and particularly describing the place to be searched, 
and the persons or things to be seized. 

Purpose. — This article is also the result of the arbi- 
trary rule of the British governmeut over the American 
colonies. For many years preceding the revolution, revenue 
officers were sent to the colonies to collect duties on 
imported goods and to prevent smuggling. These officers 
were provided with general search warrants, which 
empowered them to search wherever they chose for goods 
that they thought had not been brought into the country 
according to law. 

''Writs Of Assistance." — To make this law more ob- 
noxious, parliament passed a law authorizing "Writs of 
Assistance." These writs, in the hands of revenue collect- 
ors, authorized them to call to their assistance any persons 
they chose to aid in making their searches and seizures. If 
a colonist refused to render aid, when requested to do so 
by a revenue officer, he was liable to be arrested and sent 
to England for trial. 

Search Warrant. — If a person suspects that prop- 
erty which has been stolen from him is secreted in a certain 
place, he may go before a justice of the peace or other sim- 
ilar officer and swear out a search warrant. That is, he 
must take oath that he has good reason to believe that the 
missing property is there secreted. The search warrant 
will be placed in the hands of a sheriff or constable, and the 
search made as authorized by the warrant. General search 
warrants are prohibited by this amendment. 

ARTICLE V. 

Life, Liberty, and Property. 
No person shall be held to answer for a capital or other- 
wise infamous crime unless on a presentment or indictment of 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 398 

a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval 
forces , or in the militia, when in actual service in time of 
war, or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for the 
same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor 
shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against 
himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without 
due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for 
public use toithout just compensation. 

Purpose. — This article applies to all the states, as 
well as to cases arising under United States law. Neauly 
all the states have incorporated this amendment in their 
constitutions. Offenses in the army, navy, and militia are 
punished by coui*t martial. 

Persons Accused. — When a person accused of crime 
has been convicted and punished for the offense, he cannot 
be required to submit to another trial or punishment. In 
case of a disagreement of a jury, the person accused will be 
held for a second trial . It is a wise provision that grants to a 
person accused of crime the right to remain silent, if he chooses. 
This is on the principle that every person charged with crime 
is considered innocent until he has been proved guilty. 

Property Condemned. — The right to a fair and im- 
partial trial is also assured to every criminal, and in civil 
cases, property cannot be seized to satisfy debts or judg- 
ments, without due process of law. It sometimes becomes 
necessary to convert private property to the use of the pub- 
lic. Property thus taken is said to be condemned, and this 
can be done only by awarding to the owner just compensa- 
tion for the property seized. 

ARTICLE VI. 
Rights of Persons Accused. 

In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall en jog the 
ritjht to a speedy and public trial by an impartial jury of the 



334 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

state and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, 
which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, 
and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; 
to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have com- 
pulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor; and to 
have the assistance of counsel for his defense. 

Fair Trial. — It will be seen that it is the purpose of the 
constitution to give every person accused of crime the ben- 
efit of any reasonable doubt as to his guilt, and also to put 
him to as little inconvenience as possible in submitting to a 
trial. Not every person accused of crime is found 
guilty, and it is intended that innocent persons shall not be 
made to suffer for offenses committed by others. 

Judicial Districts. — The districts referred to are 
designated by congress or by the state legislature. Iowa 
is separated into two United States judicial districts — north- 
ern and southern — and violators of the laws of congress 
are tried in the district in which the offense is committed. 
Each county is a district for judicial purposes in most of 
the states for the enforcement of state law. 

Rights of Accused. — A person accused of crime 
must be informed of the nature of the offense, and he must 
also be confronted by the witnesses against him. Witnesses 
summoned in behalf of a person accused of crime are com- 
pelled to attend the trial, and counsel for the accused is 
also provided — at the expense of the state, if necessary. 
No pains will be spared to enable a person to show himself 
to be innocent of the crime with which he \s charged, if it 
can be done. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 335 



CHAPTER XXVI. 
Amendments. — Continued. 

ARTICLE VII. 

Jury Trial in Common- Law Suits. 

In suits at common law, where the amount in controversy 
shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be 
preserved; and no fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise re-ex- 
amined in any court of the United States, than according to 
the rules of common law. 

Civil Suits. — This doubtless is intended to apply to 
civil suits, and to any other cases not specially designated by 
preceding amendments. In the trial of any case, the judge 
or justice interprets the law as he understands it, and the 
jury arrives at the facts in the case, so far as they are 
brought out by the evidence. A new trial may b3 held 
before the same court for good cause shown. In the hear- 
ing of a case before a higher court on appeal, the facts, as 
shown in the lower court may be examined for the purpose 
of determining whether the court's rulings have been prop- 
erly made, and whether the law in the case has been prop- 
erly applied, or not. 

ARTICLE VIII. 

Excessive Bails, Fines, and Punishments Forbidden. 

Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines 
imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishment inflicted. 



336 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

Punishments. — The language of this article is in 
harmony with the other amendments relating to punish- 
ments. Bail should not be excessive, and fines are intended 
to be commensurate with the nature of the offenses to be 
punished. Our courts are disposed to be lenient in dealing 
with criminals, and yet justice tempered with mercy is to 
be desired in many cases, rather than justice with undue 
severity. 

ARTICLE IX. 
Rights Reserved. 

The enumeration in the constitution of certain rights shall 
not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the 
people. 

Personal Rights. — It is intended that all rights prop- 
erly belonging to a free people shall be enjoyed by the 
inhabitants of the United States . This clause reserves to 
the people all their personal rights, except such as are 
specially surrendered for the common good by express pro- 
visions of the constitution. 

ARTICLE X. 

Limitations op the National Government. 

The powers not delegated to the United States by the con- 
stitution^ nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the 
states respectively, or to the people. 

Rights Reserved. — This amendment is so plain that 
its purpose is easily understood. By it we are to under- 
stand that any powers not specially delegated to the general 
government are reserved to the states respectively, or to the 
people. In other words, the powers of our national govern- 
ment are fully defined in the constitution. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 887 

ARTICLE XL 

Limit to Jurisdiction of United States Courts. 

The judicial power of the United States shall not be con- 
strued to extend to any suit in law or equity, commenced or 
prosecuted against one of the United States by citizens of 
another state, or by citizens or subjects of any foreign state. 

State Debts. — By this amendment it is provided that 
a state cannot be sued by a citizen of other states, or by 
subjects of any foreign power. It is supposed that a state 
will be willing to pay its honest debts, if able to do so. A 
claim against a state, not specially provided for by law, is 
paid by an appropriation made by the legislature. 

ARTICLE XII. 
Methods op Choosing President and Vice-President. 
This amendment is discussed fully in connection with 
the executive branch of the government. 

ARTICLE XIII. 
Slavery. 

Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a 
punishment for crime, whereof the party shall have been duly 
convicted, shall exist within the United States, or any place 
subject to their jurisdiction. 

Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appro- 
priate legislation. 

Slavery Abolished. —This article abolished slavery. 
The emancipation proclamation, issued by President Lincoln 
in 1863, was intended as a war measure, and while its pur- 
pose was to free the slaves in those districts which were then 
in rebellion against the government, it did not disturb 
slavery as an institution. 



338 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

AKTICLE XIV, 

^Reconstruction, 
SECTION I.— Citizenship. 

All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and 
subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United 
States and of the state wherein they reside. No state shall 
make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or 
immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any state 
deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due 
process of law, nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction 
the equal protection of the laws. 

Citizenship. — Until the adoption of the fourteenth 
amendment, citizenship was a subject about which there 
was much dispute. It was claimed by some that citizen- 
ship can only be conferred by the general government, 
while others were equally certain that the whole subject is 
one that each state must settle for itself. The language of 
the amendment is so clear as to leave no doubt as to the 
use of the term citizen. 

Equal Rights. — The second part of this section is 
intended to give to all classes of citizens the equal protec- 
tion of the laws. It was feared that the negroes would 
suffer much at the hands of their former masters, and that 
laws would be passed to deny to the emancipated slaves 
the rights to which they were entitled under the con- 
stitution. 

SECTION II.— Representation. 

Representatives shall be apportioned among the several 
states according to their respective numbers, counting the whole 
number of 'persons in each state, excluding Indians not taxed. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 339 

But when the right to vote at any election for the choice of 
electors for president and vice-president of the United States, 
representatives in congress, the executive and judicial officers 
of a state, or the members of the legislature thereof, is denied 
to any of the male inhabitants of such state, being twenty-one 
years of age, and citizens of the United States, or in any way 
abridged, except for participation in rebellion or other crime, 
the basis of representation therein shall be reduced in the pro- 
portion which the number of such male citizens shall bear to 
the whole number of male citizens twenty-one years of age in 
such state. 

Representation. — The effect of this section was to 
include the emancipated slaves in the basis of representa- 
tion. When the constitution was adopted, it provided 
that in addition to the white population and Indians who 
were taxed, three-fifths of all other persons should be 
counted in apportioning representatives. By this plan, 
five slaves were counted as three whites. 

Ratio of Representation The latter part of the 

section is intended to prevent the states from placing any 
restriction upon the right of the negro to vote, if qualified 
according to the constitution of the state in which he re- 
sides. And in case any such restriction is made, the per- 
sons thus deprived of the right to vote are not to be 
counted in determining the representation of that state 
in congress. There is an exception made in case of rebel- 
lion on the part of the negro. 

SECTION III.— Effects of Rebellion. 

No person shall be a senator or representative in congress 
or elector of president or vice-president, or hold any office, civil 
or military, under the United States, or under any state, who, 



340 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

having previously taken an oatn, as a member of congress, a 
as an officer of the United States, or as a member of any state 
legislature, or as an executive or judicial officer of any state, 
to support the constitution of the United States, shall have 
engaged in insurrection or rebellion against the same, or given 
aid or comfort to the enemies thereof. But congress may, by 
a two-thirds vote of each house, remove such disability. 

Restrictions. — It must be remembered that the seced- 
ing states had no voice in the adoption of this amendment. 
This section was intended to disqualify those who had held 
any office of trust or profit in state or national government, 
and who had afterwards engaged in rebellion against the 
nation, from taking any part in matters of government with- 
out special action by congress. For two or three years' 
after the close of the rebellion, public officers in the south- 
ern states were required to take an "iron-clad" oath, as it 
was called, in which they declared they had never been in 
rebellion against the government. 

Pardon. — President Johnson granted a general am- 
nesty, or pardon, to all participants in the civil war, who 
would take an oath of allegiance to the United States. 
Some of the officers of the confederate government never 
took the required oath, and they were therefore never 
pardoned. 

SECTION IV.— War Debts. 

Hie validity of the public debt of the United States, 
authorized by law, including debts incurred for the payment 
of pensions and bounties for services in suppressing insurrec- 
tion or rebellion, shall not be questioned, but neither the United 
States, nor any state, shall assume or pay any debt or obligation 
incurred in aid of rebellion against the United States, or any 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 341 

claim for the loss or emancipation of any slave; but all such 
debts, obligations, and claims shall be held illegal and void. 

SECTION V. 

The congress shall have power to enforce by appropriate 
legislation the provisions of this article. 

National Debt. — The debt of the United States was 
enormous at the close of the Rebellion, amounting, as it 
did, to almost three billion dollars. In addition to paying 
this debt, the government is pledged to the payment of 
bounties and pensions allowed Union soldiers for their 
efforts in putting down the Rebellion. A few years ago, 
fully one-third of the total revenue of the government was 
used for the payment of pensions. 

Confederate Debt. — By the second part of the 
fourth section, the confederate debt is repudiated. No 
claim against the United States, or any state, is valid, if it 
•was created by any one for any purpose to aid in support of 
the Rebellion. Thousands of claims of loyal citizens, resi- 
dent in the South during the war, have been allowed in 
payment for property seized or destroyed by the Union 
armies on their march. 

ARTICLE XV. 

SECTION I.— Suffrage. 

The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not 
be denied or abridged by the United /States, or by any state t on 
account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude, 

SECTION II. 

The congress shall have power to enforce this article by 
appropriate legislation. 



342 IOWA AND THE NATION. 

NegTO Suffrage. — As stated elsewhere, the right of 
suffrage is conferred upon certain classes of persons in each 
state, and the qualifications of voters in the different states 
vary greatly. The constitution of the United States defines 
citizenship, m the fourteenth amendment, but it does not 
provide any regulations for suffrage, except as contained in 
the fifteenth amendment; while the negro is not men- 
tioned in the amendment, the language is so plain as to 
leave no doubt that it is intended to confer the right of 
suffrage upon all negroes who have the qualifications of 
voters as required in the states in which they reside. 



ARTICLE XVI. (See page 211.) 

Income Tax. — This amendment extends the power 
of congress to tax the income of persons or corporations 
in all the states according to uniform law. An income 
tax law was passed by congress during President Cleve- 
land's second term, but the supreme court of the United 
States declared it to be unconstitutional. 

ARTICLE XVII. (See page 211.) 

Direct Election of Senators.— The seventeenth 

amendment was adopted in answer to a popular demand 
for the direct election of United States senators by the 
people instead of by the legislatures of the several states. 
This is the second amendment that changes the original 
text of the constitution, all of the others except the 
twelfth being additions to the constitution as adopted in 
1787. Its language is so clear as to require no explana- 
tion. 



IOWA AND THE NATION. 348 



CHAPTER XXVII. 

CONSTITUTION. 

ARTICLE VI. — General Provisions. 

Clause 1. — Debts Assumed. 

All debts contracted and engagements entered into before 
the adoption of this constitution, shall be as valid against the 
United States under this constitution as under the con- 
federation. 

Debts Assumed. — The credit of the new government 
was at stake, and while it was suggested by some members 
of the constitutional convention that the debts incurred 
during the Revolution need not be assumed by the new 
government, it was agreed that the debts of the confedera- 
tion should be recognized as debts under the constitution 
It was a heroic deed, and this stands as a glowing tribute 
to the honor and integrity of the founders of our 
government. 

Clause 2. — Supremacy of the Nation. 

This constitution, and the laws of the United States 
which shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties 
made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the 
United States, shall be the supreme law of the land; and the 
judges in every state shall be bound thereby, anything in the 
constitution or laws of any state to the contrary notwithstand- 
ing. 

Nation Supreme. — It would seem as though there 
could be no misunderstanding of the language of this 



M* IOWA AND THE NATION. 

clause, and yet the doctrine of { 'states' rights" was openly 
advocated for many years. That doctrine was, in sub- 
stance, that whenever a conflict arose between the nation 
and any state, the authority of the state was considered 
supreme. 

Laws Of Congress. — It sometimes happens that 
congress passes a law which is in opposition to the provis- 
ions of the constitution of some state. While the authority 
of congress is supreme in such cases, it is customary to give 
the state or states affected a reasonable time in which to 
make the necessary changes. 

Clause 3. — Oath of Office. 

The senators and representatives before mentioned, and 
the members of the several state legislatures, and all executive 
and judicial officers, both of the United States and of the several 
states, shall be bound by oath or affirmation, to support this 
constitution; but no religious test shall ever be required as a 
qualification to any office of public trust under the United 
States. 

Oath.— Every civil officer of the United States and of 
the several states is required to take an oath of office. 
Those who are opposed to subscribing to an oath, on account 
of conscientious scruples, are permitted to solemnly affirm 
that they will support the constitution cf the United States 
(and of the state, if a state officer), " under the pains and 
penalties for perjury." 

Religious Test Prohibited. — The abolition of a 
religious test as a qualification for office seemed strange tc 
many people a century ago. At that time nearly every 
civilized nation on the earth required that its officers should 
all be members of the established church. The religious 



IOWA AND THB NATION. 345 

freedom guaranteed in other parts of the constitution could 
hardly have been made practicable without the addition of 
this clause. 

AKTICLE VII. — Ratification of the Constitution. 

The ratification of the conventions of nine states shall be 
sufficient for f/ie establishment of this constitution between the 
states so ratifying the same. 

Constitution Operative. — The refusal of Maryland 
to ratify the articles of confederation for so many years led 
to the adoption of this article. It was thought proper for 
the new government to begin its work whenever the assent 
of two-thirds of all the states had been given to the con- 
stitution. By the time the government was organized, 
eleven states had agreed to be governed by the new plan, 
and it was not long until the remaining two of the thirteen 
original states were added to the sisterhood of states. 



m 



INDEX. 



Page 

Absence of members of congress, 236 
recused persons, rights of, 333, 334 
Adjournment of state legislature, 114 
of congress. . . . 238 

Adjutant-general, ... 133 
Agricultural college, . . .169 
Agricultural society, . . 13S 
Alaska . .... 328 

Aliens, 219; rights of, 99; oath of, 251 
Ambassadors, .... 304 
Amending of state constitut'n. 157,158 
Amendment, eleventh, . . 319 
Amendments to the constitution, 

90a, b, c, 211, 329, 330 
Annapolis convention, . . 191 
Appeals from action of school 

boards, . .... 63 
Appointment, notary public, 68 

Apportionment, semi-annual, 18; 
of representatives and direct 

taxes, 220 

Appropriations of money, . 276 

Arbitrary rule of British kings, 187 
Area of state extended, , . . 159 
Armies, power to raise, 264; approp- 
riations for, . . . 265 
Arrest, freedom from, 115, 116, 239 
Article partly abolished, . 154 
Articles of confederation, adop- 
tion of, 189; provisions of, 190; 

defects in 191 

Assessment of property, 20; uni- 
form, . . . . * . 43 
Assessor, township, . . 20 

Attorney, city, 34: county, . 57 
Attorm 314; of state, 132 

Auditor, city, 34; county, 45; state, 128 
• 'Australian Ballot," . . 102 



B 

Page 
Bail, 96; excessive, . 97.335,336 
Ballot reform, 102; Belgian, 102; 

sample, 104 

Ballots, 103; marking, 103, 105; old 

plan, 102 

Banking, . . . • .154 

Bankruptcy laws, . . . 254a 

Biennial Election, . . . 90c 
Bill of attainder, 98, 274; of rights, 329 
Bills, passage of, 242 

Blind, college for the, 171; indust- 
rial home for, . . . 172 
Blount case, . . . 305, 3C6 
Board of directors, 13; of control, 
177; of commissioners of in- 
sanity, 173; of health, 139; of - 
examiners, .... 140 
Bond of county auditor, 45; coun- 
ty treasurer, 47; of county 
attorney, 58; of state librarian, 135 
Bonds, fixed and approved, . 136 
Borrowing money on credit of the 

government, . . . 248 
Boundary of Iowa, ... 61 
Branches of government, state, 

106; United States, . . 215 
Bribery, .... 306, 307 
Bureau of labor statistics, . 141 
Bureaus, .... .297 



Cabinet, origin of, 295; term of 

officers of, .... 301 
Call special session, . . 123 

Capital of state established, . 159 
Capital crime, defined, . . 96 
Capitals of Iowa, . . . 166 



348 



INDEX. 



Page 
5, criminal, 94; civil, 335; of 
impeachment, 225; of law and 
equity, . 317 

Census, state, 22, 107; of United 

States 221; objects of, . 222 
Certificates, teachers, . . 52 
Change of venue, .... 25 
Chief Justice, 309; of state, . 146 
Circuit court of appeals, 311,312 

Cities, classed, 32; under special 

charter, .... 37 

Citizenship, . . . 108,338 

Citizens, nations responsible for 

the acts of, 263; relations of, 323 
City council, . • • 32,35,36 
Civil engineer, .... 35 
Civil powers supreme, . . 331 
Civil service, .... 300 
Clerk of township, 20; of state 
supreme court, . . .146 

Coinage, 255 

Coins, 255; portraits on, 256; value 

of, 256 

Collectors, township, . . 29 
Commander-in-chief of U.S. Army, 

268; privilege of president as, 295 
Commercial restrictions, 248, 275 

Commerce of United States, 249 

Commerce — Department of . 249 
Commission Government . . 35 
Commissioneis ot pnarmacy, 139 

Commissions 304 

Committee on credentials, . Ill 
Committees, state legislature, 119 
Common defense, general gov- 
ernment provides for, . 213 
Compensation of city officers, 35; 
of county recorder, 52; of jur- 
ors, 150; of justices, consta- 
bles, etc., .... 30 
Congress, colonial, 188; the gov- 
ernment, 190; action of, for 
revising articles of confeder- 
ation, 192 

Congress of United States, first, 
228; time of meeting, 235; sep- 
arate powers and duties of, 
535 ; absence of members, dis- 
cipline, . . 236 



Page 

Congresses, continental, 188 

Congressional districts, 

179. 219 

Constables, 27 

Constitution of the state of Iowa, 

91 ; adoption of , . . . 161 
Constitution of United States, 
194; slavery at the time of 
adoption of, 222; ratification 

of 345 

Convention, joint, of general 
assembly, 120; constitutional, 
of Iowa, 163 ; for revising arti- 
cles of confederation, 192; 
length of session, 193; quota- 
tion from Dr. Franklin, 193; 
Annapolis, . . . .191 
Copyrights, . . . 261,262 

Corporations, ... 154 

Coroner, county, ... 56 

Correction, lines, . . .111 

Cotton gin, .... 272 
Counterfeiting, . . . .257 
Counties, 39; new, ... 158 
County names, 39; seat, . . 40 
Court, district, 147; police, 34; of 
appeals, 311; of private land 
claims, 312; of claims, . 313 
Court state supreme, 145; powers 

of, 146; clerk and reporter of, 146 
Courts, state, 145; superior, 151; 
inferior, 309; circuit, 310 ; terri 
to rial, 314 ; consular, 314 ; juris- 
diction of, ... . 317 
Courts of United States, . 337 
Crimes, trial of, 320; punishment 

of 321 

Custodian of public property, 14? 
Compulsory education, . , 23 

D 

Dairy Commissioner, . . 142 
Debt, state prohibition of, 152; 

limit of, .... 153 
Debts, special, 153; war, 340, 341; 

assumed, .... 343 
Declaration of Independence, 

. . . . . . 188,189 

Deed, form of , 30 



349 



Page 
Democracy, . - 186 

Dental examiners 138 

Department of Commerce and , 

Labor 249 

Department of justice, 298; of the 

Interior, 299; of Agriculture, 299 
Des Moines, .... 167 
Direct taxes, apportionment of, 
220; how levied, 245; prohi- 
bition of 275 

District of Columbia, . . .269 
District court of United States, 

312 jurisdiction of, . . 319 
District court, powers, 148; clerk 

of 47,48,49 

Districts, school, ... 14 
Domestic tranquility, . . .213 

Dueling, 93 

Duties of township trustees, 19; 
of constable, 27; of county 
supervisors, 28, 41; of town- 
ship collector, 29; of clerk of 
the district court, 48; of audi- 
tor of state, 128; of executive 
council, 130; of supt. of pub- 
lic instruction, 130; of mine 
inspectors, 131; of board of 
pharmacy, 140; of inspector of 
illuminating oils, 143; of offic- 
ers in cities of the second 

Class 36 

Duties, kind of, . . 246 



Educational board of examiners, 140 
Education, compulsory, . . 23 
Election boards, ... 20 

Election of city officers,33; county 
officers, 40; U. S. senators, 121 ; 
members of congress, . 234 
Election of president and vice- 
president, plans, 283; choice 
of candidates, 286; summary 
of, 287; by house and senate, 288 
Electoral college, ... 288 
Electors, qualification of, . 218 
Electors, presidential, 282; prohi- 
bitions upon, ... 283 
"Enabling act", . . 325 

Equalization of taxes, 44, 129 



Page 
Equalizing values, township trus- 
tees, 21 

Equal rights 838 

Equity, cases of, . . . . 317 
Examinations for state certifi- 
cates, . . . . . 140 
Exceptions to naturalization 

laws. ... . 254 

Exclusive legislation, . . 269 

Executive council, state, . . 129 
''Executive neglect," . . 243 
Executive authority, 280; coun- 
cil, 280; term, 280, 281 ; branch 
of government, . . . 297 
Exemptions from taxation, . 21 

Expenses of public officers, 293; 

of the government, . 247, 276 
Export duty prohibited, . 247 
Export duties, .... 275 
Ex-post-f acto law, . . . 98,274 
Extradition laws, . 324 



Fair trial, 334 

Feeble-minded children, institu- 
tion for, 174 

Pees, district court, 49; coroner 

of county, ... 97 

Filibustering, .... 238 

Fines and forfeitures, . . 160 
First continental congress, . 188 

First senate, .... 228 
Fish and Game Warden . 143 

Food inspection, ... 279 
Freedom of speech, . 115, 240 

Fugitives from justice, 323; from 

service, 324 

Fund, teachers, 15; contingent, 
15; schoolhouse, 16; perman- 
ent school, 18 ; institute, 58 
Funds, school, .... 155 



General assembly, sessions of, 

111; vacancies in, . . IDS 
General welfare 31S 



350 



INDEX. 



Page 

Government, forms of, 35, 183, 
1S4; plans of 192 

Governor, approval of, 119; duties 

of, 122, 123; powers of, . 124 

Governor's neglect, . . . 120 
Grand jury, _ . . 149 

"Grand model," the, . . 185 

Great seal— motto, . . 125 



H 



Habeas corpus, .... 96 

Higher court, trial by, . . 26 

Highest duty of the president, 304 

Historical society, 141 

Horticultural society, . . 141 

forinel ates . . 172 

Hospitals for the insane, . 173,174 

House officers, .... 223 

House of representatives, 217 

number of members, 221; va 

cancies, 223; speaker, 223: 

clerk, 224; serge int-at-arms 

224; doorkeeper, 224; post 

master, 225; election of presi 

dent, 288 



"Immortal Fifty-six," the, . 189 
Impeachment of state officers, 110 
Impeachment in congress, 225; 
sole power of, 225; sole power 
to try, 232; of the president, 
232: nature of cases, 225; pun- 
ishment for, ... 233 
Imprisonment for debt, . 97 
Indictment, . ... 95, 148 
Incorporated towns ... 36 
Indeterminate Sentences, . 176 
Industrial schoo;, Iowa, . 175 
Ineligibility to a seat in the gene- 
ral assembly, . , 117 
Inquest, coroner's, . . 56 
..insanity, board of commission- 
ers, .... 173 
Inspection laws, ... 279 
Inspector of illuminating oils, 142 
International money orders, 259 
International postal union. . 253 



Page 

Interstate commerce commis- 
sion, 300 

Icwa $ discovery and settlement 
of, 162; territorial history of, 
163; admission into the union, 
161; Indian claims in, 165; 
growth of, 166; capitals of, 166 

Iowa house of representatives, 
107; national guards, . . 152 

Iowa school for the deaf, . 172 

"Iron-clad oath," ... 340 



Jefferson, election of, . . 283 
Journal kept by each house, 237 

Judges, state district, . . 147 

Judicial department, 262; branch 
of government, 308,309; cir- 
cuits, 310; districts, . .lbO 334 
Jurisdiction, kinds of, . 3i«, 319 

Jurors, 148; number of, 149; selec- 
tion of, ..... 150 
Jury, trial by, 94; grand, 149; 
petit, 149; in common law 

suits 335 

Justice, preamble, . . . 212 
Justice of the peace, 24, 26, 27, 15fc 
Joint high commission, . . 2&. ! 
Joint resolutions, ... 244 



Labor Commission, . . ' . 299 
Labor Department . 249 

Labor troubles, U. S. troops or- 
dered out, . . . .328 
Land grants to Iowa, 17; sales of 

IoAva, 166 

Law supreme, .... 160 

Laws, uniform, 94; of state, take 

effect, 1 19 ; mode of making, 24; 
Law suits, kinds of, 24; civil, 335 
Lease of farm lands, . . 99 
Legal tender, .... 256 
Legislative branch of state gov- 
ernment, 106; of U. S. govern- 
ment, 213 

Legislative power, summary, 2T6 



OJDfiX. 



m% 



Page 
Letters patent, 261 

Lieutenant-governor, . . 125 
Limit of indebtedness, . . 159 

Losses to school and university 

fund, 153 

Low-water mark, . . . 263 



M 

Marque and reprisal, letters of. 264 
Marshall, duties of, . .33 

Mayor, city, 33 

Members of general assembly, 

paid when 113 

Members of congress, 238; privi- 
leges of, 238 ; stationery-mile- 
age, 239 ; freedom from arrest, 
239; freedom of speech, . 240 
Message of governor, 123; of 

president 303 

Mileage, allowance for, . , 239 
Military academy, . . . 267 

Militia, listed by assessors, 22; 
organization of state, 152; 
powers of United States to 
call out, 265; organization of, 
268; training of, ... 269 
Military subordinate to civil 

power, 90 

Mine inspectors, ... 131 

Minors, how naturalized, . 254a 

Mints 255 

Monarch, powers of, . . 184 

Money, borrowing, 248; collection 

of 26 

Monroe City, capital of Iowa, 167 

N 

Nation supreme in authority, 

279,343,344 

National credit, 248; wrongs, 264 
Naturalization, present law, 250; 
exceptions to the law, 254; 
oath of alien, 252; papers, 

250, 254a 

Navy 267 

N aval Academy, ... 268 
New states, . . 30i 



Page 
Nobility, titles of, ... 185 
Nomination of candidates for 

state offices, ... 108 

Normal institute, ... 98 
Normal school, state, 170; board 

of directors of, . . .171 
Notary public, .... 98 



Oath of members of the general 
assembly, 111; of judges of 
state supreme and district 
courts, 136; of office, 159; of 
alien, 251; of the president, 
290, 291 ; of civil officers, . 344 

Offenses in army, navy, and mili- 
tia, 333 

Officers of a city of first class, 32; 
of an incorporated town, 86; 
county, 40; of state house of 
representatives, 111 ; other 
state officers, ... 127 

Other offices, ruling with refer- 
ence to state senators and rep- 
resentatives, ... 117 

Outline for township government, 
31 ; for town government, 38 ; 
for county government, 60; 
for review of state officers, 144 



Parcel Post, . . . 260 
Patents, Land, ... 29 
Pardon, at close of civil war, 340 
Pardons, .... 124, 295 

Patents 261 

Pay, of road supervisor, 28; of 
township collector, 30; of 
board of supervisors, 44; of 
county superintendent, 54; of 
county surveyor, 56; of mem- 
bers of general assembly, 112 
entiaries, 175; il good time ' 177 
"People," the, . . . .218 
Perpetuity of government, . 214 
Petit jury, . . . . .149 

Piracy, 263 

Piatt of county surveys, . 36 



INDBZ. 



Page 
Pocket veto, . .843 

Political powers, vested in 

whom, . ... 92 

Poll tax, 42 

Position of United States, . . 265 
Postage, rate of , . . . 258 

Postal system, 258; international 

union, .... 258 

Postmaster-General, . „ .298 
Postmaster's commission, . 304 
Postmasters, salaries adjusted, 260 
Post offices, classification cf , . 259 

Post roads, 260 

Powers of notary public, 59; of 
state house of representatives, 
109; of governor, 124; of rail- 
road commissioners, . . 134 
Preamble, state constitution, 61; 
purpose of, 92; of U. S. Con- 
stitution, .... 212 
President of United States, im- 
peachment of, 232; action of, 
on bills, 242; manner of choos- 
ing, 282; qualifications of, 289, 
290; powers of, 301, 302, 304; 
salary of, 293; message of, 
303; oath of, how adminis- 
tered, 291 

President, pro tern., acts as gov- 
ernor, 125 

Presidential electors, method of 

choosing, .... 287 

Presidential succession, . 291, 292 
Principal meridian, . . 9 

Prize courts, ... .264 
Privilege of state senators and 

representatives, . . 115, 116 
Privileges of voters, ... 101 
Proceedings of coroner's inquests, 57 
Prohibitions upon members of 
general assembly, 118; on U.S. 
senators and representatives, 
240; on congress, . - 235 
Property, valuation of, 20 ; listing, 
21; condemned, 97, 333; of 
United States, ... 270 
Property qualifications of the 
president 290 



Page 
Provisions of city council, C5; 
general, for state, 160; for 
preventing the creation of 

offices, 24C 

Public schools, ... If 

Publication of proceedings, 237; 
of financial condition of 
country, .... 276 
Punishments for contempt, 116; 

of crimes, .... 321 

Purpose of classification of sen- 
ators, 227 ; of clause relating 
to adjournment of congress, 238 



Qualifications of voters, 100, 108; 
of state representatives, 106; 
state senators, 109; of gover- 
nor, 122 ; of civil officers, . 135 
Quartering soldiers, . . 331 

Queen Victoria's salary, . . 294 
Quorum, state legislature, 114; in 
congress, .... 236 



Railroad commissioners, . . 134 
Ratification of the constitution, 345 
Ratio of representation, . 221, 339 
Readings of bills, ... 120 
Rebellion, effects of, . . 339, 340 
Republic, examples of, . 186 

Reconstruction* ... 338 

Recorder, county, ; . 51 

Records, county, ... 51 

Religion, passing of laws pro- 
hibited, .... 93 
Religious freedom, . = 330 
Religious test forbidden, . 93,344 
Removal from office, . . 305 
Report of the clerk of the district 
court, 48 ; of the county super- 
intendent, 53; to the general 
assembly, 125; of secretary of 
state, Iowa, 127; of the auditor 
of state, 128; of the superin- 
tendent of public instruction, ISO 



353 



Page 
Reports of state officers, . . 136 
Representation, additional, 107; 
in congress, 216, 338, 339; ratio 
of, 221,339; of each state, 221 
Representative districts, . 179 

Representatives, election of state, 
108; house of, 217; at large 
222; qualifications of .218,220 
Residence of voters, 101; of aliens,251 
Restrictions upon states, . 278 

Returns of election, . . 122 
Revenue bills, 241 ; internal, . 247 
Review board of supervisors, 44 

Reviewing values, ... 21 
Richard M. Johnson, chosen by- 
senate, ... 288 
Right, to assemble, 98; to vote, 
100; to object, 115; of suffrage, 
102; of trial by jury, 94; to 
bear arms, . . . 331 
Rights, of aliens, 99; reserved, 99, 

346; of persons, . . 92 

Road Superintendent, . . 27 
Road Tax, ..... 28 
Roll-call, in congress, . . 238 
Rules of order, . . . 115 



s 



Safe money, ... 258 

Salary, of county auditor. 45; of 
county treasurer, 47; of clerk 
of district court, 49; of sheriff 
50; of county attorney, 58; of 
county superintendent, 54; 
of state superintendent, 131; 
of railroad commissioners, 
135; of secretary of state, 
Iowa, 127; of auditor of state, 
128 ; of governor, . . 126 

School board, officers of, : 14 

School law, .... 130 

School libraries, ... 16 

Seal of United States, 296; of not- 
ary public, . . , 58 
Searches, security against, 331, 332 
Search warrant, ... 32 
Seat of U. S. government, . 269 
Secretary of State, Iowa, . 127 
Secretary, of State, 296; of the 
Treasury, 297; of war, 297; of 
the Navy. ... 298 
Senate of Iowa, ... 109 



Page 
Senate of United States, 226; first, 
228; other officers of, 231; 
president pro tempore, . 231 
Senatorial districts, . 179 

Senators, of United States, 227; 
present classification of, 229; 
of state, ... 110 

Sergeant-at-arms, . . 224 

Sheriff, 50 

Slavery, in Iowa, 99; and theU. S. 
constitution, 222; in United 
States, 272, 273; abolished, 337 
Soldiers' Home, . . -177 

Soldiers' Orphans Home, 172; 

trustees of, ... 173 

Special session, compensation, 
112; provisions of state legis- 
lative houses for, . . 114 
Special session of congress, . 303 
Standing army of the United 

States, . 265 

State debts, ... 152 

State government, 327; protec- 
tion against invasion, . 327 
State, printer, 133; binder, 134; 
librarian, 135; agricultural 
society, .... 138 

State records, 322; revenue, . 278 
State university, . . 168 

Statement of township collector, 29 
States formed, 325; admission of, c25 
"States' rights," . . 344 

Sub-districts, ... 13 

Suffrage, right of, 341; negro, 342; 

woman, .... 218 

Suit, notice of, 25; for collection 

of money, ... 2P 

Summary of the method of choos- 
ing presidential electors, 287 
Superintendent, of market, 35; of 
county, 52; of public instruc- 
tion, 130; of weights and 
measures, .... 132 
Supervisors, road, 27, 28; board 

of, ...» 40,41 

Supreme Court, 309; of District 

of Columbia, . . , 313 
Sureties of civil officers, . . 136 
Survey, in Iowa, 10; county, 55 

Supersion of sentence, . . 124 



Talesmen box 150 



354 



INDEXo 



Tariff, origin of the word, 245; 

kinds of, .... 247 
Taxation, exemptions from, . 21 
Tax, receipts, 46; sale, . . 47 

Taxes, certified, 16; levy of, 42; 

when due, 46; how computed, 

129; direct, 245; kinds of, . 246 
Tenure of office, . . . 309 
Territories, "enabling act," 325, 

326; government of, . 326,327 
Territory acquired. . . . 325 
Territory, addi 1 . . . 328 

Testimony in district courts, 
Titles, land, 9 ; of nobility, 276, 277 
Township, 7; meeting, . . 13 
Townships, kinds of, 7; and 

ranges, 10; civil, 12: district, 12 
Treason defined, 306; consists in, 

319; punishment of, 320; 

against the state, ... 96 
Treasurer, city, 34; county, 46; of 

state, 1L8; of United States, 
Ttp." ies 

Trial by jury, .... 27, 
Trustees of township, 
Twelfth amendment, . . 284, 
Twice tried, ... 95, 

u 

Uniform assessment, 

Union of colonies, . 

Union, more perfect, 

United States courts, 262; limit to 
jurisdiction of, . . . 337 

United States, settlement in, 186: 
conflicting claims in, iS7 ; seat 
of government, ... 269 
states senators of Iowa, iai 



University, state, 168; board of 

regents, . 169 

Unwarranted searches, . . 331 



Vacancies in general assembly 
109; in congress, . 137 223 

Veterinary surgeon, . . 132 

Vice-president 230 general pro- 
visions for, 233; opposition 
to, 2c ions of, , 290 

Veto, of governor L19; of presi- 
dent, 243. pocket, . . 243 

Voting, 105; under confedera- 
tion, 227; method in congress, 237 

w 

War, state powers in time of, 153 

War debt, 340; revolutionary, 245; 
of the rebellion, ... 248 



297 


War measure, .... 246 


301 


War, powers of nations, 263; 


320 


powers of congress in declar- 


19 


ing, . . . .' . 264 


285 


Washington, capital, . . 270 


333 


Weights and measures, . . 256 




West Virginia, hovs formed, 326 




Witnesses, .... 117 


43 


Women, right to vote, . . 218 


189 


Writ of habeas corpus, 96; when 


212 


it may be suspended, . 273 




•'Writs of Assistance," . . 332 



Yeas and nays, J 16; process of 
voting by, 



THE MAKING OF IOWA 

By 

HENRY SABIN 

Ex-State Superintendent of Public Instruction, and well known in 
National Educational Circles. 

Should be in every home in the State. 

This is the history of a great State. The book is written in an 
interesting narrative style. It is full of those incidents which marked 
the development of the commonwealth. 

Opening with a brief sketch of Louisiana Territory, the author 
has traced the events leading to the establishment of Iowa Territory, 
and finally the admission of Iowa State. He tells about the first 
white man in Iowa (1673), the first white settler, what Black Hawk 
did, what tribes of Indians were living within the present State limits, 
how the settlers poured in and how they lived, where the old forts 
were located; describes the first territorial, government, early methods 
of justice, early schools and churches, and the passing of the Mor- 
mons from the Mississippi to the Missouri. 

This Book is Full of Information. 

Chapter headings which show the breadth of the work are: "How 
Iowa Changed Ownership," "Birth of State," "How the Indians Lost 
Iowa," "Making a Living in Early Iowa," "Teachers and Preachers," 
"With Pike up the Mississippi in 1805," "Locating a Capital," "From 
Canoe to Railroad," "Iowa and Slavery," "The Battle of Athens," etc. 

Charmingly written in the author's best style, every page of the 
book is readable and as interesting as a romance. Telling of the 
growth of the Upper Mississippi Valley as well as of Iowa, it is a 
book of general value. 

Recommended for Schools by Iowa Library Board. 

For Supplementary Reading, for the Library, for the Home, the 
book is heartily recommended by educators and the press. Valuable 
as a reference book. 

A HANDSOME BOOK. 

Cloth, 282 pages, revised and enlarged, profusely illustrated with half- 
tones of places and scenes not shown in any other volumes. 
Price. 60 cents. 



A FLANAGAN COMPANY CHICAGO 



n 




HEN Grandma was a little girl 

[p^ trudging off every day to the little red 
schoolhouse, drawing was either omit- 
ted entirely or else taken up in such 
a way as to make it as dry as copy- 
book writing. In the plain unattractive draw- 
ing book were pictures of cubes, spheres and 
other uninteresting mechanical things, which 
the children laboriously copied — often resort- 
ing to tracing paper to obtain the results: 

TO-DAY we recognize the importance of developing 
the child's originality and independence. 
The Graded Drawing and Construction Books take up the subject 
in a live, modern way, so relating the drawing and constructive work that 
one adds interest to the other. 

For the constructive work we are largely indebted to E. F. Wors', Supervisor of Manual Train- 
ing in the Chicago public schools, whose name is to teachers an assuranc^of much valuable aid. 

The compiler and principal artist, Dorothy O'Reilly Aniol, thoroughly understanding the needs 
of teachers and school children, planned a set of books presenting a direct, consiste-nt working 
basis upon which any capable teacher, with or without special art training or supervision, might 
build a successful year's work. 

From the enthusiasm with which teachers throughout the country have received our books, we 
feel that she has fully accomplished her purpose. 



Graded Drawing and 
Construction Books 

A progressive course of eight numbers, with sim- 
ple courses in construction and color work. 

For Primary and Intermediate grades. 

Parts 1, 2, 3, 4. Each book has 40 pages. 

Price, Each IS Cents 

For Intermediate and Grammar grades. 

Parts 5, 6, 7, 8. Each book has 40 pages. 
Price, Each 20 Cents 



SfflDEDj)BMfflG 

^CONSTRUCTION BOOKS 

fcfWSTCSSIVE COURSE OF E1SHTWJMBERS 
BOOK 




A sixteen-page circular containing further information and numerous reproductions 
from the books, in color and half-tone, sent free on request. 

Send for complete catalogue of publications. 

A. FLANAGAN COMPANY : : CHICAGO 



New Historical Publications 



AMERICAN HEROES FROM HISTORY. By Inez N. McFee. A Biograph- 
ical Reader. Grades five to seven. History, when it is a mere matter of 
dates and facts, is pretty dry reading to most young people. But invest it 
with the magic of the personal element as shown by the lives and deeds of 
the people who do things and it charms at once. In this handsome volume 
are fifteen fascinating chapters describing the deeds of as many heroes — 
men who were instrumental in building up our great nation or in giving 
us some of the most important inventions. ^The young people will remem- 
ber the icork because of their knowledge of the ivorJcer. The portraits and 
other illustrations, chosen with utmost care, add greatly to the interest 
of the book, which is sure to prove a valuable addition to any school 
course. Profusely illustrated. Full-page portraits reproduced from noted 
originals. 250 pages. Cloth. Price, 75 cents. 

LIVES OF THE PRESIDENTS. By Edward S. Ellis. Grades five to 
seven. A new and revised edition of this splendid biographical reader con- 
taining the lives of our twenty-seven Presidents from Washington to Wil- 
son. The sketches are concise and accurate. The lives of public men are so 
closely associated with and influenced by the events of their times that 
their biographies naturally include much of the history of the country, 
while a knowledge of the character and progress of the people may be 
gained by studying the careers of the men who have been chosen as their 
leaders. Illustrated. 240 pages. Cloth. Price, 50 cents. 

STORY OF DANIEL BOONE. By Kate W. Grove. 

AMERICAN NAVAL HEROES. For Grades Four and Five. 

(Jones, Perry, Farragut, Dewey) Two recent additions to our popular 

Little Classic Series 
Illustrated. Each 32 pages. Price, per copy, 5 cents. 

IN THE DAYS OF '76. By Lillian Stair Schreiner. A new historical drama 
dealing with the stirring times of the Revolutionary War. In four acts. 
For six male and five female characters. 34 pages. Price, 25 cents. 

Send for Complete Catalogue of Publications. 

A. FLANAGAN COMPANY: CHICAGO 



A LIBRARY OF TRAVEL 



The Little Journeys Series 



For Grades 5-8. Nineteen uniform volumes. 

These charming books of reliable, up-to-date information, are an 
acknowledged superior series of geographical readers. They furnish 
a unique and vivid portrayal of each country in discriminating and 
attractive language well within the range and comprehension of chil- 
dren of the intermediate and upper grades. 

We learn of the climate and size of countries visited in compari- 
son with that of our own; of the habits, customs and conditions of 
the people as seen in their homes and daily occupations; their dress, 
manner of living, their personal appearance and manners; the scenery 
and natural features of the country; its commerce and industries, etc. 
And the descriptions are interspersed with historic and literary allu- 
sions that add to the interest. National songs (words and music) 
and vocabularies of proper and typical names are also given. The 
scores of handsome pictures help to make the reading-matter more 
effective. 

Each book is to one or more different countries and contains 
from 160 to 240 pages, with colored maps, colored flags, and from 
60 to 80 illustrations. Complete alphabetical index. 

The books have been selected for use by State Library Boards 
and Reading Circles, adopted as supplementary readers in most of 
our largest cities, and have received the enthusiastic support of teach- 
ers and superintendents everywhere. 

The following volumes have been issued: 

Alaska and Canada Northern Wilds (of America) 

China and Japan Norway and Sweden 

Cuba and Porto Rico Jussia and Austria 

c<„„i„„a -.rn/i woiea Scotland and Ireland 
England and Wales Africa and 

France and Switzerland Turkey, The Balkans and Greece 

Germany Our Western Wonderland (California) 

Hawaii and the Philippines Throughout the Great Southwest (of U.S.) 

Holland. Belgium and Denmark Some Strange Places and Peoples in Our 
Italy, Spain and Portugal Southwestern Land (New Mexico and 

Mexico and Central America Arizona) 

The books are handsomely bound in uniform cloth editions, size 
5^4x7% inches. Price, per volume, 50 cents. 



A. FLANAGAN COMPANY CHICAGO 



OCT 6 1918 



